The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (GS) 10-Q 2019 Q1 Quarterly report

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-Q

☒	QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2019
		or
☐	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the transition period from	to

Commission File Number:001-14965

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	13-4019460
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
200 West Street, New York, N.Y.	10282
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

(212)902-1000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. ☒ Yes ☐ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of RegulationS-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).☒ Yes ☐ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, anon-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” inRule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ☒ Accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Smaller reporting company ☐ Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined inRule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). ☐ Yes ☒ No

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common stock, par value $.01 per share	GS	NYSE
Depositary Shares, Each Representing 1/1,000th Interest in a Share of  Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A	GS PrA	NYSE
Depositary Shares, Each Representing 1/1,000th Interest in a Share of 6.20% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B	GS PrB	NYSE
Depositary Shares, Each Representing 1/1,000th Interest in a Share of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series C	GS PrC	NYSE
Depositary Shares, Each Representing 1/1,000th Interest in a Share of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series D	GS PrD	NYSE
Depositary Shares, Each Representing 1/1,000th Interest in a Share of 5.50% Fixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series J	GS PrJ	NYSE
Depositary Shares, Each Representing 1/1,000th Interest in a Share of 6.375% Fixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series K	GS PrK	NYSE
Depositary Shares, Each Representing 1/1,000th Interest in a Share of 6.30% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series N	GS PrN	NYSE
5.793%Fixed-to-Floating Rate Normal Automatic Preferred Enhanced Capital Securities of Goldman Sachs Capital II	GS/43PE	NYSE
Floating Rate Normal Automatic Preferred Enhanced Capital Securities of Goldman Sachs Capital III	GS/43PF	NYSE
Medium-Term Notes, Series A, Index-Linked Notes due 2037 of GS Finance Corp.	GCE	NYSE Arca
Medium-Term Notes, Series B, Index-Linked Notes due 2037	GSC	NYSE Arca
Medium-Term Notes, Series E, Index-Linked Notes due 2028 of GS Finance Corp.	FRLG	NYSE Arca

APPLICABLE ONLY TO CORPORATE ISSUERS

As of April 18, 2019, there were 365,838,779 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q FOR THE QUARTER ENDED MARCH 31, 2019

INDEX

Form 10-Q Item Number	Page No.
PART I
FINANCIAL INFORMATION		1
Item 1
Financial Statements (Unaudited)		1
Consolidated Statements of Earnings		1
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income		1
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition		2
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity		3
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows		4
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		5
Note 1.  Description of Business		5
Note 2.  Basis of Presentation		5
Note 3.  Significant Accounting Policies		6
Note 4.  Financial Instruments Owned and Financial          Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased		13
Note 5.  Fair Value Measurements		14
Note 6.  Cash Instruments		15
Note 7.  Derivatives and Hedging Activities		21
Note 8.  Fair Value Option		32
Note 9.  Loans Receivable		37
Note 10. Collateralized Agreements and Financings		41
Note 11. Securitization Activities		44
Note 12. Variable Interest Entities		46
Note 13. Other Assets		49
Note 14. Deposits		52
Note 15. Short-Term Borrowings		53
Note 16. Long-Term Borrowings		54
Note 17. Other Liabilities		56
Note 18. Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees		57
Note 19. Shareholders’ Equity		62
Note 20. Regulation and Capital Adequacy		64
Note 21. Earnings Per Common Share		71
Note 22. Transactions with Affiliated Funds		71
Note 23. Interest Income and Interest Expense		72
Note 24. Income Taxes		72
Note 25. Business Segments		73
Note 26. Credit Concentrations		75
Note 27. Legal Proceedings		75

	Page No.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		84
Statistical Disclosures		85
Item 2
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and  Results of Operations		87
Introduction		87
Executive Overview		87
Business Environment		87
Critical Accounting Policies		88
Recent Accounting Developments		90
Use of Estimates		90
Results of Operations		90
Balance Sheet and Funding Sources		100
Equity Capital Management and Regulatory Capital		106
Regulatory Matters and Other Developments		110
Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations		112
Risk Management		114
Overview and Structure of Risk Management		114
Liquidity Risk Management		119
Market Risk Management		126
Credit Risk Management		131
Operational Risk Management		137
Model Risk Management		139
Available Information		140
Cautionary Statement Pursuant to the U.S. Private Securities Litigation  Reform Act of 1995		140
Item 3
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk		142
Item 4
Controls and Procedures		142
PART II
OTHER INFORMATION		142
Item 1
Legal Proceedings		142
Item 2
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds		142
Item 6
Exhibits		143
SIGNATURES		143

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1.    Financial Statements (Unaudited)

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Earnings

(Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended March
in millions, except per share amounts		2019	2018
Revenues
Investment banking		$ 1,810	$  1,793
Investment management		1,433	1,639
Commissions and fees		743	862
Market making		2,539	3,204
Other principal transactions		1,064	1,664
Totalnon-interest revenues		7,589	9,162
Interest income		5,597	4,230
Interest expense		4,379	3,312
Net interest income		1,218	918
Total net revenues		8,807	10,080
Provision for credit losses		224	44
Operating expenses
Compensation and benefits		3,259	4,057
Brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees		762	844
Market development		184	182
Communications and technology		286	251
Depreciation and amortization		368	299
Occupancy		225	194
Professional fees		298	293
Other expenses		482	497
Total operating expenses		5,864	6,617
Pre-tax earnings		2,719	3,419
Provision for taxes		468	587
Net earnings		2,251	2,832
Preferred stock dividends		69	95
Net earnings applicable to common shareholders		$ 2,182	$  2,737
Earnings per common share
Basic		$   5.73	$    7.02
Diluted		$   5.71	$    6.95
Average common shares
Basic		379.8	389.1
Diluted		382.4	393.8

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019		2018
Net earnings		$ 2,251		$  2,832
Other comprehensive income/(loss) adjustments, net of tax:
Currency translation		4		2
Debt valuation adjustment		(1,417	)	270
Pension and postretirement liabilities		(7	)	(4	)
Available-for-sale securities		114		(158	)
Other comprehensive income/(loss)		(1,306	)	110
Comprehensive income		$    945		$  2,942

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

1 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

(Unaudited)

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019		December 2018
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents		$  87,884		$130,547
Collateralized agreements:
Securities purchased under agreements to resell (includes$132,445 and $139,220 at fair value)		132,445		139,258
Securities borrowed (includes$27,520 and $23,142 at fair value)		147,950		135,285
Receivables:
Loans receivable		82,674		80,590
Customer and other receivables (includes$1,614 and $3,189 at fair value)		73,438		79,315
Financial instruments owned (at fair value and includes$58,221 and $55,081 pledged as collateral)		363,275		336,161
Other assets		37,683		30,640
Total assets		$925,349		$931,796
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Deposits (includes$17,043 and $21,060 at fair value)		$164,136		$158,257
Collateralized financings:
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (at fair value)		70,569		78,723
Securities loaned (includes$3,067 and $3,241 at fair value)		12,599		11,808
Other secured financings (includes$18,975 and $20,904 at fair value)		19,749		21,433
Customer and other payables		180,997		180,235
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased (at fair value)		100,947		108,897
Unsecured short-term borrowings (includes$21,251 and $16,963 at fair value)		45,432		40,502
Unsecured long-term borrowings (includes$47,473 and $46,584 at fair value)		224,473		224,149
Other liabilities (includes$132 and $132 at fair value)		16,174		17,607
Total liabilities		835,076		841,611
Commitments, contingencies and guarantees
Shareholders’ equity
Preferred stock; aggregate liquidation preference of$11,203 and $11,203		11,203		11,203
Common stock;896,690,424 and 891,356,284 shares issued, and366,771,581 and 367,741,973 shares outstanding		9		9
Share-based awards		2,739		2,845
Nonvoting common stock; no shares issued and outstanding		–		–
Additionalpaid-in capital		54,862		54,005
Retained earnings		101,988		100,100
Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)		(613	)	693
Stock held in treasury, at cost;529,918,845 and 523,614,313 shares		(79,915	)	(78,670	)
Total shareholders’ equity		90,273		90,185
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity		$925,349		$931,796

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 2

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

(Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019		2018
Preferred stock
Beginning balance		$  11,203		$ 11,853
Issued		–		–
Redeemed		–		(650	)
Ending balance		11,203		11,203
Common stock
Beginning balance		9		9
Issued		–		–
Ending balance		9		9
Share-based awards
Beginning balance		2,845		2,777
Issuance and amortization of share-based awards		1,506		807
Delivery of common stock underlying share-based awards		(1,596	)	(1,145	)
Forfeiture of share-based awards		(16	)	(18	)
Exercise of share-based awards		–		(6	)
Ending balance		2,739		2,415
Additionalpaid-in capital
Beginning balance		54,005		53,357
Delivery of common stock underlying share-based awards		1,587		1,660
Cancellation of share-based awards in satisfaction of withholding tax requirements		(730	)	(1,040	)
Preferred stock issuance costs, net of reversals upon redemption		–		15
Ending balance		54,862		53,992
Retained earnings
Beginning balance, as previously reported		100,100		91,519
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for:
Leases, net of tax		12		–
Revenue recognition from contracts with clients, net of tax		–		(53	)
Beginning balance, adjusted		100,112		91,466
Net earnings		2,251		2,832
Dividends and dividend equivalents declared on common stock and share-based awards		(306	)	(296	)
Dividends declared on preferred stock		(69	)	(80	)
Preferred stock redemption premium		–		(15	)
Ending balance		101,988		93,907
Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)
Beginning balance		693		(1,880	)
Other comprehensive income/(loss)		(1,306	)	110
Ending balance		(613	)	(1,770	)
Stock held in treasury, at cost
Beginning balance		(78,670	)	(75,392	)
Repurchased		(1,250	)	(800	)
Reissued		11		16
Other		(6	)	(1	)
Ending balance		(79,915	)	(76,177	)
Total shareholders’ equity		$  90,273		$ 83,579

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

3 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019		2018
Cash flows from operating activities
Net earnings		$    2,251		$    2,832
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash used for operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		368		299
Share-based compensation		1,503		1,329
Provision for credit losses		224		44
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Customer and other receivables and payables, net		6,168		(10,479	)
Collateralized transactions (excluding other secured financings), net		(13,215	)	14,304
Financial instruments owned (excludingavailable-for-sale securities)		(29,502	)	(19,708	)
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased		(7,888	)	12,165
Other, net		(4,915	)	(1,750	)
Net cash used for operating activities		(45,006	)	(964	)
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, leasehold improvements and equipment		(2,128	)	(1,563	)
Proceeds from sales of property, leasehold improvements and equipment		2,266		1,007
Net cash used for business acquisitions		–		(68	)
Purchase of investments		(4,803	)	(3,188	)
Proceeds from sales and paydowns of investments		5,015		183
Loans receivable, net		(1,851	)	(5,584	)
Net cash used for investing activities		(1,501	)	(9,213	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Unsecured short-term borrowings, net		381		2,875
Other secured financings (short-term), net		(2,690	)	2,728
Proceeds from issuance of other secured financings (long-term)		1,442		1,262
Repayment of other secured financings (long-term), including the current portion		(525	)	(2,282	)
Purchase of Trust Preferred Securities		–		(35	)
Proceeds from issuance of unsecured long-term borrowings		6,253		16,029
Repayment of unsecured long-term borrowings, including the current portion		(7,251	)	(9,607	)
Derivative contracts with a financing element, net		2,586		189
Deposits, net		5,594		12,336
Preferred stock redemption		–		(650	)
Common stock repurchased		(1,250	)	(800	)
Settlement of share-based awards in satisfaction of withholding tax requirements		(730	)	(1,040	)
Dividends and dividend equivalents paid on common stock, preferred stock and share-based awards		(375	)	(376	)
Other financing, net		409		–
Net cash provided by financing activities		3,844		20,629
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		(42,663	)	10,452
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning balance		130,547		110,051
Cash and cash equivalents, ending balance		$  87,884		$120,503
Supplemental disclosures:
Cash payments for interest, net of capitalized interest		$    4,372		$    3,554
Cash payments/(refunds) for income taxes, net		$      (109	)	$       326

See Notes 11 and 16 for information aboutnon-cash activities.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 4

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 1.

Description of Business

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (Group Inc. or parent company), a Delaware corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the firm), is a leading global investment banking, securities and investment management firm that provides a wide range of financial services to a substantial and diversified client base that includes corporations, financial institutions, governments and individuals. Founded in 1869, the firm is headquartered in New York and maintains offices in all major financial centers around the world.

The firm reports its activities in the following four business segments:

Investment Banking

The firm provides a broad range of investment banking services to a diverse group of corporations, financial institutions, investment funds and governments. Services include strategic advisory assignments with respect to mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, corporate defense activities, restructurings, spin-offs and risk management, and debt and equity underwriting of public offerings and private placements, including local and cross-border transactions and acquisition financing, as well as derivative transactions directly related to these activities.

Institutional Client Services

The firm facilitates client transactions and makes markets in fixed income, equity, currency and commodity products, primarily with institutional clients such as corporations, financial institutions, investment funds and governments. The firm also makes markets in and clears client transactions on major stock, options and futures exchanges worldwide and provides financing, securities lending and other prime brokerage services to institutional clients.

Investing & Lending

The firm invests in and originates loans to provide financing to clients. These investments and loans are typically longer-term in nature. The firm makes investments, some of which are consolidated, including through its Merchant Banking business and its Special Situations Group, in debt securities and loans, public and private equity securities, infrastructure and real estate entities. Some of these investments are made indirectly through funds that the firm manages. The firm also makes unsecured loans through its digital platform,Marcus: by Goldman Sachsand secured loans through its digital platform,Goldman Sachs Private Bank Select.

Investment Management

The firm provides investment management services and offers investment products (primarily through separately managed accounts and commingled vehicles, such as mutual funds and private investment funds) across all major asset classes to a diverse set of institutional and individual clients. The firm also offers wealth advisory services provided by the firm’s subsidiary, The Ayco Company, L.P., including portfolio management and financial planning and counseling, and brokerage and other transaction services tohigh-net-worth individuals and families.

Note 2.

Basis of Presentation

These consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP) and include the accounts of Group Inc. and all other entities in which the firm has a controlling financial interest. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

These consolidated financial statements are unaudited and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements included in the firm’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018. References to “the 2018Form 10-K” are to the firm’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018. Certain disclosures included in the annual financial statements have been condensed or omitted from these financial statements as they are not required for interim financial statements under U.S. GAAP and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

These unaudited consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim periods presented. These adjustments are of a normal, recurring nature. Interim period operating results may not be indicative of the operating results for a full year.

All references to March 2019 and March 2018 refer to the firm’s periods ended, or the dates, as the context requires, March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2018, respectively. All references to December 2018 refer to the date December 31, 2018. Any reference to a future year refers to a year ending on December 31 of that year. Certain reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts to conform to the current presentation.

5 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 3.

Significant Accounting Policies

The firm’s significant accounting policies include when and how to measure the fair value of assets and liabilities, accounting for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, and when to consolidate an entity. See Notes 5 through 8 for policies on fair value measurements, Note 13 for policies on goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, and below and Note 12 for policies on consolidation accounting. All other significant accounting policies are either described below or included in the following footnotes:

Financial Instruments Owned and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased	Note 4
Fair Value Measurements	Note 5
Cash Instruments	Note 6
Derivatives and Hedging Activities	Note 7
Fair Value Option	Note 8
Loans Receivable	Note 9
Collateralized Agreements and Financings	Note 10
Securitization Activities	Note 11
Variable Interest Entities	Note 12
Other Assets	Note 13
Deposits	Note 14
Short-Term Borrowings	Note 15
Long-Term Borrowings	Note 16
Other Liabilities	Note 17
Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees	Note 18
Shareholders’ Equity	Note 19
Regulation and Capital Adequacy	Note 20
Earnings Per Common Share	Note 21
Transactions with Affiliated Funds	Note 22
Interest Income and Interest Expense	Note 23
Income Taxes	Note 24
Business Segments	Note 25
Credit Concentrations	Note 26
Legal Proceedings	Note 27

Consolidation

The firm consolidates entities in which the firm has a controlling financial interest. The firm determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity (VIE).

Voting Interest Entities. Voting interest entities are entities in which (i) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities independently and (ii) the equity holders have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact its economic performance, the obligation to absorb the losses of the entity and the right to receive the residual returns of the entity. The usual condition for a controlling financial interest in a voting interest entity is ownership of a majority voting interest. If the firm has a controlling majority voting interest in a voting interest entity, the entity is consolidated.

Variable Interest Entities. A VIE is an entity that lacks one or more of the characteristics of a voting interest entity. The firm has a controlling financial interest in a VIE when the firm has a variable interest or interests that provide it with (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. See Note 12 for further information about VIEs.

Equity-Method Investments. When the firm does not have a controlling financial interest in an entity but can exert significant influence over the entity’s operating and financial policies, the investment is accounted for either (i) under the equity method of accounting or (ii) at fair value by electing the fair value option available under U.S. GAAP. Significant influence generally exists when the firm owns 20% to 50% of the entity’s common stock orin-substance common stock.

In general, the firm accounts for investments acquired after the fair value option became available, at fair value. In certain cases, the firm applies the equity method of accounting to new investments that are strategic in nature or closely related to the firm’s principal business activities, when the firm has a significant degree of involvement in the cash flows or operations of the investee or when cost-benefit considerations are less significant. See Note 13 for further information about equity-method investments.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 6

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Investment Funds. The firm has formed numerous investment funds with third-party investors. These funds are typically organized as limited partnerships or limited liability companies for which the firm acts as general partner or manager. Generally, the firm does not hold a majority of the economic interests in these funds. These funds are usually voting interest entities and generally are not consolidated because third-party investors typically have rights to terminate the funds or to remove the firm as general partner or manager. Investments in these funds are generally measured at net asset value (NAV) and are included in financial instruments owned. See Notes 6, 18 and 22 for further information about investments in funds.

Use of Estimates

Preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions, the most important of which relate to fair value measurements, accounting for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, discretionary compensation accruals, the allowance for credit losses on loans receivable and lending commitments held for investment, provisions for losses that may arise from litigation and regulatory proceedings (including governmental investigations), and provisions for losses that may arise from tax audits. These estimates and assumptions are based on the best available information but actual results could be materially different.

Revenue Recognition

Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities at Fair Value. Financial instruments owned and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased are recorded at fair value either under the fair value option or in accordance with other U.S. GAAP. In addition, the firm has elected to account for certain of its other financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value by electing the fair value option. The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Financial assets are marked to bid prices and financial liabilities are marked to offer prices. Fair value measurements do not include transaction costs. Fair value gains or losses are generally included in market making for positions in Institutional Client Services and other principal transactions for positions in Investing & Lending. See Notes 5 through 8 for further information about fair value measurements.

Revenue from Contracts with Clients. The firm accounts for revenue earned from contracts with clients for services such as investment banking, investment management, and execution and clearing (contracts with clients) under ASUNo. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” As such, revenues for these services are recognized when the performance obligations related to the underlying transaction are completed.

Net revenues from contracts with clients subject to this ASU represent approximately 50% of totalnon-interest net revenues (including approximately 80% of investment banking revenues, approximately 95% of investment management revenues and all commissions and fees) for the three months ended March 2019, and approximately 40% of totalnon-interest net revenues (including approximately 75% of investment banking revenues, approximately 95% of investment management revenues and all commissions and fees) for the three months ended March 2018. Net interest income is not subject to this ASU. See Note 25 for information about net revenues by business segment.

Investment Banking

Advisory. Fees from financial advisory assignments are recognized in revenues when the services related to the underlying transaction are completed under the terms of the assignment.Non-refundable deposits and milestone payments in connection with financial advisory assignments are recognized in revenues upon completion of the underlying transaction or when the assignment is otherwise concluded.

Expenses associated with financial advisory assignments are recognized when incurred and are included in other expenses. Client reimbursements for such expenses are included in investment banking revenues.

Underwriting. Fees from underwriting assignments are recognized in revenues upon completion of the underlying transaction based on the terms of the assignment.

Expenses associated with underwriting assignments are generally deferred until the related revenue is recognized or the assignment is otherwise concluded. Such expenses are included in other expenses.

Investment Management

The firm earns management fees and incentive fees for investment management services, which are included in investment management revenues. The firm makes payments to brokers and advisors related to the placement of the firm’s investment funds (distribution fees), which are included in brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees.

7 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Management Fees. Management fees for mutual funds are calculated as a percentage of daily net asset value and are received monthly. Management fees for hedge funds and separately managed accounts are calculated as a percentage ofmonth-end net asset value and are generally received quarterly. Management fees for private equity funds are calculated as a percentage of monthly invested capital or committed capital and are received quarterly, semi-annually or annually, depending on the fund. Management fees are recognized over time in the period the investment management services are provided.

Distribution fees paid by the firm are calculated based on either a percentage of the management fee, the investment fund’s net asset value or the committed capital. Such fees are included in brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees.

Incentive Fees. Incentive fees are calculated as a percentage of a fund’s or separately managed account’s return, or excess return above a specified benchmark or other performance target. Incentive fees are generally based on investment performance over a twelve-month period or over the life of a fund. Fees that are based on performance over a twelve-month period are subject to adjustment prior to the end of the measurement period. For fees that are based on investment performance over the life of the fund, future investment underperformance may require fees previously distributed to the firm to be returned to the fund.

Incentive fees earned from a fund or separately managed account are recognized when it is probable that a significant reversal of such fees will not occur, which is generally when such fees are no longer subject to fluctuations in the market value of investments held by the fund or separately managed account. Therefore, incentive fees recognized during the period may relate to performance obligations satisfied in previous periods.

Commissions and Fees

The firm earns commissions and fees from executing and clearing client transactions on stock, options and futures markets, as well asover-the-counter (OTC) transactions. Commissions and fees are recognized on the day the trade is executed. The firm also provides third-party research services to clients in connection with certain soft-dollar arrangements. Third-party research costs incurred by the firm in connection with such arrangements are presented net within commissions and fees.

Remaining Performance Obligations

Remaining performance obligations are services that the firm has committed to perform in the future in connection with its contracts with clients. The firm’s remaining performance obligations are generally related to its financial advisory assignments and certain investment management activities. Revenues associated with remaining performance obligations relating to financial advisory assignments cannot be determined until the outcome of the transaction. For the firm’s investment management activities, where fees are calculated based on the net asset value of the fund or separately managed account, future revenues associated with such remaining performance obligations cannot be determined as such fees are subject to fluctuations in the market value of investments held by the fund or separately managed account.

The firm is able to determine the future revenues associated with management fees calculated based on committed capital. As of March 2019, substantially all future net revenues associated with such remaining performance obligations will be recognized through 2024. Annual revenues associated with such performance obligations average less than $250 million through 2024.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when the firm has relinquished control over the assets transferred. For transfers of financial assets accounted for as sales, any gains or losses are recognized in net revenues. Assets or liabilities that arise from the firm’s continuing involvement with transferred financial assets are initially recognized at fair value. For transfers of financial assets that are not accounted for as sales, the assets are generally included in financial instruments owned and the transfer is accounted for as a collateralized financing, with the related interest expense recognized over the life of the transaction. See Note 10 for further information about transfers of financial assets accounted for as collateralized financings and Note 11 for further information about transfers of financial assets accounted for as sales.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 8

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The firm defines cash equivalents as highly liquid overnight deposits held in the ordinary course of business. Cash and cash equivalents included cash and due from banks of $11.74 billion as of March 2019 and $10.66 billion as of December 2018. Cash and cash equivalents also included interest-bearing deposits with banks of $76.14 billion as of March 2019 and $119.89 billion as of December 2018.

The firm segregates cash for regulatory and other purposes related to client activity. Cash and cash equivalents segregated for regulatory and other purposes were $21.16 billion as of March 2019 and $23.14 billion as of December 2018. In addition, the firm segregates securities for regulatory and other purposes related to client activity. See Note 10 for further information about segregated securities.

Customer and Other Receivables

Customer and other receivables included receivables from customers and counterparties of $49.36 billion as of March 2019 and $53.81 billion as of December 2018, and receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations of $24.08 billion as of March 2019 and $25.50 billion as of December 2018. Such receivables primarily consist of customer margin loans, receivables resulting from unsettled transactions, collateral posted in connection with certain derivative transactions and certain transfers of assets accounted for as secured loans rather than purchases at fair value.

Substantially all of these receivables are accounted for at amortized cost net of estimated uncollectible amounts. Certain of the firm’s customer and other receivables are accounted for at fair value under the fair value option, with changes in fair value generally included in market making revenues. See Note 8 for further information about customer and other receivables accounted for at fair value under the fair value option. In addition, the firm’s customer and other receivables included $3.12 billion as of March 2019 and $3.83 billion as of December 2018 of loans held for sale accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value. See Note 5 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies. As of both March 2019 and December 2018, the carrying value of receivables not accounted for at fair value generally approximated fair value. As these receivables are not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 5 through 8. Had these receivables been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of both March 2019 and December 2018. Interest on customer and other receivables is recognized over the life of the transaction and included in interest income.

Customer and other receivables includes receivables from contracts with clients and contract assets. Contract assets represent the firm’s right to receive consideration for services provided in connection with its contracts with clients for which collection is conditional and not merely subject to the passage of time. The firm’s receivables from contracts with clients were $2.06 billion as of March 2019 and $1.94 billion as of December 2018. As of both March 2019 and December 2018 contract assets were not material.

Customer and Other Payables

Customer and other payables included payables to customers and counterparties of $174.62 billion as of March 2019 and $173.99 billion as of December 2018, and payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations of $6.38 billion as of March 2019 and $6.24 billion as of December 2018. Such payables primarily consist of customer credit balances related to the firm’s prime brokerage activities. Customer and other payables are accounted for at cost plus accrued interest, which generally approximates fair value. As these payables are not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 5 through 8. Had these payables been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of both March 2019 and December 2018. Interest on customer and other payables is recognized over the life of the transaction and included in interest expense.

Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

To reduce credit exposures on derivatives and securities financing transactions, the firm may enter into master netting agreements or similar arrangements (collectively, netting agreements) with counterparties that permit it to offset receivables and payables with such counterparties. A netting agreement is a contract with a counterparty that permits net settlement of multiple transactions with that counterparty, including upon the exercise of termination rights by anon-defaulting party. Upon exercise of such termination rights, all transactions governed by the netting agreement are terminated and a net settlement amount is calculated. In addition, the firm receives and posts cash and securities collateral with respect to its derivatives and securities financing transactions, subject to the terms of the related credit support agreements or similar arrangements (collectively, credit support agreements). An enforceable credit support agreement grants thenon-defaulting party exercising termination rights the right to liquidate the collateral and apply the proceeds to any amounts owed. In order to assess enforceability of the firm’s right of setoff under netting and credit support agreements, the firm evaluates various factors, including applicable bankruptcy laws, local statutes and regulatory provisions in the jurisdiction of the parties to the agreement.

9 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Derivatives are reported on anet-by-counterparty basis (i.e., the net payable or receivable for derivative assets and liabilities for a given counterparty) in the consolidated statements of financial condition when a legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable netting agreement. Securities purchased under agreements to resell (resale agreements) and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements) and securities borrowed and loaned transactions with the same term and currency are presented on anet-by-counterparty basis in the consolidated statements of financial condition when such transactions meet certain settlement criteria and are subject to netting agreements.

In the consolidated statements of financial condition, derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and posted under enforceable credit support agreements, when transacted under an enforceable netting agreement. In the consolidated statements of financial condition, resale and repurchase agreements, and securities borrowed and loaned, are not reported net of the related cash and securities received or posted as collateral. See Note 10 for further information about collateral received and pledged, including rights to deliver or repledge collateral. See Notes 7 and 10 for further information about offsetting assets and liabilities.

Share-based Compensation

The cost of employee services received in exchange for a share-based award is generally measured based on the grant-date fair value of the award. Share-based awards that do not require future service (i.e., vested awards, including awards granted to retirement-eligible employees) are expensed immediately. Share-based awards that require future service are amortized over the relevant service period. Forfeitures are recorded when they occur.

Cash dividend equivalents paid on outstanding restricted stock units (RSUs) are charged to retained earnings. If RSUs that require future service are forfeited, the related dividend equivalents originally charged to retained earnings are reclassified to compensation expense in the period in which forfeiture occurs.

The firm generally issues new shares of common stock upon delivery of share-based awards. In certain cases, primarily related to conflicted employment (as outlined in the applicable award agreements), the firm may cash settle share-based compensation awards accounted for as equity instruments. For these awards, whose terms allow for cash settlement, additionalpaid-in capital is adjusted to the extent of the difference between the value of the award at the time of cash settlement and the grant-date value of the award. The tax effect related to the settlement of share-based awards is recorded in income tax benefit or expense.

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets and liabilities denominated innon-U.S. currencies are translated at rates of exchange prevailing on the date of the consolidated statements of financial condition and revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange for the period. Foreign currency remeasurement gains or losses on transactions in nonfunctional currencies are recognized in earnings. Gains or losses on translation of the financial statements of anon-U.S. operation, when the functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar, are included, net of hedges and taxes, in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Recent Accounting Developments

Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC 606). In May 2014, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2014-09. This ASU, as amended, provides comprehensive guidance on the recognition of revenue earned from contracts with customers arising from the transfer of goods and services, guidance on accounting for certain contract costs and new disclosures.

The firm adopted this ASU in January 2018 under a modified retrospective approach. As a result of adopting this ASU, the firm, among other things, delays recognition ofnon-refundable and milestone payments on financial advisory assignments until the assignments are completed, and recognizes certain investment management fees earlier than under the firm’s previous revenue recognition policies.

The firm also prospectively changed the presentation of certain costs from a net presentation within revenues to a gross basis, and vice versa. Beginning in 2018, certain underwriting expenses, which were netted against investment banking revenues, and certain distribution fees, which were netted against investment management revenues, are presented gross as operating expenses. Costs incurred in connection with certain soft-dollar arrangements, which were presented gross as operating expenses, are presented net within commissions and fees.

The cumulative effect of adopting this ASU as of January 1, 2018 was a decrease to retained earnings of $53 million (net of tax).

Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (ASC 825). In January 2016, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2016-01, “Financial Instruments (Topic 825) — Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.” This ASU amends certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments. It includes a requirement to present separately in other comprehensive income changes in fair value attributable to a firm’s own credit spreads (debt valuation adjustment or DVA), net of tax, on financial liabilities for which the fair value option was elected.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 10

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

In January 2016, the firm early adopted this ASU for the requirements related to DVA and reclassified the cumulative DVA from retained earnings to accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss). The adoption of the remaining provisions of the ASU in January 2018 did not have a material impact on the firm’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Leases (ASC 842). In February 2016, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842).” This ASU requires that, for leases longer than one year, a lessee recognize in the statements of financial condition aright-of-use asset, representing the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term, and a lease liability, representing the liability to make lease payments. It also requires that for finance leases, a lessee recognize interest expense on the lease liability, separately from the amortization of theright-of-use asset in the statements of earnings, while for operating leases, such amounts should be recognized as a combined expense. It also requires that for qualifying sale-leaseback transactions the seller recognize any gain or loss (based on the estimated fair value of the asset at the time of sale) when control of the asset is transferred instead of amortizing it over the lease period. In addition, this ASU requires expanded disclosures about the nature and terms of lease agreements.

The firm adopted this ASU in January 2019 under a modified retrospective approach. Upon adoption, in accordance with the ASU, the firm elected to not reassess the lease classification or initial direct costs of existing leases, and to not reassess whether existing contracts contain a lease. In addition, the firm has elected to account for each contract’s lease andnon-lease components as a single lease component. The impact of adoption was a gross up of $1.77 billion on the firm’s consolidated statements of financial condition and an increase to retained earnings of $12 million (net of tax) as of January 1, 2019.

Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (ASC 326). In June 2016, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326) — Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” This ASU amends several aspects of the measurement of credit losses on financial instruments, including replacing the existing incurred credit loss model and other models with the Current Expected Credit Losses (CECL) model and amending certain aspects of accounting for purchased financial assets with deterioration in credit quality since origination.

Under CECL, the allowance for losses for financial assets that are measured at amortized cost reflects management’s estimate of credit losses over the remaining expected life of such assets. Expected credit losses for newly recognized financial assets, as well as changes to expected credit losses during the period, would be recognized in earnings. For certain purchased financial assets with deterioration in credit quality since origination, an initial allowance would be recorded for expected credit losses and recognized as an increase to the purchase price rather than as an expense. The ASU eliminates the existing accounting guidance for Purchased Credit Impaired (PCI) loans. The ASU is effective for the firm in January 2020 under a modified retrospective approach with early adoption permitted. The firm plans to adopt this ASU on January 1, 2020.

Expected credit losses, including losses onoff-balance-sheet exposures such as lending commitments, will be measured based on historical experience, current conditions and forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount.

The firm has substantially completed development of credit loss models for significant loan portfolios and is in the process of testing these models and validating data inputs, while continuing to develop the policies, systems and controls that will be required to implement CECL. Based on the work completed to date, the current loan portfolio and the weighted average of a range of current forecasts of future economic conditions, the firm estimates that the allowance for credit losses will increase by approximately $600 million to $800 million when CECL is adopted. The estimated increase is driven by the fact that the allowance will cover expected credit losses over the full expected life of the loan portfolios and will also take into account forecasts of expected future economic conditions. This increased allowance will not impact the firm’s realized losses in these loan portfolios. In addition, an allowance will be recorded for certain purchased loans with deterioration in credit quality since origination with a corresponding increase to their gross carrying value. Ultimately, the extent of the impact of adoption of this ASU on the firm’s consolidated financial statements may vary and will depend on, among other things, the economic environment, the completion of the firm’s models, policies and other management judgments, and the size and type of loan portfolios held by the firm on the date of adoption.

11 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (ASC 230). In August 2016, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) — Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments.” This ASU provides guidance on the disclosure and classification of certain items within the statements of cash flows. The firm adopted this ASU in January 2018 and upon adoption reclassified these items within the consolidated statements of cash flows on a retrospective basis.

Clarifying the Definition of a Business (ASC 805). In January 2017, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805) — Clarifying the Definition of a Business.” The ASU amends the definition of a business and provides a threshold which must be considered to determine whether a transaction is an acquisition (or disposal) of an asset or a business.

The firm adopted this ASU in January 2018 under a prospective approach. Adoption of the ASU did not have a material impact on the firm’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. The firm expects that fewer transactions will be treated as acquisitions (or disposals) of businesses as a result of adopting this ASU.

Clarifying the Scope of Asset Derecognition Guidance and Accounting for Partial Sales of Nonfinancial Assets(ASC 610-20). In February 2017, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2017-05, “Other Income — Gains and Losses from the Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets(Subtopic 610-20) — Clarifying the Scope of Asset Derecognition Guidance and Accounting for Partial Sales of Nonfinancial Assets.” The ASU clarifies the scope of guidance applicable to sales of nonfinancial assets and also provides guidance on accounting for partial sales of such assets.

The firm adopted this ASU in January 2018 under a modified retrospective approach. Adoption of the ASU did not have an impact on the firm’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities (ASC 815). In August 2017, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2017-12, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) — Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities.” The ASU amends certain rules for hedging relationships, expands the types of strategies that are eligible for hedge accounting treatment to more closely align the results of hedge accounting with risk management activities and amends disclosure requirements related to fair value and net investment hedges.

The firm early adopted this ASU in January 2018 under a modified retrospective approach for hedge accounting treatment, and under a prospective approach for the amended disclosure requirements. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the firm’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. See Note 7 for further information.

Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (ASC 220). In February 2018, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2018-02, “Income Statement — Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) — Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” This ASU permits a reporting entity to reclassify the income tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (Tax Legislation) on items within accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings.

The firm adopted this ASU in January 2019 and did not elect to reclassify the income tax effects of Tax Legislation from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings. Therefore, the adoption of the ASU did not have an impact on the firm’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (ASC 820). In August 2018, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement(Topic 820) — Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement.” This ASU, among other amendments, eliminates the requirement to disclose the amounts and reasons for transfers between level 1 and level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and modifies the disclosure requirement relating to investments in funds at NAV. The firm early adopted this ASU in the third quarter of 2018 and disclosures were modified in accordance with the ASU. See Notes 5 through 8 for further information.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 12

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 4.

Financial Instruments Owned and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased

Financial instruments owned and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased are accounted for at fair value either under the fair value option or in accordance with other U.S. GAAP. See Note 8 for information about other financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value.

The table below presents financial instruments owned and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased.

$ in millions	Financial Instruments Owned	Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased
As of March 2019
Money market instruments	$    2,759	$          –
Government and agency obligations:
U.S.	107,220	9,169
Non-U.S.	51,763	19,262
Loans and securities backed by:
Commercial real estate	3,673	1
Residential real estate	13,030	1
Corporate debt instruments	31,848	7,767
State and municipal obligations	812	–
Other debt obligations	1,639	2
Equity securities	101,166	24,413
Commodities	3,462	–
Investments in funds at NAV	4,036	–
Subtotal	321,408	60,615
Derivatives	41,867	40,332
Total	$363,275	$100,947
As of December 2018
Money market instruments	$    2,635	$          –
Government and agency obligations:
U.S.	110,616	5,080
Non-U.S.	43,607	25,347
Loans and securities backed by:
Commercial real estate	3,369	–
Residential real estate	12,949	1
Corporate debt instruments	31,207	10,411
State and municipal obligations	1,233	–
Other debt obligations	1,864	1
Equity securities	76,170	25,463
Commodities	3,729	–
Investments in funds at NAV	3,936	–
Subtotal	291,315	66,303
Derivatives	44,846	42,594
Total	$336,161	$108,897

In the table above:

• Money market instruments includes commercial paper, certificates of deposit and time deposits, substantially all of which have a maturity of less than one year.

• Corporate debt instruments includes corporate loans and debt securities.

• Equity securities includes public and private equities, exchange-traded funds and convertible debentures. Such amounts include investments accounted for at fair value under the fair value option where the firm would otherwise apply the equity method of accounting of $8.01 billion as of March 2019 and $7.91 billion as of December 2018.

Gains and Losses from Market Making and Other Principal Transactions

The table below presents market making revenues by major product type and other principal transactions revenues.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019	2018
Interest rates		$1,234	$   905
Credit		238	318
Currencies		572	402
Equities		382	1,136
Commodities		113	443
Market making		2,539	3,204
Other principal transactions		1,064	1,664
Total		$3,603	$4,868

In the table above:

• Gains/(losses) include both realized and unrealized gains and losses, and are primarily related to the firm’s financial instruments owned and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, including both derivative andnon-derivative financial instruments.

• Gains/(losses) exclude related interest income and interest expense. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.

• Gains/(losses) on other principal transactions are included in the firm’s Investing & Lending segment. See Note 25 for net revenues, including net interest income, by product type for Investing & Lending, as well as the amount of net interest income included in Investing & Lending.

• Gains/(losses) are not representative of the manner in which the firm manages its business activities because many of the firm’s market-making and client facilitation strategies utilize financial instruments across various product types. Accordingly, gains or losses in one product type frequently offset gains or losses in other product types. For example, most of the firm’s longer-term derivatives across product types are sensitive to changes in interest rates and may be economically hedged with interest rate swaps. Similarly, a significant portion of the firm’s cash instruments and derivatives across product types has exposure to foreign currencies and may be economically hedged with foreign currency contracts.

13 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 5.

Fair Value Measurements

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Financial assets are marked to bid prices and financial liabilities are marked to offer prices. Fair value measurements do not include transaction costs. The firm measures certain financial assets and financial liabilities as a portfolio (i.e., based on its net exposure to market and/or credit risks).

The best evidence of fair value is a quoted price in an active market. If quoted prices in active markets are not available, fair value is determined by reference to prices for similar instruments, quoted prices or recent transactions in less active markets, or internally developed models that primarily use market-based or independently sourced inputs, including, but not limited to, interest rates, volatilities, equity or debt prices, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, credit spreads and funding spreads (i.e., the spread or difference between the interest rate at which a borrower could finance a given financial instrument relative to a benchmark interest rate).

U.S. GAAP has a three-level hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. This hierarchy prioritizes inputs to the valuation techniques used to measure fair value, giving the highest priority to level 1 inputs and the lowest priority to level 3 inputs. A financial instrument’s level in this hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to its fair value measurement. In evaluating the significance of a valuation input, the firm considers, among other factors, a portfolio’s net risk exposure to that input. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

Level 1. Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets to which the firm had access at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

Level 2. Inputs to valuation techniques are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3. One or more inputs to valuation techniques are significant and unobservable.

The fair values for substantially all of the firm’s financial assets and financial liabilities are based on observable prices and inputs and are classified in levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Certain level 2 and level 3 financial assets and financial liabilities may require appropriate valuation adjustments that a market participant would require to arrive at fair value for factors such as counterparty and the firm’s credit quality, funding risk, transfer restrictions, liquidity and bid/offer spreads. Valuation adjustments are generally based on market evidence.

See Notes 6 through 8 for further information about fair value measurements of cash instruments, derivatives and other financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value.

The table below presents financial assets and financial liabilities accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or in accordance with other U.S. GAAP.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019		December 2018
Total level 1 financial assets		$195,787		$170,463
Total level 2 financial assets		354,812		354,515
Total level 3 financial assets		22,596		22,181
Investments in funds at NAV		4,036		3,936
Counterparty and cash collateral netting		(52,377	)	(49,383	)
Total financial assets at fair value		$524,854		$501,712
Total assets		$925,349		$931,796
Total level 3 financial assets divided by:
Total assets		2.4%		2.4%
Total financial assets at fair value		4.3%		4.4%
Total level 1 financial liabilities		$  50,605		$  54,151
Total level 2 financial liabilities		242,196		258,335
Total level 3 financial liabilities		26,424		23,804
Counterparty and cash collateral netting		(39,768	)	(39,786	)
Total financial liabilities at fair value		$279,457		$296,504
Total level 3 financial liabilities divided by total financial liabilities at fair value		9.5%		8.0%

In the table above:

• Counterparty netting among positions classified in the same level is included in that level.

• Counterparty and cash collateral netting represents the impact on derivatives of netting across levels of the fair value hierarchy.

The table below presents a summary of level 3 financial assets.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Cash instruments		$  17,935	$  17,227
Derivatives		4,658	4,948
Other financial assets		3	6
Total		$  22,596	$  22,181

Level 3 financial assets as of March 2019 increased compared with December 2018, primarily reflecting an increase in level 3 cash instruments. See Notes 6 through 8 for further information about level 3 financial assets (including information about unrealized gains and losses related to level 3 financial assets and financial liabilities, and transfers in and out of level 3).

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 14

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 6.

Cash Instruments

Cash instruments include U.S. government and agency obligations,non-U.S. government and agency obligations, mortgage-backed loans and securities, corporate debt instruments, equity securities, investments in funds at NAV, and othernon-derivative financial instruments owned and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased. See below for the types of cash instruments included in each level of the fair value hierarchy and the valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine their fair values. See Note 5 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies.

Level 1 Cash Instruments

Level 1 cash instruments include certain money market instruments, U.S. government obligations, mostnon-U.S. government obligations, certain government agency obligations, certain corporate debt instruments and actively traded listed equities. These instruments are valued using quoted prices for identical unrestricted instruments in active markets.

The firm defines active markets for equity instruments based on the average daily trading volume both in absolute terms and relative to the market capitalization for the instrument. The firm defines active markets for debt instruments based on both the average daily trading volume and the number of days with trading activity.

Level 2 Cash Instruments

Level 2 cash instruments include most money market instruments, most government agency obligations, certainnon-U.S. government obligations, most mortgage-backed loans and securities, most corporate debt instruments, most state and municipal obligations, most other debt obligations, restricted or less liquid listed equities, commodities and certain lending commitments.

Valuations of level 2 cash instruments can be verified to quoted prices, recent trading activity for identical or similar instruments, broker or dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Consideration is given to the nature of the quotations (e.g., indicative or firm) and the relationship of recent market activity to the prices provided from alternative pricing sources.

Valuation adjustments are typically made to level 2 cash instruments (i) if the cash instrument is subject to transfer restrictions and/or (ii) for other premiums and liquidity discounts that a market participant would require to arrive at fair value. Valuation adjustments are generally based on market evidence.

Level 3 Cash Instruments

Level 3 cash instruments have one or more significant valuation inputs that are not observable. Absent evidence to the contrary, level 3 cash instruments are initially valued at transaction price, which is considered to be the best initial estimate of fair value. Subsequently, the firm uses other methodologies to determine fair value, which vary based on the type of instrument. Valuation inputs and assumptions are changed when corroborated by substantive observable evidence, including values realized on sales.

Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs of Level 3 Cash Instruments

Valuation techniques of level 3 cash instruments vary by instrument, but are generally based on discounted cash flow techniques. The valuation techniques and the nature of significant inputs used to determine the fair values of each type of level 3 cash instrument are described below:

Loans and Securities Backed by Commercial Real Estate. Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate are directly or indirectly collateralized by a single commercial real estate property or a portfolio of properties, and may include tranches of varying levels of subordination. Significant inputs are generally determined based on relative value analyses and include:

• Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets and/or current levels and changes in market indices such as the CMBX (an index that tracks the performance of commercial mortgage bonds);

• Transaction prices in both the underlying collateral and instruments with the same or similar underlying collateral;

• A measure of expected future cash flows in a default scenario (recovery rates) implied by the value of the underlying collateral, which is mainly driven by current performance of the underlying collateral, capitalization rates and multiples. Recovery rates are expressed as a percentage of notional or face value of the instrument and reflect the benefit of credit enhancements on certain instruments; and

• Timing of expected future cash flows (duration) which, in certain cases, may incorporate the impact of other unobservable inputs (e.g., prepayment speeds).

15 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Loans and Securities Backed by Residential Real Estate. Loans and securities backed by residential real estate are directly or indirectly collateralized by portfolios of residential real estate and may include tranches of varying levels of subordination. Significant inputs are generally determined based on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons to instruments with similar collateral and risk profiles. Significant inputs include:

• Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets;

• Transaction prices in both the underlying collateral and instruments with the same or similar underlying collateral;

• Cumulative loss expectations, driven by default rates, home price projections, residential property liquidation timelines, related costs and subsequent recoveries; and

• Duration, driven by underlying loan prepayment speeds and residential property liquidation timelines.

Corporate Debt Instruments. Corporate debt instruments includes corporate loans and debt securities. Significant inputs for corporate debt instruments are generally determined based on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons both to prices of credit default swaps that reference the same or similar underlying instrument or entity and to other debt instruments for the same issuer for which observable prices or broker quotations are available. Significant inputs include:

• Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets and/or current levels and trends of market indices, such as the CDX (an index that tracks the performance of corporate credit);

• Current performance and recovery assumptions and, where the firm uses credit default swaps to value the related cash instrument, the cost of borrowing the underlying reference obligation; and

• Duration.

Equity Securities. Equity securities includes private equity securities and convertible debentures. Recent third-party completed or pending transactions (e.g., merger proposals, tender offers, debt restructurings) are considered to be the best evidence for any change in fair value. When these are not available, the following valuation methodologies are used, as appropriate:

• Industry multiples (primarily EBITDA multiples) and public comparables;

• Transactions in similar instruments;

• Discounted cash flow techniques; and

• Third-party appraisals.

The firm also considers changes in the outlook for the relevant industry and financial performance of the issuer as compared to projected performance. Significant inputs include:

• Market and transaction multiples;

• Discount rates and capitalization rates; and

• For equity securities with debt-like features, market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets, current performance and recovery assumptions, and duration.

Other Cash Instruments. Other cash instruments includes U.S. government and agency obligations,non-U.S. government and agency obligations, state and municipal obligations, and other debt obligations. Significant inputs are generally determined based on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons both to prices of credit default swaps that reference the same or similar underlying instrument or entity and to other debt instruments for the same issuer for which observable prices or broker quotations are available. Significant inputs include:

• Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets and/or current levels and trends of market indices;

• Current performance and recovery assumptions and, where the firm uses credit default swaps to value the related cash instrument, the cost of borrowing the underlying reference obligation; and

• Duration.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 16

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Fair Value of Cash Instruments by Level

The table below presents cash instrument assets and liabilities at fair value by level within the fair value hierarchy.

$ in millions	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
As of March 2019
Assets
Money market instruments	$    1,111		$    1,648		$         –		$    2,759
Government and agency obligations:
U.S.	77,043		30,152		25		107,220
Non-U.S.	37,421		14,326		16		51,763
Loans and securities backed by:
Commercial real estate	–		2,662		1,011		3,673
Residential real estate	–		12,476		554		13,030
Corporate debt instruments	1,044		26,552		4,252		31,848
State and municipal obligations	–		775		37		812
Other debt obligations	–		1,025		614		1,639
Equity securities	79,076		10,664		11,426		101,166
Commodities	–		3,462		–		3,462
Subtotal	$195,695		$103,742		$17,935		$317,372
Investments in funds at NAV							4,036
Total cash instrument assets							$321,408
Liabilities
Government and agency obligations:
U.S.	$  (9,160	)	$        (9	)	$         –		$  (9,169	)
Non-U.S.	(17,315	)	(1,947	)	–		(19,262	)
Loans and securities backed by:
Commercial real estate	–		(1	)	–		(1	)
Residential real estate	–		(1	)	–		(1	)
Corporate debt instruments	(1	)	(7,630	)	(136	)	(7,767	)
Other debt obligations	–		(2	)	–		(2	)
Equity securities	(24,040	)	(350	)	(23	)	(24,413	)
Total cash instrument liabilities	$(50,516	)	$  (9,940	)	$  (159	)	$(60,615	)
As of December 2018
Assets
Money market instruments	$    1,489		$    1,146		$         –		$    2,635
Government and agency obligations:
U.S.	82,264		28,327		25		110,616
Non-U.S.	33,231		10,366		10		43,607
Loans and securities backed by:
Commercial real estate	–		2,350		1,019		3,369
Residential real estate	–		12,286		663		12,949
Corporate debt instruments	468		26,515		4,224		31,207
State and municipal obligations	–		1,210		23		1,233
Other debt obligations	–		1,326		538		1,864
Equity securities	52,989		12,456		10,725		76,170
Commodities	–		3,729		–		3,729
Subtotal	$170,441		$  99,711		$17,227		$287,379
Investments in funds at NAV							3,936
Total cash instrument assets							$291,315
Liabilities
Government and agency obligations:
U.S.	$   (5,067	)	$        (13	)	$         –		$   (5,080	)
Non-U.S.	(23,872	)	(1,475	)	–		(25,347	)
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate	–		(1	)	–		(1	)
Corporate debt instruments	(4	)	(10,376	)	(31	)	(10,411	)
Other debt obligations	–		(1	)	–		(1	)
Equity securities	(25,147	)	(298	)	(18	)	(25,463	)
Total cash instrument liabilities	$ (54,090	)	$ (12,164	)	$      (49	)	$ (66,303	)

In the table above:

• Cash instrument assets are included in financial instruments owned and cash instrument liabilities are included in financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased.

• Cash instrument assets are shown as positive amounts and cash instrument liabilities are shown as negative amounts.

• Money market instruments includes commercial paper, certificates of deposit and time deposits, substantially all of which have a maturity of less than one year.

• Corporate debt instruments includes corporate loans and debt securities.

• Equity securities includes public and private equities, exchange-traded funds and convertible debentures.

• As of both March 2019 and December 2018, substantially all level 3 equity securities consisted of private equity securities.

Significant Unobservable Inputs

The table below presents the amount of level 3 assets, and ranges and weighted averages of significant unobservable inputs used to value level 3 cash instruments.

	Level 3 Assets and Range of Significant Unobservable Inputs (Weighted Average) as of
$ in millions		March 2019		December 2018
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate
Level 3 assets		$1,011		$1,019
Yield		4.0% to 22.0% (11.6%	)	6.9% to 22.5% (12.4%	)
Recovery rate		7.4% to 77.2% (44.3%	)	9.7% to 78.4% (42.9%	)
Duration (years)		0.7 to 5.5 (3.5	)	0.4 to 7.1 (3.7	)
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate
Level 3 assets		$554		$663
Yield		0.8% to 20.0% (8.8%	)	2.6% to 19.3% (9.2%	)
Cumulative loss rate		2.1% to 34.2% (17.6%	)	8.3% to 37.7% (19.2%	)
Duration (years)		1.2 to 16.4 (6.8	)	1.4 to 14.0 (6.7	)
Corporate debt instruments
Level 3 assets		$4,252		$4,224
Yield		1.5% to 24.1% (12.2%	)	0.7% to 32.3% (11.9%	)
Recovery rate		0.0% to 73.0% (55.5%	)	0.0% to 78.0% (57.8%	)
Duration (years)		0.3 to 6.3 (3.0	)	0.4 to 13.5 (3.4	)
Equity securities
Level 3 assets		$11,426		$10,725
Multiples		0.8x to 26.0x (6.6x	)	1.0x to 23.6x (8.1x	)
Discount rate/yield		6.0% to 22.1% (14.5%	)	6.5% to 22.1% (14.3%	)
Capitalization rate		3.7% to 12.6% (5.9%	)	3.5% to 12.3% (6.1%	)
Other cash instruments
Level 3 assets		$692		$596
Yield		2.5% to 12.7% (9.2%	)	4.1% to 11.5% (9.2%	)
Duration (years)		2.0 to 5.7 (3.2	)	2.2 to 4.8 (2.8	)

17 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

In the table above:

• Ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that were used in the valuation of each type of cash instrument.

• Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the relative fair value of the cash instruments.

• The ranges and weighted averages of these inputs are not representative of the appropriate inputs to use when calculating the fair value of any one cash instrument. For example, the highest multiple for private equity securities is appropriate for valuing a specific private equity security but may not be appropriate for valuing any other private equity security. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs do not represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value measurements of level 3 cash instruments.

• Increases in yield, discount rate, capitalization rate, duration or cumulative loss rate used in the valuation of level 3 cash instruments would have resulted in a lower fair value measurement, while increases in recovery rate or multiples would have resulted in a higher fair value measurement as of both March 2019 and December 2018. Due to the distinctive nature of each level 3 cash instrument, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily uniform within each product type.

• Loans and securities backed by commercial and residential real estate, corporate debt instruments and other cash instruments are valued using discounted cash flows, and equity securities are valued using market comparables and discounted cash flows.

• The fair value of any one instrument may be determined using multiple valuation techniques. For example, market comparables and discounted cash flows may be used together to determine fair value. Therefore, the level 3 balance encompasses both of these techniques.

Level 3 Rollforward

The table below presents a summary of the changes in fair value for level 3 cash instrument assets and liabilities.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019		2018
Total cash instrument assets
Beginning balance		$17,227		$15,395
Net realized gains/(losses)		86		122
Net unrealized gains/(losses)		229		564
Purchases		372		549
Sales		(329	)	(213	)
Settlements		(439	)	(722	)
Transfers into level 3		1,478		1,942
Transfers out of level 3		(689	)	(695	)
Ending balance		$17,935		$16,942
Total cash instrument liabilities
Beginning balance		$     (49	)	$      (68	)
Net realized gains/(losses)		–		2
Net unrealized gains/(losses)		(63	)	7
Purchases		18		15
Sales		(52	)	(13	)
Settlements		8		23
Transfers into level 3		(24	)	(9	)
Transfers out of level 3		3		4
Ending balance		$   (159	)	$      (39	)

In the table above:

• Changes in fair value are presented for all cash instrument assets and liabilities that are classified in level 3 as of the end of the period.

• Net unrealized gains/(losses) relates to instruments that were still held atperiod-end.

• Purchases includes originations and secondary purchases.

• Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. If a cash instrument asset or liability was transferred to level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is classified in level 3.

• For level 3 cash instrument assets, increases are shown as positive amounts, while decreases are shown as negative amounts. For level 3 cash instrument liabilities, increases are shown as negative amounts, while decreases are shown as positive amounts.

• Level 3 cash instruments are frequently economically hedged with level 1 and level 2 cash instruments and/or level 1, level 2 or level 3 derivatives. Accordingly, gains or losses that are classified in level 3 can be partially offset by gains or losses attributable to level 1 or level 2 cash instruments and/or level 1, level 2 or level 3 derivatives. As a result, gains or losses included in the level 3 rollforward below do not necessarily represent the overall impact on the firm’s results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 18

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The table below disaggregates, by product type, the information for cash instrument assets included in the summary table above.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019		2018
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate
Beginning balance		$  1,019		$  1,126
Net realized gains/(losses)		14		11
Net unrealized gains/(losses)		1		23
Purchases		13		41
Sales		(31	)	(4	)
Settlements		(68	)	(78	)
Transfers into level 3		89		231
Transfers out of level 3		(26	)	(84	)
Ending balance		$  1,011		$  1,266
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate
Beginning balance		$     663		$     668
Net realized gains/(losses)		13		15
Net unrealized gains/(losses)		4		14
Purchases		27		35
Sales		(111	)	(60	)
Settlements		(43	)	(29	)
Transfers into level 3		22		34
Transfers out of level 3		(21	)	(4	)
Ending balance		$     554		$     673
Corporate debt instruments
Beginning balance		$  4,224		$  3,270
Net realized gains/(losses)		26		48
Net unrealized gains/(losses)		42		74
Purchases		170		141
Sales		(135	)	(92	)
Settlements		(116	)	(346	)
Transfers into level 3		447		460
Transfers out of level 3		(406	)	(197	)
Ending balance		$  4,252		$  3,358
Equity securities
Beginning balance		$10,725		$  9,904
Net realized gains/(losses)		22		44
Net unrealized gains/(losses)		171		453
Purchases		124		314
Sales		(39	)	(36	)
Settlements		(164	)	(239	)
Transfers into level 3		816		1,205
Transfers out of level 3		(229	)	(399	)
Ending balance		$11,426		$11,246
Other cash instruments
Beginning balance		$     596		$     427
Net realized gains/(losses)		11		4
Net unrealized gains/(losses)		11		–
Purchases		38		18
Sales		(13	)	(21	)
Settlements		(48	)	(30	)
Transfers into level 3		104		12
Transfers out of level 3		(7	)	(11	)
Ending balance		$     692		$     399

Level 3 Rollforward Commentary

Three Months Ended March 2019. The net realized and unrealized gains on level 3 cash instrument assets of $315 million (reflecting $86 million of net realized gains and $229 million of net unrealized gains) for the three months ended March 2019 included gains/(losses) of $(28) million reported in market making, $240 million reported in other principal transactions and $103 million reported in interest income.

The net unrealized gains on level 3 cash instrument assets for the three months ended March 2019 primarily reflected gains on private equity securities, principally driven by company-specific events and corporate performance.

Transfers into level 3 during the three months ended March 2019 primarily reflected transfers of certain private equity securities and corporate debt instruments from level 2, principally due to reduced price transparency as a result of a lack of market evidence, including fewer market transactions in these instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 during the three months ended March 2019 primarily reflected transfers of certain corporate debt instruments and private equity securities to level 2, principally due to increased price transparency as a result of market evidence, including market transactions in these instruments.

Three Months Ended March 2018. The net realized and unrealized gains on level 3 cash instrument assets of $686 million (reflecting $122 million of net realized gains and $564 million of net unrealized gains) for the three months ended March 2018 included gains/(losses) of $(2) million reported in market making, $597 million reported in other principal transactions and $91 million reported in interest income.

The net unrealized gains on level 3 cash instrument assets for the three months ended March 2018 primarily reflected gains on private equity securities, principally driven by strong corporate performance and company-specific events.

Transfers into level 3 during the three months ended March 2018 primarily reflected transfers of certain private equity securities and corporate debt instruments from level 2, principally due to reduced price transparency as a result of a lack of market evidence, including fewer market transactions in these instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 during the three months ended March 2018 primarily reflected transfers of certain private equity securities and corporate debt instruments to level 2, principally due to increased price transparency as a result of market evidence, including market transactions in these instruments, and transfers of certain other corporate debt instruments to level 2, principally due to certain unobservable yield and duration inputs no longer being significant to the valuation of these instruments.

19 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Available-for-Sale Securities

The table below presents information about cash instruments that are accounted for asavailable-for-sale.

$ in millions	Amortized Cost	Fair Value	Weighted Average Yield
As of March 2019
Less than 5 years	$  3,827	$  3,800	1.95%
Greater than 5 years	3,691	3,719	2.50%
Total	$  7,518	$  7,519	2.22%
As of December 2018
Less than 5 years	$  5,954	$  5,879	2.10%
Greater than 5 years	6,231	6,153	2.44%
Total	$12,185	$12,032	2.28%

In the table above:

• Available-for-sale securities consists of U.S. government obligations that were classified in level 1 of the fair value hierarchy as of both March 2019 and December 2018.

• During the three months ended March 2019, the firm sold $4.96 billion ofavailable-for-sale securities. The realized gains on sales of such securities were not material.

• The gross unrealized gains/(losses) included in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) were not material as of March 2019. The gross unrealized losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) were $153 million as of December 2018 and were related to securities in a continuous unrealized loss position for greater than a year.

• Available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position are periodically reviewed for other-than-temporary impairment. The firm considers various factors, including market conditions, changes in issuer credit ratings, severity and duration of the unrealized losses, and the intent and ability to hold the security until recovery to determine if the securities are other-than-temporarily impaired. There were no such impairments during either the three months ended March 2019 or the year ended December 2018.

Investments in Funds at Net Asset Value Per Share

Cash instruments at fair value include investments in funds that are measured at NAV of the investment fund. The firm uses NAV to measure the fair value of its fund investments when (i) the fund investment does not have a readily determinable fair value and (ii) the NAV of the investment fund is calculated in a manner consistent with the measurement principles of investment company accounting, including measurement of the investments at fair value.

Substantially all of the firm’s investments in funds at NAV consist of investments in firm-sponsored private equity, credit, real estate and hedge funds where the firmco-invests with third-party investors.

Private equity funds primarily invest in a broad range of industries worldwide, including leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, growth investments and distressed investments. Credit funds generally invest in loans and other fixed income instruments and are focused on providing private high-yield capital for leveraged and management buyout transactions, recapitalizations, financings, refinancings, acquisitions and restructurings for private equity firms, private family companies and corporate issuers. Real estate funds invest globally, primarily in real estate companies, loan portfolios, debt recapitalizations and property. Private equity, credit and real estate funds areclosed-end funds in which the firm’s investments are generally not eligible for redemption. Distributions will be received from these funds as the underlying assets are liquidated or distributed, the timing of which is uncertain.

The firm also invests in hedge funds, primarily multi-disciplinary hedge funds that employ a fundamentalbottom-up investment approach across various asset classes and strategies. The firm’s investments in hedge funds primarily include interests where the underlying assets are illiquid in nature, and proceeds from redemptions will not be received until the underlying assets are liquidated or distributed, the timing of which is uncertain.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 20

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Many of the funds described above are “covered funds” as defined in the Volcker Rule of the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act). The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB) extended the conformance period to July 2022 for the firm’s investments in, and relationships with, certain legacy “illiquid funds” (as defined in the Volcker Rule) that were in place prior to December 2013. This extension is applicable to substantially all of the firm’s remaining investments in, and relationships with, such covered funds.

The table below presents the fair value of investments in funds at NAV and the related unfunded commitments.

$ in millions	Fair Value of Investments	Unfunded Commitments
As of March 2019
Private equity funds	$2,627	$   794
Credit funds	696	957
Hedge funds	162	–
Real estate funds	551	215
Total	$4,036	$1,966
As of December 2018
Private equity funds	$2,683	$   809
Credit funds	548	1,099
Hedge funds	161	–
Real estate funds	544	203
Total	$3,936	$2,111

Note 7.

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

Derivative Activities

Derivatives are instruments that derive their value from underlying asset prices, indices, reference rates and other inputs, or a combination of these factors. Derivatives may be traded on an exchange (exchange-traded) or they may be privately negotiated contracts, which are usually referred to as OTC derivatives. Certain of the firm’s OTC derivatives are cleared and settled through central clearing counterparties(OTC-cleared), while others are bilateral contracts between two counterparties (bilateral OTC).

Market Making. As a market maker, the firm enters into derivative transactions to provide liquidity to clients and to facilitate the transfer and hedging of their risks. In this role, the firm typically acts as principal and is required to commit capital to provide execution, and maintains inventory in response to, or in anticipation of, client demand.

Risk Management. The firm also enters into derivatives to actively manage risk exposures that arise from its market-making and investing and lending activities in derivative and cash instruments. The firm’s holdings and exposures are hedged, in many cases, on either a portfolio or risk-specific basis, as opposed to aninstrument-by-instrument basis. The offsetting impact of this economic hedging is reflected in the same business segment as the related revenues. In addition, the firm may enter into derivatives designated as hedges under U.S. GAAP. These derivatives are used to manage interest rate exposure in certain fixed-rate unsecured long-term and short-term borrowings, and deposits, and to manage foreign currency exposure on the net investment in certainnon-U.S. operations.

The firm enters into various types of derivatives, including:

• Futures and Forwards. Contracts that commit counterparties to purchase or sell financial instruments, commodities or currencies in the future.

• Swaps. Contracts that require counterparties to exchange cash flows such as currency or interest payment streams. The amounts exchanged are based on the specific terms of the contract with reference to specified rates, financial instruments, commodities, currencies or indices.

• Options. Contracts in which the option purchaser has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase from or sell to the option writer financial instruments, commodities or currencies within a defined time period for a specified price.

Derivatives are reported on anet-by-counterparty basis (i.e., the net payable or receivable for derivative assets and liabilities for a given counterparty) when a legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable netting agreement (counterparty netting). Derivatives are accounted for at fair value, net of cash collateral received or posted under enforceable credit support agreements (cash collateral netting). Derivative assets are included in financial instruments owned and derivative liabilities are included in financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivatives not designated as hedges are included in market making and other principal transactions in Note 4.

21 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The tables below present the gross fair value and the notional amounts of derivative contracts by major product type, the amounts of counterparty and cash collateral netting in the consolidated statements of financial condition, as well as cash and securities collateral posted and received under enforceable credit support agreements that do not meet the criteria for netting under U.S. GAAP.

	As of March 2019					As of December 2018
$ in millions		Derivative Assets		Derivative Liabilities			Derivative Assets		Derivative Liabilities
Not accounted for as hedges
Exchange-traded		$      601		$     1,255			$        760		$     1,553
OTC-cleared		7,219		5,973			5,040		3,552
Bilateral OTC		247,629		229,113			227,274		211,091
Total interest rates		255,449		236,341			233,074		216,196
OTC-cleared		5,703		5,215			4,778		4,517
Bilateral OTC		14,338		14,324			14,658		13,784
Total credit		20,041		19,539			19,436		18,301
Exchange-traded		11		14			11		16
OTC-cleared		698		602			656		800
Bilateral OTC		79,011		77,888			85,772		87,953
Total currencies		79,720		78,504			86,439		88,769
Exchange-traded		2,729		2,546			4,445		4,093
OTC-cleared		305		317			433		439
Bilateral OTC		7,951		10,548			12,746		15,595
Total commodities		10,985		13,411			17,624		20,127
Exchange-traded		11,061		11,029			13,431		11,765
Bilateral OTC		33,821		41,397			34,687		40,668
Total equities		44,882		52,426			48,118		52,433
Subtotal		411,077		400,221			404,691		395,826
Accounted for as hedges
OTC-cleared		–		–			2		–
Bilateral OTC		3,208		4			3,024		7
Total interest rates		3,208		4			3,026		7
OTC-cleared		53		36			25		53
Bilateral OTC		84		17			54		61
Total currencies		137		53			79		114
Subtotal		3,345		57			3,105		121
Total gross fair value		$ 414,422		$ 400,278			$ 407,796		$ 395,947
Offset in consolidated statements of financial condition
Exchange-traded		$  (11,820	)	$  (11,820	)		$  (14,377	)	$  (14,377	)
OTC-cleared		(11,928	)	(11,928	)		(8,888	)	(8,888	)
Bilateral OTC		(297,392	)	(297,392	)		(290,961	)	(290,961	)
Counterparty netting		(321,140	)	(321,140	)		(314,226	)	(314,226	)
OTC-cleared		(1,605	)	(7	)		(1,389	)	(164	)
Bilateral OTC		(49,810	)	(38,799	)		(47,335	)	(38,963	)
Cash collateral netting		(51,415	)	(38,806	)		(48,724	)	(39,127	)
Total amounts offset		$(372,555	)	$(359,946	)		$(362,950	)	$(353,353	)
Included in consolidated statements of financial condition
Exchange-traded		$     2,582		$     3,024			$     4,270		$     3,050
OTC-cleared		445		208			657		309
Bilateral OTC		38,840		37,100			39,919		39,235
Total		$   41,867		$   40,332			$   44,846		$   42,594
Not offset in consolidated statements of financial condition
Cash collateral		$     (599	)	$    (1,391	)		$       (614	)	$    (1,328	)
Securities collateral		(12,777	)	(8,995	)		(12,740	)	(8,414	)
Total		$   28,491		$   29,946			$   31,492		$   32,852

	Notional Amounts as of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Not accounted for as hedges
Exchange-traded		$  5,814,243	$  5,139,159
OTC-cleared		19,542,492	14,290,327
Bilateral OTC		14,860,761	12,858,248
Total interest rates		40,217,496	32,287,734
OTC-cleared		386,010	394,494
Bilateral OTC		741,127	762,653
Total credit		1,127,137	1,157,147
Exchange-traded		7,396	5,599
OTC-cleared		112,778	113,360
Bilateral OTC		7,208,580	6,596,741
Total currencies		7,328,754	6,715,700
Exchange-traded		261,210	259,287
OTC-cleared		1,425	1,516
Bilateral OTC		237,984	244,958
Total commodities		500,619	505,761
Exchange-traded		712,848	635,988
Bilateral OTC		1,104,537	1,070,211
Total equities		1,817,385	1,706,199
Subtotal		50,991,391	42,372,541
Accounted for as hedges
OTC-cleared		90,907	85,681
Bilateral OTC		11,946	12,022
Total interest rates		102,853	97,703
OTC-cleared		3,397	2,911
Bilateral OTC		7,231	8,089
Total currencies		10,628	11,000
Subtotal		113,481	108,703
Total notional amounts		$51,104,872	$42,481,244

In the tables above:

• Gross fair values exclude the effects of both counterparty netting and collateral, and therefore are not representative of the firm’s exposure.

• Where the firm has received or posted collateral under credit support agreements, but has not yet determined such agreements are enforceable, the related collateral has not been netted.

• Notional amounts, which represent the sum of gross long and short derivative contracts, provide an indication of the volume of the firm’s derivative activity and do not represent anticipated losses.

• Total gross fair value of derivatives included derivative assets of $9.27 billion as of March 2019 and $10.68 billion as of December 2018, and derivative liabilities of $15.77 billion as of March 2019 and $14.58 billion as of December 2018, which are not subject to an enforceable netting agreement or are subject to a netting agreement that the firm has not yet determined to be enforceable.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 22

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Valuation Techniques for Derivatives

The firm’s level 2 and level 3 derivatives are valued using derivative pricing models (e.g., discounted cash flow models, correlation models, and models that incorporate option pricing methodologies, such as Monte Carlo simulations). Price transparency of derivatives can generally be characterized by product type, as described below.

• Interest Rate. In general, the key inputs used to value interest rate derivatives are transparent, even for most long-dated contracts. Interest rate swaps and options denominated in the currencies of leading industrialized nations are characterized by high trading volumes and tight bid/offer spreads. Interest rate derivatives that reference indices, such as an inflation index, or the shape of the yield curve (e.g.,10-year swap rate vs.2-year swap rate) are more complex, but the key inputs are generally observable.

• Credit. Price transparency for credit default swaps, including both single names and baskets of credits, varies by market and underlying reference entity or obligation. Credit default swaps that reference indices, large corporates and major sovereigns generally exhibit the most price transparency. For credit default swaps with other underliers, price transparency varies based on credit rating, the cost of borrowing the underlying reference obligations, and the availability of the underlying reference obligations for delivery upon the default of the issuer. Credit default swaps that reference loans, asset-backed securities and emerging market debt instruments tend to have less price transparency than those that reference corporate bonds. In addition, more complex credit derivatives, such as those sensitive to the correlation between two or more underlying reference obligations, generally have less price transparency.

• Currency. Prices for currency derivatives based on the exchange rates of leading industrialized nations, including those with longer tenors, are generally transparent. The primary difference between the price transparency of developed and emerging market currency derivatives is that emerging markets tend to be observable for contracts with shorter tenors.

• Commodity. Commodity derivatives include transactions referenced to energy (e.g., oil and natural gas), metals (e.g., precious and base) and soft commodities (e.g., agricultural). Price transparency varies based on the underlying commodity, delivery location, tenor and product quality (e.g., diesel fuel compared to unleaded gasoline). In general, price transparency for commodity derivatives is greater for contracts with shorter tenors and contracts that are more closely aligned with major and/or benchmark commodity indices.

• Equity. Price transparency for equity derivatives varies by market and underlier. Options on indices and the common stock of corporates included in major equity indices exhibit the most price transparency. Equity derivatives generally have observable market prices, except for contracts with long tenors or reference prices that differ significantly from current market prices. More complex equity derivatives, such as those sensitive to the correlation between two or more individual stocks, generally have less price transparency.

Liquidity is essential to observability of all product types. If transaction volumes decline, previously transparent prices and other inputs may become unobservable. Conversely, even highly structured products may at times have trading volumes large enough to provide observability of prices and other inputs. See Note 5 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies.

Level 1 Derivatives

Level 1 derivatives include short-term contracts for future delivery of securities when the underlying security is a level 1 instrument, and exchange-traded derivatives if they are actively traded and are valued at their quoted market price.

Level 2 Derivatives

Level 2 derivatives include OTC derivatives for which all significant valuation inputs are corroborated by market evidence and exchange-traded derivatives that are not actively traded and/or that are valued using models that calibrate to market-clearing levels of OTC derivatives.

The selection of a particular model to value a derivative depends on the contractual terms of and specific risks inherent in the instrument, as well as the availability of pricing information in the market. For derivatives that trade in liquid markets, model selection does not involve significant management judgment because outputs of models can be calibrated to market-clearing levels.

23 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Valuation models require a variety of inputs, such as contractual terms, market prices, yield curves, discount rates (including those derived from interest rates on collateral received and posted as specified in credit support agreements for collateralized derivatives), credit curves, measures of volatility, prepayment rates, loss severity rates and correlations of such inputs. Significant inputs to the valuations of level 2 derivatives can be verified to market transactions, broker or dealer quotations or other alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Consideration is given to the nature of the quotations (e.g., indicative or firm) and the relationship of recent market activity to the prices provided from alternative pricing sources.

Level 3 Derivatives

Level 3 derivatives are valued using models which utilize observable level 1 and/or level 2 inputs, as well as unobservable level 3 inputs. The significant unobservable inputs used to value the firm’s level 3 derivatives are described below.

• For level 3 interest rate and currency derivatives, significant unobservable inputs include correlations of certain currencies and interest rates (e.g., the correlation between Euro inflation and Euro interest rates). In addition, for level 3 interest rate derivatives, significant unobservable inputs include specific interest rate volatilities.

• For level 3 credit derivatives, significant unobservable inputs include illiquid credit spreads and upfront credit points, which are unique to specific reference obligations and reference entities, recovery rates and certain correlations required to value credit derivatives (e.g., the likelihood of default of the underlying reference obligation relative to one another).

• For level 3 commodity derivatives, significant unobservable inputs include volatilities for options with strike prices that differ significantly from current market prices and prices or spreads for certain products for which the product quality or physical location of the commodity is not aligned with benchmark indices.

• For level 3 equity derivatives, significant unobservable inputs generally include equity volatility inputs for options that are long-dated and/or have strike prices that differ significantly from current market prices. In addition, the valuation of certain structured trades requires the use of level 3 correlation inputs, such as the correlation of the price performance of two or more individual stocks or the correlation of the price performance for a basket of stocks to another asset class such as commodities.

Subsequent to the initial valuation of a level 3 derivative, the firm updates the level 1 and level 2 inputs to reflect observable market changes and any resulting gains and losses are classified in level 3. Level 3 inputs are changed when corroborated by evidence such as similar market transactions, third-party pricing services and/or broker or dealer quotations or other empirical market data. In circumstances where the firm cannot verify the model value by reference to market transactions, it is possible that a different valuation model could produce a materially different estimate of fair value. See below for further information about significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of level 3 derivatives.

Valuation Adjustments

Valuation adjustments are integral to determining the fair value of derivative portfolios and are used to adjust themid-market valuations produced by derivative pricing models to the appropriate exit price valuation. These adjustments incorporate bid/offer spreads, the cost of liquidity, credit valuation adjustments and funding valuation adjustments, which account for the credit and funding risk inherent in the uncollateralized portion of derivative portfolios. The firm also makes funding valuation adjustments to collateralized derivatives where the terms of the agreement do not permit the firm to deliver or repledge collateral received. Market-based inputs are generally used when calibrating valuation adjustments to market-clearing levels.

In addition, for derivatives that include significant unobservable inputs, the firm makes model or exit price adjustments to account for the valuation uncertainty present in the transaction.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 24

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Fair Value of Derivatives by Level

The table below presents the fair value of derivatives on a gross basis by level and major product type, as well as the impact of netting.

$ in millions	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
As of March 2019
Assets
Interest rates	$ 84		$ 258,105		$    468		$ 258,657
Credit	–		16,526		3,515		20,041
Currencies	–		79,597		260		79,857
Commodities	–		10,678		307		10,985
Equities	8		43,954		920		44,882
Gross fair value	92		408,860		5,470		414,422
Counterparty netting in levels	–		(319,366	)	(812	)	(320,178	)
Subtotal	$ 92		$   89,494		$ 4,658		$   94,244
Cross-level counterparty netting							(962	)
Cash collateral netting							(51,415	)
Net fair value							$   41,867
Liabilities
Interest rates	$(83	)	$(235,775	)	$   (487	)	$(236,345	)
Credit	–		(17,898	)	(1,641	)	(19,539	)
Currencies	–		(78,326	)	(231	)	(78,557	)
Commodities	–		(13,249	)	(162	)	(13,411	)
Equities	(6	)	(48,783	)	(3,637	)	(52,426	)
Gross fair value	(89	)	(394,031	)	(6,158	)	(400,278	)
Counterparty netting in levels	–		319,366		812		320,178
Subtotal	$(89	)	$  (74,665	)	$(5,346	)	$  (80,100	)
Cross-level counterparty netting							962
Cash collateral netting							38,806
Net fair value							$  (40,332	)
As of December 2018
Assets
Interest rates	$ 12		$ 235,680		$    408		$ 236,100
Credit	–		15,992		3,444		19,436
Currencies	–		85,837		681		86,518
Commodities	–		17,193		431		17,624
Equities	10		47,168		940		48,118
Gross fair value	22		401,870		5,904		407,796
Counterparty netting in levels	–		(312,611	)	(956	)	(313,567	)
Subtotal	$ 22		$   89,259		$ 4,948		$   94,229
Cross-level counterparty netting							(659	)
Cash collateral netting							(48,724	)
Net fair value							$   44,846
Liabilities
Interest rates	$(24	)	$(215,662	)	$   (517	)	$(216,203	)
Credit	–		(16,529	)	(1,772	)	(18,301	)
Currencies	–		(88,663	)	(220	)	(88,883	)
Commodities	–		(19,808	)	(319	)	(20,127	)
Equities	(37	)	(49,910	)	(2,486	)	(52,433	)
Gross fair value	(61	)	(390,572	)	(5,314	)	(395,947	)
Counterparty netting in levels	–		312,611		956		313,567
Subtotal	$(61	)	$  (77,961	)	$(4,358	)	$  (82,380	)
Cross-level counterparty netting							659
Cash collateral netting							39,127
Net fair value							$  (42,594	)

In the table above:

• The gross fair values exclude the effects of both counterparty netting and collateral netting, and therefore are not representative of the firm’s exposure.

• Counterparty netting is reflected in each level to the extent that receivable and payable balances are netted within the same level and is included in counterparty netting in levels. Where the counterparty netting is across levels, the netting is included in cross-level counterparty netting.

• Derivative assets are shown as positive amounts and derivative liabilities are shown as negative amounts.

Significant Unobservable Inputs

The table below presents the amount of level 3 assets (liabilities), and ranges, averages and medians of significant unobservable inputs used to value level 3 derivatives.

	Level 3 Assets (Liabilities) and Range of Significant Unobservable Inputs (Average/Median) as of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Interest rates, net		$(19)	$(109)
Correlation		(55)% to 81% (50%/60%)	(10)% to 86% (66%/64%)
Volatility (bps)		31 to 150 (79/76)	31 to 150 (74/65)
Credit, net		$1,874	$1,672
Credit spreads (bps)		1 to 697 (96/55)	1 to 810 (109/63)
Upfront credit points		2 to 99 (45/41)	2 to 99 (44/40)
Recovery rates		25% to 60% (38%/33%)	25% to 70% (40%/40%)
Currencies, net		$29	$461
Correlation		10% to 70% (43%/36%)	10% to 70% (40%/36%)
Commodities, net		$145	$112
Volatility		8% to 48% (22%/22%)	10% to 75% (28%/27%)
Natural gas spread		$(2.61) to $3.19  ($(0.26)/$(0.27))	$(2.32) to $4.68  ($(0.26)/$(0.30))
Oil spread		$(6.53) to $7.47  ($1.65/$4.77)	$(3.44) to $16.62  ($4.53/$3.94)
Equities, net		$(2,717)	$(1,546)
Correlation		(68)% to 97% (45%/44%)	(68)% to 97% (48%/51%)
Volatility		3% to 87% (18%/16%)	3% to 102% (20%/18%)

In the table above:

• Derivative assets are shown as positive amounts and derivative liabilities are shown as negative amounts.

• Ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that were used in the valuation of each type of derivative.

• Averages represent the arithmetic average of the inputs and are not weighted by the relative fair value or notional of the respective financial instruments. An average greater than the median indicates that the majority of inputs are below the average. For example, the difference between the average and the median for credit spreads indicates that the majority of the inputs fall in the lower end of the range.

25 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

• The ranges, averages and medians of these inputs are not representative of the appropriate inputs to use when calculating the fair value of any one derivative. For example, the highest correlation for interest rate derivatives is appropriate for valuing a specific interest rate derivative but may not be appropriate for valuing any other interest rate derivative. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs do not represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value measurements of level 3 derivatives.

• Interest rates, currencies and equities derivatives are valued using option pricing models, credit derivatives are valued using option pricing, correlation and discounted cash flow models, and commodities derivatives are valued using option pricing and discounted cash flow models.

• The fair value of any one instrument may be determined using multiple valuation techniques. For example, option pricing models and discounted cash flows models are typically used together to determine fair value. Therefore, the level 3 balance encompasses both of these techniques.

• Correlation within currencies and equities includes cross-product type correlation.

• Natural gas spread represents the spread per million British thermal units of natural gas.

• Oil spread represents the spread per barrel of oil and refined products.

Range of Significant Unobservable Inputs

The following is information about the ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value the firm’s level 3 derivative instruments:

• Correlation. Ranges for correlation cover a variety of underliers both within one product type (e.g., equity index and equity single stock names) and across product types (e.g., correlation of an interest rate and a currency), as well as across regions. Generally, cross-product type correlation inputs are used to value more complex instruments and are lower than correlation inputs on assets within the same derivative product type.

• Volatility. Ranges for volatility cover numerous underliers across a variety of markets, maturities and strike prices. For example, volatility of equity indices is generally lower than volatility of single stocks.

• Credit spreads, upfront credit points and recovery rates. The ranges for credit spreads, upfront credit points and recovery rates cover a variety of underliers (index and single names), regions, sectors, maturities and credit qualities (high-yield and investment-grade). The broad range of this population gives rise to the width of the ranges of significant unobservable inputs.

• Commodity prices and spreads. The ranges for commodity prices and spreads cover variability in products, maturities and delivery locations.

Sensitivity of Fair Value Measurement to Changes in Significant Unobservable Inputs

The following is a description of the directional sensitivity of the firm’s level 3 fair value measurements, as of both March 2019 and December 2018, to changes in significant unobservable inputs, in isolation:

• Correlation. In general, for contracts where the holder benefits from the convergence of the underlying asset or index prices (e.g., interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, inflation rates and equity prices), an increase in correlation results in a higher fair value measurement.

• Volatility. In general, for purchased options, an increase in volatility results in a higher fair value measurement.

• Credit spreads, upfront credit points and recovery rates. In general, the fair value of purchased credit protection increases as credit spreads or upfront credit points increase or recovery rates decrease. Credit spreads, upfront credit points and recovery rates are strongly related to distinctive risk factors of the underlying reference obligations, which include reference entity-specific factors such as leverage, volatility and industry, market-based risk factors, such as borrowing costs or liquidity of the underlying reference obligation, and macroeconomic conditions.

• Commodity prices and spreads. In general, for contracts where the holder is receiving a commodity, an increase in the spread (price difference from a benchmark index due to differences in quality or delivery location) or price results in a higher fair value measurement.

Due to the distinctive nature of each of the firm’s level 3 derivatives, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily uniform within each product type.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 26

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Level 3 Rollforward

The table below presents a summary of the changes in fair value for level 3 derivatives.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019		2018
Total level 3 derivatives
Beginning balance		$    590		$(288	)
Net realized gains/(losses)		49		52
Net unrealized gains/(losses)		(91	)	219
Purchases		110		134
Sales		(1,574	)	(124	)
Settlements		384		329
Transfers into level 3		(34	)	41
Transfers out of level 3		(122	)	45
Ending balance		$   (688	)	$ 408

In the table above:

• Changes in fair value are presented for all derivative assets and liabilities that are classified in level 3 as of the end of the period.

• Net unrealized gains/(losses) relates to instruments that were still held atperiod-end.

• Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. If a derivative was transferred into level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is classified in level 3.

• Positive amounts for transfers into level 3 and negative amounts for transfers out of level 3 represent net transfers of derivative assets. Negative amounts for transfers into level 3 and positive amounts for transfers out of level 3 represent net transfers of derivative liabilities.

• A derivative with level 1 and/or level 2 inputs is classified in level 3 in its entirety if it has at least one significant level 3 input.

• If there is one significant level 3 input, the entire gain or loss from adjusting only observable inputs (i.e., level 1 and level 2 inputs) is classified in level 3.

• Gains or losses that have been classified in level 3 resulting from changes in level 1 or level 2 inputs are frequently offset by gains or losses attributable to level 1 or level 2 derivatives and/or level 1, level 2 and level 3 cash instruments. As a result, gains/(losses) included in the level 3 rollforward below do not necessarily represent the overall impact on the firm’s results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

The table below disaggregates, by major product type, the information for level 3 derivatives included in the summary table above.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019		2018
Interest rates, net
Beginning balance		$   (109	)	$   (410	)
Net realized gains/(losses)		–		(5	)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)		111		105
Purchases		2		6
Sales		(4	)	(7	)
Settlements		(17	)	29
Transfers into level 3		(11	)	38
Transfers out of level 3		9		(5	)
Ending balance		$     (19	)	$   (249	)
Credit, net
Beginning balance		$ 1,672		$ 1,505
Net realized gains/(losses)		8		15
Net unrealized gains/(losses)		80		(297	)
Purchases		42		19
Sales		(28	)	(23	)
Settlements		(32	)	55
Transfers into level 3		55		(15	)
Transfers out of level 3		77		23
Ending balance		$ 1,874		$ 1,282
Currencies, net
Beginning balance		$    461		$   (181	)
Net realized gains/(losses)		(12	)	(17	)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)		(131	)	125
Purchases		2		7
Sales		(16	)	(2	)
Settlements		29		210
Transfers into level 3		(1	)	27
Transfers out of level 3		(303	)	–
Ending balance		$      29		$    169
Commodities, net
Beginning balance		$    112		$      47
Net realized gains/(losses)		18		(6	)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)		15		31
Purchases		3		12
Sales		(6	)	(1	)
Settlements		(12	)	(8	)
Transfers into level 3		(8	)	(8	)
Transfers out of level 3		23		6
Ending balance		$    145		$      73
Equities, net
Beginning balance		$(1,546	)	$(1,249	)
Net realized gains/(losses)		35		65
Net unrealized gains/(losses)		(166	)	255
Purchases		61		90
Sales		(1,520	)	(91	)
Settlements		416		43
Transfers into level 3		(69	)	(1	)
Transfers out of level 3		72		21
Ending balance		$(2,717	)	$   (867	)

27 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Level 3 Rollforward Commentary

Three Months Ended March 2019. The net realized and unrealized losses on level 3 derivatives of $42 million (reflecting $49 million of net realized gains and $91 million of net unrealized losses) for the three months ended March 2019 included losses of $28 million reported in market making and $14 million reported in other principal transactions.

The net unrealized losses on level 3 derivatives for the three months ended March 2019 were primarily attributable to losses on certain equity derivatives, primarily reflecting the impact of an increase in equity prices, losses on certain currency derivatives, primarily reflecting the impact of a decrease in interest rates, partially offset by gains on certain interest rate derivatives, primarily reflecting the impact of a decrease in interest rates and changes in foreign exchange rates.

Transfers into level 3 derivatives during the three months ended March 2019 were not material.

Transfers out of level 3 derivatives during the three months ended March 2019 primarily reflected transfers of certain currency derivative assets to level 2, principally due to certain unobservable inputs no longer being significant to the valuation of these derivatives, partially offset by transfers of certain credit derivative liabilities to level 2, principally due to certain unobservable credit spread inputs no longer being significant to the valuation of these derivatives, and transfers of certain equity derivative liabilities to level 2, principally due to increased transparency and reduced significance of volatility and correlation inputs used to value these derivatives.

Three Months Ended March 2018. The net realized and unrealized gains on level 3 derivatives of $271 million (reflecting $52 million of net realized gains and $219 million of net unrealized gains) for the three months ended March 2018 included gains of $184 million reported in market making and $87 million reported in other principal transactions.

The net unrealized gains on level 3 derivatives for the three months ended March 2018 were primarily attributable to gains on certain equity derivatives, reflecting the impact of a decrease in equity prices, gains on certain currency derivatives, primarily reflecting the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates, and gains on certain interest rate derivatives, primarily reflecting the impact of an increase in interest rates, partially offset by losses on certain credit derivatives reflecting the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates.

Both transfers into level 3 derivatives and transfers out of level 3 derivatives during the three months ended March 2018 were not material.

OTC Derivatives

The table below presents the fair values of OTC derivative assets and liabilities by tenor and major product type.

$ in millions	Less than 1 Year		1 - 5 Years		Greater than 5 Years		Total
As of March 2019
Assets
Interest rates	$  4,523		$13,257		$48,013		$  65,793
Credit	901		3,276		3,696		7,873
Currencies	10,817		5,296		6,084		22,197
Commodities	2,900		1,284		173		4,357
Equities	3,222		5,325		1,190		9,737
Counterparty netting in tenors	(2,381	)	(4,005	)	(2,650	)	(9,036	)
Subtotal	$19,982		$24,433		$56,506		$100,921
Cross-tenor counterparty netting							(10,221	)
Cash collateral netting							(51,415	)
Total OTC derivative assets							$  39,285
Liabilities
Interest rates	$  5,653		$  8,986		$28,090		$  42,729
Credit	1,028		4,511		1,832		7,371
Currencies	9,845		7,114		4,034		20,993
Commodities	2,530		1,454		2,982		6,966
Equities	8,703		5,683		2,926		17,312
Counterparty netting in tenors	(2,381	)	(4,005	)	(2,650	)	(9,036	)
Subtotal	$25,378		$23,743		$37,214		$  86,335
Cross-tenor counterparty netting							(10,221	)
Cash collateral netting							(38,806	)
Total OTC derivative liabilities							$  37,308
As of December 2018
Assets
Interest rates	$  2,810		$13,177		$47,426		$  63,413
Credit	807		3,676		3,364		7,847
Currencies	10,976		5,076		6,486		22,538
Commodities	4,978		2,101		145		7,224
Equities	4,962		5,244		1,329		11,535
Counterparty netting in tenors	(3,409	)	(3,883	)	(2,822	)	(10,114	)
Subtotal	$21,124		$25,391		$55,928		$102,443
Cross-tenor counterparty netting							(13,143	)
Cash collateral netting							(48,724	)
Total OTC derivative assets							$  40,576
Liabilities
Interest rates	$  4,193		$  9,153		$29,377		$  42,723
Credit	1,127		4,173		1,412		6,712
Currencies	13,553		6,871		4,474		24,898
Commodities	4,271		2,663		3,145		10,079
Equities	9,278		5,178		3,060		17,516
Counterparty netting in tenors	(3,409	)	(3,883	)	(2,822	)	(10,114	)
Subtotal	$29,013		$24,155		$38,646		$  91,814
Cross-tenor counterparty netting							(13,143	)
Cash collateral netting							(39,127	)
Total OTC derivative liabilities							$  39,544

In the table above:

• Tenor is based on remaining contractual maturity.

• Counterparty netting within the same product type and tenor category is included within such product type and tenor category.

• Counterparty netting across product types within the same tenor category is included in counterparty netting in tenors. Where the counterparty netting is across tenor categories, the netting is included in cross-tenor counterparty netting.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 28

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Credit Derivatives

The firm enters into a broad array of credit derivatives in locations around the world to facilitate client transactions and to manage the credit risk associated with market-making and investing and lending activities. Credit derivatives are actively managed based on the firm’s net risk position. Credit derivatives are generally individually negotiated contracts and can have various settlement and payment conventions. Credit events include failure to pay, bankruptcy, acceleration of indebtedness, restructuring, repudiation and dissolution of the reference entity.

The firm enters into the following types of credit derivatives:

• Credit Default Swaps. Single-name credit default swaps protect the buyer against the loss of principal on one or more bonds, loans or mortgages (reference obligations) in the event the issuer of the reference obligations suffers a credit event. The buyer of protection pays an initial or periodic premium to the seller and receives protection for the period of the contract. If there is no credit event, as defined in the contract, the seller of protection makes no payments to the buyer. If a credit event occurs, the seller of protection is required to make a payment to the buyer, calculated according to the terms of the contract.

• Credit Options. In a credit option, the option writer assumes the obligation to purchase or sell a reference obligation at a specified price or credit spread. The option purchaser buys the right, but does not assume the obligation, to sell the reference obligation to, or purchase it from, the option writer. The payments on credit options depend either on a particular credit spread or the price of the reference obligation.

• Credit Indices, Baskets and Tranches. Credit derivatives may reference a basket of single-name credit default swaps or a broad-based index. If a credit event occurs in one of the underlying reference obligations, the protection seller pays the protection buyer. The payment is typically apro-rata portion of the transaction’s total notional amount based on the underlying defaulted reference obligation. In certain transactions, the credit risk of a basket or index is separated into various portions (tranches), each having different levels of subordination. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults and once losses exceed the notional amount of these junior tranches, any excess loss is covered by the next most senior tranche.

• Total Return Swaps. A total return swap transfers the risks relating to economic performance of a reference obligation from the protection buyer to the protection seller. Typically, the protection buyer receives a floating rate of interest and protection against any reduction in fair value of the reference obligation, and the protection seller receives the cash flows associated with the reference obligation, plus any increase in the fair value of the reference obligation.

The firm economically hedges its exposure to written credit derivatives primarily by entering into offsetting purchased credit derivatives with identical underliers. Substantially all of the firm’s purchased credit derivative transactions are with financial institutions and are subject to stringent collateral thresholds. In addition, upon the occurrence of a specified trigger event, the firm may take possession of the reference obligations underlying a particular written credit derivative, and consequently may, upon liquidation of the reference obligations, recover amounts on the underlying reference obligations in the event of default.

As of March 2019, written credit derivatives had a total gross notional amount of $530.40 billion and purchased credit derivatives had a total gross notional amount of $596.76 billion, for total net notional purchased protection of $66.36 billion. As of December 2018, written credit derivatives had a total gross notional amount of $554.17 billion and purchased credit derivatives had a total gross notional amount of $603.00 billion, for total net notional purchased protection of $48.83 billion. Substantially all of the firm’s written and purchased credit derivatives are credit default swaps.

29 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The table below presents information about credit derivatives.

	Credit Spread on Underlier (basis points)
$ in millions		0 - 250	251 - 500		501 - 1,000		Greater than 1,000		Total
As of March 2019
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivatives by Tenor
Less than 1 year		$123,030	$  7,548		$  1,053		$  2,782		$134,413
1 – 5 years		281,554	15,327		8,980		6,194		312,055
Greater than 5 years		73,217	8,001		2,210		505		83,933
Total		$477,801	$30,876		$12,243		$  9,481		$530,401
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Purchased Credit Derivatives
Offsetting		$420,734	$22,348		$10,634		$  8,634		$462,350
Other		120,611	8,997		3,042		1,757		134,407
Fair Value of Written Credit Derivatives
Asset		$    9,600	$     623		$     147		$     125		$  10,495
Liability		1,540	1,344		831		2,762		6,477
Net asset/(liability)		$    8,060	$   (721	)	$    (684	)	$(2,637	)	$    4,018
As of December 2018
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivatives by Tenor
Less than 1 year		$145,828	$  9,763		$  1,151		$  3,848		$160,590
1 – 5 years		298,228	21,100		13,835		7,520		340,683
Greater than 5 years		45,690	5,966		1,121		122		52,899
Total		$489,746	$36,829		$16,107		$11,490		$554,172
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Purchased Credit Derivatives
Offsetting		$413,445	$25,373		$14,243		$  8,841		$461,902
Other		115,754	14,273		7,555		3,513		141,095
Fair Value of Written Credit Derivatives
Asset		$    8,656	$     543		$       95		$       80		$    9,374
Liability		1,990	1,415		1,199		3,368		7,972
Net asset/(liability)		$    6,666	$    (872	)	$ (1,104	)	$ (3,288	)	$    1,402

In the table above:

• Fair values exclude the effects of both netting of receivable balances with payable balances under enforceable netting agreements, and netting of cash received or posted under enforceable credit support agreements, and therefore are not representative of the firm’s credit exposure.

• Tenor is based on remaining contractual maturity.

• The credit spread on the underlier, together with the tenor of the contract, are indicators of payment/performance risk. The firm is less likely to pay or otherwise be required to perform where the credit spread and the tenor are lower.

• Offsetting purchased credit derivatives represent the notional amount of purchased credit derivatives that economically hedge written credit derivatives with identical underliers.

• Other purchased credit derivatives represent the notional amount of all other purchased credit derivatives not included in offsetting.

Impact of Credit Spreads on Derivatives

On an ongoing basis, the firm realizes gains or losses relating to changes in credit risk through the unwind of derivative contracts and changes in credit mitigants.

The net gains/(losses), including hedges, attributable to the impact of changes in credit exposure and credit spreads (counterparty and the firm’s) on derivatives was $(163) million for the three months ended March 2019 and $152 million for the three months ended March 2018.

Bifurcated Embedded Derivatives

The table below presents the fair value and the notional amount of derivatives that have been bifurcated from their related borrowings.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Fair value of assets		$     978	$     980
Fair value of liabilities		1,381	1,297
Net liability		$     403	$     317
Notional amount		$10,627	$10,229

In the table above, these derivatives, which are recorded at fair value, primarily consist of interest rate, equity and commodity products and are included in unsecured short-term borrowings and unsecured long-term borrowings with the related borrowings. See Note 8 for further information.

Derivatives with Credit-Related Contingent Features

Certain of the firm’s derivatives have been transacted under bilateral agreements with counterparties who may require the firm to post collateral or terminate the transactions based on changes in the firm’s credit ratings. The firm assesses the impact of these bilateral agreements by determining the collateral or termination payments that would occur assuming a downgrade by all rating agencies. A downgrade by any one rating agency, depending on the agency’s relative ratings of the firm at the time of the downgrade, may have an impact which is comparable to the impact of a downgrade by all rating agencies.

The table below presents information about net derivative liabilities under such bilateral agreements (excluding application of collateral posted), the related fair value of collateral posted and the additional collateral or termination payments that could have been called by counterparties in the event of aone-notch andtwo-notch downgrade in the firm’s credit ratings.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Net derivative liabilities under bilateral agreements		$30,598	$29,583
Collateral posted		$27,425	$24,393
Additional collateral or termination payments:
One-notch downgrade		$     312	$     262
Two-notch downgrade		$     959	$     959

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 30

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Hedge Accounting

The firm applies hedge accounting for (i) certain interest rate swaps used to manage the interest rate exposure of certain fixed-rate unsecured long-term and short-term borrowings and certain fixed-rate certificates of deposit and (ii) certain foreign currency forward contracts and foreign currency-denominated debt used to manage foreign currency exposures on the firm’s net investment in certainnon-U.S. operations.

To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedging instrument must be highly effective at reducing the risk from the exposure being hedged. Additionally, the firm must formally document the hedging relationship at inception and assess the hedging relationship at least on a quarterly basis to ensure the hedging instrument continues to be highly effective over the life of the hedging relationship.

Fair Value Hedges

The firm designates certain interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of certain fixed-rate unsecured long-term and short-term debt and fixed-rate certificates of deposit. These interest rate swaps hedge changes in fair value attributable to the designated benchmark interest rate (e.g., London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or Overnight Index Swap Rate), effectively converting a substantial portion of fixed-rate obligations into floating-rate obligations.

The firm applies a statistical method that utilizes regression analysis when assessing the effectiveness of its fair value hedging relationships in achieving offsetting changes in the fair values of the hedging instrument and the risk being hedged (i.e., interest rate risk). An interest rate swap is considered highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value attributable to changes in the hedged risk when the regression analysis results in a coefficient of determination of 80% or greater and a slope between 80% and 125%.

For qualifying fair value hedges, gains or losses on derivatives are included in interest expense. The change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged is reported as an adjustment to its carrying value (hedging adjustment) and is also included in interest expense. When a derivative is no longer designated as a hedge, any remaining difference between the carrying value and par value of the hedged item is amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the hedged item using the effective interest method. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.

The table below presents the gains/(losses) from interest rate derivatives accounted for as hedges and the related hedged borrowings and deposits, and total interest expense.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019		2018
Interest rate hedges		$ 1,256		$(1,369	)
Hedged borrowings and deposits		$(1,351	)	$ 1,230
Interest expense		$ 4,379		$ 3,312

In the table above, the difference between gains/(losses) from interest rate hedges and hedged borrowings and deposits was primarily due to the amortization of prepaid credit spreads resulting from the passage of time.

The table below presents the carrying value of the hedged items that are currently designated in a hedging relationship and the related cumulative hedging adjustment (increase/(decrease)) from current and prior hedging relationships included in such carrying values.

$ in millions	Carrying Value	Cumulative Hedging Adjustment
As of March 2019
Deposits	$12,963	$   (33	)
Unsecured short-term borrowings	$  5,155	$     (1	)
Unsecured long-term borrowings	$73,623	$4,657
As of December 2018
Deposits	$11,924	$  (156	)
Unsecured short-term borrowings	$  4,450	$    (12	)
Unsecured long-term borrowings	$68,839	$2,759

In the table above, cumulative hedging adjustment included $2.16 billion as of March 2019 and $1.74 billion as of December 2018 of hedging adjustments from prior hedging relationships that werede-designated and were related to unsecured long-term borrowings.

In addition,cumulative hedging adjustments for items no longer designated in a hedging relationship were $1.03 billion as of March 2019 and $1.51 billion as of December 2018 and substantially all were related to unsecured long-term borrowings.

31 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Net Investment Hedges

The firm seeks to reduce the impact of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on its net investments in certainnon-U.S. operations through the use of foreign currency forward contracts and foreign currency-denominated debt. For foreign currency forward contracts designated as hedges, the effectiveness of the hedge is assessed based on the overall changes in the fair value of the forward contracts (i.e., based on changes in forward rates). For foreign currency-denominated debt designated as a hedge, the effectiveness of the hedge is assessed based on changes in spot rates. For qualifying net investment hedges, all gains or losses on the hedging instruments are included in currency translation.

The table below presents the gains/(losses) from net investment hedging.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019	2018
Hedges:
Foreign currency forward contract		$14	$(210	)
Foreign currency-denominated debt		$31	$(107	)

Gains or losses on individual net investments innon-U.S. operations are reclassified to earnings from accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) when such net investments are sold or substantially liquidated. The gross and net gains and losses on hedges and the related net investments innon-U.S. operations reclassified to earnings from accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) were not material for both the three months ended March 2019 and March 2018.

The firm had designated $2.90 billion as of March 2019 and $1.99 billion as of December 2018 of foreign currency-denominated debt, included in unsecured long-term borrowings and unsecured short-term borrowings, as hedges of net investments innon-U.S. subsidiaries.

Note 8.

Fair Value Option

Other Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities at Fair Value

In addition to cash and derivative instruments included in financial instruments owned and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, the firm accounts for certain of its other financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value, substantially all under the fair value option. The primary reasons for electing the fair value option are to:

• Reflect economic events in earnings on a timely basis;

• Mitigate volatility in earnings from using different measurement attributes (e.g., transfers of financial instruments owned accounted for as financings are recorded at fair value, whereas the related secured financing would be recorded on an accrual basis absent electing the fair value option); and

• Address simplification and cost-benefit considerations (e.g., accounting for hybrid financial instruments at fair value in their entirety versus bifurcation of embedded derivatives and hedge accounting for debt hosts).

Hybrid financial instruments are instruments that contain bifurcatable embedded derivatives and do not require settlement by physical delivery of nonfinancial assets (e.g., physical commodities). If the firm elects to bifurcate the embedded derivative from the associated debt, the derivative is accounted for at fair value and the host contract is accounted for at amortized cost, adjusted for the effective portion of any fair value hedges. If the firm does not elect to bifurcate, the entire hybrid financial instrument is accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

Other financial assets and financial liabilities accounted for at fair value under the fair value option include:

• Repurchase agreements and substantially all resale agreements;

• Securities borrowed and loaned in Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities (FICC) Client Execution;

• Substantially all other secured financings, including transfers of assets accounted for as financings;

• Certain unsecured short-term and long-term borrowings, substantially all of which are hybrid financial instruments;

• Certain customer and other receivables, including transfers of assets accounted for as secured loans and certain margin loans; and

• Certain time deposits (deposits with no stated maturity are not eligible for a fair value option election), including structured certificates of deposit, which are hybrid financial instruments.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 32

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Fair Value of Other Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities by Level

The table below presents, by level within the fair value hierarchy, other financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value, substantially all of which are accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

$ in millions	Level 1	Level 2		Level 3		Total
As of March 2019
Assets
Resale agreements	$  –	$ 132,445		$          –		$ 132,445
Securities borrowed	–	27,520		–		27,520
Customer and other receivables	–	1,611		3		1,614
Total	$  –	$ 161,576		$          3		$ 161,579
Liabilities
Deposits	$  –	$ (13,692	)	$ (3,351	)	$ (17,043	)
Repurchase agreements	–	(70,540	)	(29	)	(70,569	)
Securities loaned	–	(3,067	)	–		(3,067	)
Other secured financings	–	(18,783	)	(192	)	(18,975	)
Unsecured borrowings:
Short-term	–	(15,738	)	(5,513	)	(21,251	)
Long-term	–	(35,771	)	(11,702	)	(47,473	)
Other liabilities	–	–		(132	)	(132	)
Total	$  –	$(157,591	)	$(20,919	)	$(178,510	)
As of December 2018
Assets
Resale agreements	$  –	$ 139,220		$          –		$ 139,220
Securities borrowed	–	23,142		–		23,142
Customer and other receivables	–	3,183		6		3,189
Total	$  –	$ 165,545		$          6		$ 165,551
Liabilities
Deposits	$  –	$  (17,892	)	$ (3,168	)	$ (21,060	)
Repurchase agreements	–	(78,694	)	(29	)	(78,723	)
Securities loaned	–	(3,241	)	–		(3,241	)
Other secured financings	–	(20,734	)	(170	)	(20,904	)
Unsecured borrowings:
Short-term	–	(12,887	)	(4,076	)	(16,963	)
Long-term	–	(34,761	)	(11,823	)	(46,584	)
Other liabilities	–	(1	)	(131	)	(132	)
Total	$  –	$(168,210	)	$(19,397	)	$(187,607	)

In the table above, other financial assets are shown as positive amounts and other financial liabilities are shown as negative amounts.

Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs

Other financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value are generally valued based on discounted cash flow techniques, which incorporate inputs with reasonable levels of price transparency, and are generally classified in level 2 because the inputs are observable. Valuation adjustments may be made for liquidity and for counterparty and the firm’s credit quality.

See below for information about the significant inputs (including the significant unobservable inputs) used to value other financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value.

Resale and Repurchase Agreements and Securities Borrowed and Loaned. The significant inputs to the valuation of resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned are funding spreads, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows and interest rates. As of both March 2019 and December 2018, the firm had no level 3 resale agreements, securities borrowed or securities loaned. As of both March 2019 and December 2018, the firm’s level 3 repurchase agreements were not material. See Note 10 for further information about collateralized agreements and financings.

Other Secured Financings. The significant inputs to the valuation of other secured financings at fair value are the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, interest rates, funding spreads, the fair value of the collateral delivered by the firm (which is determined using the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, market prices, market yields and recovery assumptions) and the frequency of additional collateral calls. As of both March 2019 and December 2018, the firm’s level 3 other secured financings were not material. See Note 10 for further information about collateralized agreements and financings.

Unsecured Short-term and Long-term Borrowings. The significant inputs to the valuation of unsecured short-term and long-term borrowings at fair value are the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, interest rates, the credit spreads of the firm, as well as commodity prices in the case of prepaid commodity transactions. The inputs used to value the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments are consistent with the inputs used to value the firm’s other derivative instruments. See Note 7 for further information about derivatives, Note 15 for further information about unsecured short-term borrowings, and Note 16 for further information about long-term borrowings.

Certain of the firm’s unsecured short-term and long-term borrowings are classified in level 3, substantially all of which are hybrid financial instruments. As the significant unobservable inputs used to value hybrid financial instruments primarily relate to the embedded derivative component of these borrowings, these inputs are incorporated in the firm’s derivative disclosures related to unobservable inputs in Note 7.

Customer and Other Receivables. Customer and other receivables at fair value primarily consist of prepaid commodity transactions and transfers of assets accounted for as secured loans rather than purchases. The significant inputs to the valuation of such receivables are commodity prices, interest rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows and funding spreads. As of both March 2019 and December 2018, the firm’s level 3 customer and other receivables were not material.

33 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Deposits. The significant inputs to the valuation of time deposits are interest rates and the amount and timing of future cash flows. The inputs used to value the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments are consistent with the inputs used to value the firm’s other derivative instruments. See Note 7 for further information about derivatives and Note 14 for further information about deposits.

The firm’s deposits that are classified in level 3 are hybrid financial instruments. As the significant unobservable inputs used to value hybrid financial instruments primarily relate to the embedded derivative component of these deposits, these inputs are incorporated in the firm’s derivative disclosures related to unobservable inputs in Note 7.

Level 3 Rollforward

The table below presents a summary of the changes in fair value for level 3 other financial assets and financial liabilities accounted for at fair value.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019		2018
Total other financial assets
Beginning balance		$          6		$          4
Net unrealized gains/(losses)		(3	)	(3	)
Ending balance		$          3		$          1
Total other financial liabilities
Beginning balance		$(19,397	)	$(15,462	)
Net realized gains/(losses)		(79	)	(34	)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)		(1,494	)	362
Purchases		–		(5	)
Sales		–		3
Issuances		(3,036	)	(4,591	)
Settlements		3,307		2,346
Transfers into level 3		(571	)	(27	)
Transfers out of level 3		351		897
Ending balance		$(20,919	)	$(16,511	)

In the table above:

• Changes in fair value are presented for all other financial assets and financial liabilities that are classified in level 3 as of the end of the period.

• Net unrealized gains/(losses) relates to instruments that were still held atperiod-end.

• Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. If a financial asset or financial liability was transferred to level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is classified in level 3.

• For level 3 other financial assets, increases are shown as positive amounts, while decreases are shown as negative amounts. For level 3 other financial liabilities, increases are shown as negative amounts, while decreases are shown as positive amounts.

• Level 3 other financial assets and financial liabilities are frequently economically hedged with cash instruments and derivatives. Accordingly, gains or losses that are classified in level 3 can be partially offset by gains or losses attributable to level 1, 2 or 3 cash instruments or derivatives. As a result, gains or losses included in the level 3 rollforward below do not necessarily represent the overall impact on the firm’s results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

The table below disaggregates, by the consolidated statements of financial condition line items, the information for other financial liabilities included in the summary table above.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019		2018
Deposits
Beginning balance		$  (3,168	)	$(2,968	)
Net realized gains/(losses)		(1	)	(3	)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)		(142	)	48
Issuances		(197	)	(216	)
Settlements		111		9
Transfers into level 3		(16	)	(16	)
Transfers out of level 3		62		–
Ending balance		$  (3,351	)	$(3,146	)
Repurchase agreements
Beginning balance		$       (29	)	$     (37	)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)		(4	)	–
Settlements		4		2
Ending balance		$       (29	)	$     (35	)
Other secured financings
Beginning balance		$     (170	)	$   (389	)
Net realized gains/(losses)		11		–
Net unrealized gains/(losses)		(10	)	(1	)
Purchases		–		(4	)
Issuances		(11	)	(2	)
Settlements		8		19
Transfers into level 3		(20	)	–
Transfers out of level 3		–		45
Ending balance		$     (192	)	$   (332	)
Unsecured short-term borrowings
Beginning balance		$  (4,076	)	$(4,594	)
Net realized gains/(losses)		7		(28	)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)		(425	)	114
Issuances		(2,155	)	(2,885	)
Settlements		1,344		1,878
Transfers into level 3		(338	)	(10	)
Transfers out of level 3		130		631
Ending balance		$  (5,513	)	$(4,894	)
Unsecured long-term borrowings
Beginning balance		$(11,823	)	$(7,434	)
Net realized gains/(losses)		(103	)	(8	)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)		(912	)	223
Purchases		–		(1	)
Sales		–		3
Issuances		(666	)	(1,483	)
Settlements		1,840		437
Transfers into level 3		(197	)	(1	)
Transfers out of level 3		159		221
Ending balance		$(11,702	)	$(8,043	)
Other liabilities
Beginning balance		$     (131	)	$     (40	)
Net realized gains/(losses)		7		5
Net unrealized gains/(losses)		(1	)	(22	)
Issuances		(7	)	(5	)
Settlements		–		1
Ending balance		$     (132	)	$     (61	)

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 34

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Level 3 Rollforward Commentary

Three Months Ended March 2019. The net realized and unrealized losses on level 3 other financial liabilities of $1.57 billion (reflecting $79 million of net realized losses and $1.49 billion of net unrealized losses) for the three months ended March 2019 included losses of $1.22 billion reported in market making and $1 million reported in other principal transactions in the consolidated statements of earnings, and $350 million reported in debt valuation adjustment in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

The net unrealized losses on level 3 other financial liabilities for the three months ended March 2019 primarily reflected losses on certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured long-term and short-term borrowings, principally due to an increase in global equity prices.

Transfers into level 3 other financial liabilities during the three months ended March 2019 primarily reflected transfers of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured short-term and long-term borrowings from level 2, principally due to reduced transparency of certain volatility and correlation inputs used to value these instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 other financial liabilities during the three months ended March 2019 primarily reflected transfers of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured long-term and short-term borrowings to level 2, principally due to increased transparency of certain volatility and correlation inputs used to value these instruments.

Three Months Ended March 2018. The net realized and unrealized gains on level 3 other financial liabilities of $328 million (reflecting $34 million of net realized losses and $362 million of net unrealized gains) for the three months ended March 2018 included gains/(losses) of $283 million reported in market making, $(4) million reported in other principal transactions and $(1) million reported in interest expense in the consolidated statements of earnings, and $50 million reported in debt valuation adjustment in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

The net unrealized gains on level 3 other financial liabilities for the three months ended March 2018 primarily reflected gains on certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured long-term and short-term borrowings, principally due to a decrease in global equity prices, and changes in foreign exchange rates.

Transfers into level 3 other financial liabilities during the three months ended March 2018 were not material.

Transfers out of level 3 other financial liabilities during the three months ended March 2018 primarily reflected transfers of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured short-term and long-term borrowings to level 2, principally due to increased transparency of certain correlation and volatility inputs used to value these instruments.

Gains and Losses on Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Accounted for at Fair Value Under the Fair Value Option

The table below presents the gains and losses recognized in earnings as a result of the firm electing to apply the fair value option to certain financial assets and financial liabilities.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019		2018
Unsecured short-term borrowings		$(1,616	)	$  86
Unsecured long-term borrowings		(2,229	)	701
Other liabilities		6		(17	)
Other		(529	)	166
Total		$(4,368	)	$936

In the table above:

• Gains/(losses) are included in market making and other principal transactions.

• Gains/(losses) exclude contractual interest, which is included in interest income and interest expense, for all instruments other than hybrid financial instruments. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.

• Gains/(losses) included in unsecured short-term and long-term borrowings were substantially all related to the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments for both the three months ended March 2019 and March 2018. These gains and losses would have been recognized under other U.S. GAAP even if the firm had not elected to account for the entire hybrid financial instrument at fair value.

• Other primarily consists of gains/(losses) on customer and other receivables, deposits and other secured financings.

Excluding the gains and losses on the instruments accounted for at fair value under the fair value option described above, market making and other principal transactions primarily represent gains and losses on financial instruments owned and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased.

35 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Loans and Lending Commitments

The table below presents the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate contractual principal amount for loans and long-term receivables for which the fair value option was elected.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Performing loans and long-term receivables
Aggregate contractual principal in excess of fair value		$   824	$1,837
Loans on nonaccrual status and/or more than 90 days past due
Aggregate contractual principal in excess of fair value		$7,220	$5,260
Aggregate fair value of loans on nonaccrual status and/or more than 90 days past due		$2,381	$2,010

In the table above, the aggregate contractual principal amount of loans on nonaccrual status and/or more than 90 days past due (which excludes loans carried at zero fair value and considered uncollectible) exceeds the related fair value primarily because the firm regularly purchases loans, such as distressed loans, at values significantly below the contractual principal amounts.

The fair value of unfunded lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected was a liability of $38 million as of March 2019 and $45 million as of December 2018, and the related total contractual amount of these lending commitments was $7.27 billion as of March 2019 and $7.72 billion as of December 2018. See Note 18 for further information about lending commitments.

Long-Term Debt Instruments

The difference between the aggregate contractual principal amount and the related fair value of long-term other secured financings for which the fair value option was elected was not material as of both March 2019 and December 2018. The aggregate contractual principal amount of unsecured long-term borrowings for which the fair value option was elected exceeded the related fair value by $1.96 billion as of March 2019 and $3.47 billion as of December 2018. The amounts above include both principal-protected andnon-principal-protected long-term borrowings.

Impact of Credit Spreads on Loans and Lending Commitments

The estimated net gain attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads on loans and lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected was $77 million for the three months ended March 2019 and $108 million for the three months ended March 2018. The firm generally calculates the fair value of loans and lending commitments for which the fair value option is elected by discounting future cash flows at a rate which incorporates the instrument-specific credit spreads. For floating-rate loans and lending commitments, substantially all changes in fair value are attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads, whereas for fixed-rate loans and lending commitments, changes in fair value are also attributable to changes in interest rates.

Debt Valuation Adjustment

The firm calculates the fair value of financial liabilities for which the fair value option is elected by discounting future cash flows at a rate which incorporates the firm’s credit spreads.

The table below presents information about the net DVA gains/(losses) on financial liabilities for which the fair value option was elected.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019		2018
DVA(pre-tax)		$(1,889	)	$359
DVA (net of tax)		$(1,417	)	$270

In the table above:

• DVA (net of tax) is included in debt valuation adjustment in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

• The gains/(losses) reclassified to earnings from accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) upon extinguishment of such financial liabilities were not material for both the three months ended March 2019 and March 2018.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 36

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 9.

Loans Receivable

Loans receivable consists of loans held for investment that are accounted for at amortized cost net of allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans receivable is recognized over the life of the loan and is recorded on an accrual basis.

The table below presents information about loans receivable.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019		December 2018
Corporate loans		$40,705		$37,283
PWM loans		17,101		17,518
Commercial real estate loans		11,867		11,441
Residential real estate loans		6,158		7,284
Consumer loans		4,675		4,536
Other loans		3,301		3,594
Total loans receivable, gross		83,807		81,656
Allowance for loan losses		(1,133	)	(1,066	)
Total loans receivable		$82,674		$80,590

The fair value of loans receivable was $82.96 billion as of March 2019 and $80.74 billion as of December 2018. Had these loans been carried at fair value and included in the fair value hierarchy, $41.52 billion as of March 2019 and $40.64 billion as of December 2018 would have been classified in level 2, and $41.44 billion as of March 2019 and $40.10 billion as of December 2018 would have been classified in level 3.

The following is a description of the captions in the table above:

• Corporate Loans. Corporate loans includes term loans, revolving lines of credit, letter of credit facilities and bridge loans, and are principally used for operating liquidity and general corporate purposes, or in connection with acquisitions. Corporate loans may be secured or unsecured, depending on the loan purpose, the risk profile of the borrower and other factors. Loans receivable related to the firm’s relationship lending activities are reported within corporate loans.

• Private Wealth Management (PWM) Loans. PWM loans includes loans extended by the private bank. These loans are used to finance investments in both financial and nonfinancial assets, bridge cash flow timing gaps or provide liquidity for other needs. Substantially all of such loans are secured by securities, commercial real estate or other assets.

• Commercial Real Estate Loans. Commercial real estate loans includes loans extended by the firm, other than those extended by the private bank, that are directly or indirectly secured by hotels, retail stores, multifamily housing complexes and commercial and industrial properties. Commercial real estate loans also includes loans purchased by the firm.

• Residential Real Estate Loans. Residential real estate loans primarily includes loans extended by the firm to clients who warehouse assets that are directly or indirectly secured by residential real estate and loans purchased by the firm.

• Consumer Loans. Consumer loans represents unsecured consumer loans originated by the firm.

• Other Loans. Other loans primarily includes loans extended to clients who warehouse assets that are directly or indirectly secured by consumer loans, including auto loans and private student loans. Other loans also includes unsecured consumer loans purchased by the firm.

Lending Commitments

The table below presents information about lending commitments that are held for investment and accounted for on an accrual basis.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Corporate		$112,735	$113,484
Other		8,085	7,513
Total		$120,820	$120,997

In the table above:

• Corporate lending commitments primarily relates to the firm’s relationship lending activities.

• Other lending commitments primarily relates to lending commitments extended to clients who warehouse assets backed by real estate and other assets and in connection with commercial real estate financing.

• The carrying value of lending commitments were liabilities of $436 million (including allowance for losses of $290 million) as of March 2019 and $443 million (including allowance for losses of $286 million) as of December 2018.

• The estimated fair value of such lending commitments were liabilities of $3.15 billion as of March 2019 and $3.78 billion as of December 2018. Had these lending commitments been carried at fair value and included in the fair value hierarchy, $873 million as of March 2019 and $1.12 billion as of December 2018 would have been classified in level 2, and $2.28 billion as of March 2019 and $2.66 billion as of December 2018 would have been classified in level 3.

37 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

PCI Loans

Loans receivable includes PCI loans, which represent acquired loans or pools of loans with evidence of credit deterioration subsequent to their origination and where it is probable, at acquisition, that the firm will not be able to collect all contractually required payments. Loans acquired within the same reporting period, which have at least two common risk characteristics, one of which relates to their credit risk, are eligible to be pooled together and considered a single unit of account. PCI loans are initially recorded at the acquisition price and the difference between the acquisition price and the expected cash flows (accretable yield) is recognized as interest income over the life of such loans or pools of loans on an effective yield method. Expected cash flows on PCI loans are determined using various inputs and assumptions, including default rates, loss severities, recoveries, amount and timing of prepayments and other macroeconomic indicators.The firm did not acquire any PCI loans during either the three months ended March 2019 or March 2018.

The table below presents information about PCI loans.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Commercial real estate loans		$  524	$   581
Residential real estate loans		2,198	2,457
Other loans		2	4
Total gross carrying value		$2,724	$3,042
Total outstanding principal balance		$5,078	$5,576
Total accretable yield		$  401	$   459

Credit Quality

Risk Assessment. The firm’s risk assessment process includes evaluating the credit quality of its loans receivable. For loans receivable (excluding PCI and consumer loans) and lending commitments, the firm performs credit reviews which include initial and ongoing analyses of its borrowers. A credit review is an independent analysis of the capacity and willingness of a borrower to meet its financial obligations, resulting in an internal credit rating. The determination of internal credit ratings also incorporates assumptions with respect to the nature of and outlook for the borrower’s industry and the economic environment. The firm also assigns a regulatory risk rating to such loans based on the definitions provided by the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies.

The firm enters into economic hedges to mitigate credit risk on certain loans receivable and corporate lending commitments (both of which are held for investment) related to relationship lending activities. Such hedges are accounted for at fair value. See Note 18 for further information about these lending commitments and associated hedges.

The table below presents gross loans receivable (excluding PCI and consumer loans of $7.40 billion as of March 2019 and $7.58 billion as of December 2018) and lending commitments by an internally determined public rating agency equivalent and by regulatory risk rating.

$ in millions	Loans	Lending Commitments	Total
Credit Rating Equivalent
As of March 2019
Investment-grade	$28,316	$  79,675	$107,991
Non-investment-grade	48,092	41,145	89,237
Total	$76,408	$120,820	$197,228
As of December 2018
Investment-grade	$28,290	$  81,959	$110,249
Non-investment-grade	45,788	39,038	84,826
Total	$74,078	$120,997	$195,075
Regulatory Risk Rating
As of March 2019
Non-criticized/pass	$71,956	$117,981	$189,937
Criticized	4,452	2,839	7,291
Total	$76,408	$120,820	$197,228
As of December 2018
Non-criticized/pass	$70,153	$117,923	$188,076
Criticized	3,925	3,074	6,999
Total	$74,078	$120,997	$195,075

In the table above,non-criticized/pass loans and lending commitments represent loans and lending commitments that are performing and/or do not demonstrate adverse characteristics that are likely to result in a credit loss.

For consumer loans, an important credit-quality indicator is the Fair Isaac Corporation (FICO) credit score, which measures a borrower’s creditworthiness by considering factors such as payment and credit history. FICO credit scores are refreshed periodically by the firm to assess the updated creditworthiness of the borrower.

The table below presents gross consumer loans receivable and the concentration by refreshed FICO credit score.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Consumer loans, gross		$4,675	$4,536
Refreshed FICO credit score
Greater than or equal to 660		87%	88%
Less than 660		13%	12%
Total		100%	100%

For PCI loans, the firm’s risk assessment process includes reviewing certain key metrics, such as delinquency status, collateral values, expected cash flows and other risk factors.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 38

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Impaired Loans. Loans receivable (excluding PCI loans) are determined to be impaired when it is probable that the firm will not collect all principal and interest due under the contractual terms. At that time, loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status and all accrued but uncollected interest is reversed against interest income and interest subsequently collected is recognized on a cash basis to the extent the loan balance is deemed collectible. Otherwise, all cash received is used to reduce the outstanding loan balance. A loan is considered past due when a principal or interest payment has not been made according to its contractual terms.

In certain circumstances, the firm may also modify the original terms of a loan agreement by granting a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. Such modifications are considered troubled debt restructurings and typically include interest rate reductions, payment extensions, and modification of loan covenants. Loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring are considered impaired and are subject to specific loan-level reserves.

The gross carrying value of impaired loans receivable (excluding PCI loans) on nonaccrual status was $800 million as of March 2019 and $838 million as of December 2018. Such loans included $59 million as of March 2019 and $27 million as of December 2018 of corporate loans that were modified in a troubled debt restructuring. The firm’s lending commitments related to these loans were $38 million as of March 2019 and the firm did not have such lending commitments as of December 2018. The amount of loans 30 days or more past due was $168 million as of March 2019 and $208 million as of December 2018.

When it is determined that the firm cannot reasonably estimate expected cash flows on PCI loans or pools of loans, such loans are placed on nonaccrual status.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The firm’s allowance for credit losses consists of the allowance for losses on loans and lending commitments.

The firm’s allowance for loan losses consists of specific loan-level reserves, portfolio level reserves and reserves on PCI loans, as described below:

• Specific loan-level reserves are determined on loans (excluding PCI loans) that exhibit credit quality weakness and are therefore individually evaluated for impairment.

• Portfolio level reserves are determined on loans (excluding PCI loans) not evaluated for specific loan-level reserves by aggregating groups of loans with similar risk characteristics and estimating the probable loss inherent in the portfolio.

• Reserves on PCI loans are recorded when it is determined that the expected cash flows, which are reassessed on a quarterly basis, will be lower than those used to establish the current effective yield for such loans or pools of loans. If the expected cash flows are determined to be significantly higher than those used to establish the current effective yield, such increases are initially recognized as a reduction to any previously recorded allowances for loan losses and any remaining increases are recognized as interest income prospectively over the life of the loan or pools of loans as an increase to the effective yield.

The allowance for loan losses is determined using various risk factors, including industry default and loss data, current macroeconomic indicators, borrower’s capacity to meet its financial obligations, borrower’s country of risk, loan seniority and collateral type. In addition, for loans backed by real estate, risk factors include loan to value ratio, debt service ratio and home price index. Risk factors for consumer loans include FICO credit scores and delinquency status.

Management’s estimate of loan losses entails judgment about loan collectability at the reporting dates, and there are uncertainties inherent in those judgments. While management uses the best information available to determine this estimate, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary based on, among other things, changes in the economic environment or variances between actual results and the original assumptions used. Loans are charged off against the allowance for loan losses when deemed to be uncollectible.

The firm also records an allowance for losses on lending commitments that are held for investment and accounted for on an accrual basis. Such allowance is determined using the same methodology as the allowance for loan losses, while also taking into consideration the probability of drawdowns or funding, and is included in other liabilities.

39 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The table below presents gross loans receivable and lending commitments by impairment methodology.

$ in millions	Specific	Portfolio	PCI	Total
As of March 2019
Loans Receivable
Corporate loans	$568	$  40,137	$       –	$  40,705
PWM loans	36	17,065	–	17,101
Commercial real estate loans	44	11,299	524	11,867
Residential real estate loans	152	3,808	2,198	6,158
Consumer loans	–	4,675	–	4,675
Other loans	–	3,299	2	3,301
Total	$800	$  80,283	$2,724	$  83,807
Lending Commitments
Corporate	$  67	$112,668	$       –	$112,735
Other	3	8,082	–	8,085
Total	$  70	$120,750	$       –	$120,820
As of December 2018
Loans Receivable
Corporate loans	$358	$  36,925	$       –	$  37,283
PWM loans	46	17,472	–	17,518
Commercial real estate loans	9	10,851	581	11,441
Residential real estate loans	425	4,402	2,457	7,284
Consumer loans	–	4,536	–	4,536
Other loans	–	3,590	4	3,594
Total	$838	$  77,776	$3,042	$  81,656
Lending Commitments
Corporate	$  31	$113,453	$       –	$113,484
Other	–	7,513	–	7,513
Total	$  31	$120,966	$       –	$120,997

In the table above:

• Gross loans receivable and lending commitments, subject to specific loan-level reserves, included $521 million as of March 2019 and $484 million as of December 2018 of impaired loans and lending commitments, which did not require a reserve as the loan was deemed to be recoverable.

• Gross loans receivable deemed impaired and subject to specific loan-level reserves as a percentage of total gross loans receivable was 1.0% as of both March 2019 and December 2018.

The table below presents information about the allowance for credit losses.

	Three Months Ended March 2019				Year Ended December 2018
$ in millions		Loans Receivable		Lending Commitments		Loans Receivable		Lending Commitments
Changes in the allowance for credit losses
Beginning balance		$1,066		$286		$   803		$274
Net charge-offs		(98	)	–		(337	)	–
Provision		220		4		654		20
Other		(55	)	–		(54	)	(8	)
Ending balance		$1,133		$290		$1,066		$286
Allowance for losses by impairment methodology
Specific		$     84		$    5		$   102		$    3
Portfolio		940		285		848		283
PCI		109		–		116		–
Total		$1,133		$290		$1,066		$286

In the table above:

• Net charge-offs were primarily related to consumer loans for the three months ended March 2019 and consumer loans and commercial real estate PCI loans for the year ended December 2018.

• The provision for credit losses was primarily related to consumer loans for the three months ended March 2019 and consumer loans and corporate loans for the year ended December 2018.

• Other represents the reduction to the allowance related to loans and lending commitments transferred to held for sale.

• Portfolio level reserves were primarily related to corporate loans and lending commitments. Specific loan-level reserves were substantially all related to corporate loans. Reserves on PCI loans were related to real estate loans.

• Substantially all of the allowance for losses on lending commitments was related to corporate lending commitments.

• Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total gross loans receivable was 1.4% as of March 2019 and 1.3% as of December 2018.

• Net charge-offs as a percentage of average total gross loans receivable were 0.5% on an annualized basis for the three months ended March 2019 and 0.5% for the year ended December 2018.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 40

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 10.

Collateralized Agreements and Financings

Collateralized agreements are resale agreements and securities borrowed. Collateralized financings are repurchase agreements, securities loaned and other secured financings. The firm enters into these transactions in order to, among other things, facilitate client activities, invest excess cash, acquire securities to cover short positions and finance certain firm activities.

Collateralized agreements and financings are presented on anet-by-counterparty basis when a legal right of setoff exists. Interest on collateralized agreements, which is included in interest income, and collateralized financings, which is included in interest expense, is recognized over the life of the transaction. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.

The table below presents the carrying value of resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned transactions.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Resale agreements		$132,445	$139,258
Securities borrowed		$147,950	$135,285
Repurchase agreements		$  70,569	$  78,723
Securities loaned		$  12,599	$  11,808

In the table above:

• Substantially all resale agreements and all repurchase agreements are carried at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 8 for further information about the valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine fair value.

• Securities borrowed of $27.52 billion as of March 2019 and $23.14 billion as of December 2018, and securities loaned of $3.07 billion as of March 2019 and $3.24 billion as of December 2018 were at fair value.

Resale and Repurchase Agreements

A resale agreement is a transaction in which the firm purchases financial instruments from a seller, typically in exchange for cash, and simultaneously enters into an agreement to resell the same or substantially the same financial instruments to the seller at a stated price plus accrued interest at a future date.

A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which the firm sells financial instruments to a buyer, typically in exchange for cash, and simultaneously enters into an agreement to repurchase the same or substantially the same financial instruments from the buyer at a stated price plus accrued interest at a future date.

Even though repurchase and resale agreements (including “repos- andreverses-to-maturity”) involve the legal transfer of ownership of financial instruments, they are accounted for as financing arrangements because they require the financial instruments to be repurchased or resold before or at the maturity of the agreement. The financial instruments purchased or sold in resale and repurchase agreements typically include U.S. government and agency, and investment-grade sovereign obligations.

The firm receives financial instruments purchased under resale agreements and makes delivery of financial instruments sold under repurchase agreements. To mitigate credit exposure, the firm monitors the market value of these financial instruments on a daily basis, and delivers or obtains additional collateral due to changes in the market value of the financial instruments, as appropriate. For resale agreements, the firm typically requires collateral with a fair value approximately equal to the carrying value of the relevant assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

Securities Borrowed and Loaned Transactions

In a securities borrowed transaction, the firm borrows securities from a counterparty in exchange for cash or securities. When the firm returns the securities, the counterparty returns the cash or securities. Interest is generally paid periodically over the life of the transaction.

In a securities loaned transaction, the firm lends securities to a counterparty in exchange for cash or securities. When the counterparty returns the securities, the firm returns the cash or securities posted as collateral. Interest is generally paid periodically over the life of the transaction.

The firm receives securities borrowed and makes delivery of securities loaned. To mitigate credit exposure, the firm monitors the market value of these securities on a daily basis, and delivers or obtains additional collateral due to changes in the market value of the securities, as appropriate. For securities borrowed transactions, the firm typically requires collateral with a fair value approximately equal to the carrying value of the securities borrowed transaction.

Securities borrowed and loaned within FICC Client Execution are recorded at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 8 for further information about securities borrowed and loaned accounted for at fair value.

41 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Securities borrowed and loaned within Securities Services are recorded based on the amount of cash collateral advanced or received plus accrued interest. As these agreements generally can be terminated on demand, they exhibit little, if any, sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Therefore, the carrying value of such agreements approximates fair value. As these agreements are not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 5 through 8. Had these agreements been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, they would have been classified in level 2 as of both March 2019 and December 2018.

Offsetting Arrangements

The table below presents the gross and net resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned transactions, and the related amount of counterparty netting included in the consolidated statements of financial condition, as well as the amounts of counterparty netting and cash and securities collateral not offset in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

	Assets					Liabilities
$ in millions		Resale agreements		Securities borrowed			Repurchase agreements		Securities loaned
As of March 2019
Included in consolidated statements of financial condition
Gross carrying value		$ 226,458		$ 152,044			$ 164,582		$ 16,693
Counterparty netting		(94,013	)	(4,094	)		(94,013	)	(4,094	)
Total		132,445		147,950			70,569		12,599
Amounts not offset
Counterparty netting		(7,076	)	(1,492	)		(7,076	)	(1,492	)
Collateral		(123,249	)	(138,706	)		(62,412	)	(10,736	)
Total		$     2,120		$     7,752			$     1,081		$      371
As of December 2018
Included in consolidated statements of financial condition
Gross carrying value		$ 246,284		$ 139,556			$ 185,749		$ 16,079
Counterparty netting		(107,026	)	(4,271	)		(107,026	)	(4,271	)
Total		139,258		135,285			78,723		11,808
Amounts not offset
Counterparty netting		(5,870	)	(1,104	)		(5,870	)	(1,104	)
Collateral		(130,707	)	(127,340	)		(70,691	)	(10,491	)
Total		$     2,681		$     6,841			$     2,162		$      213

In the table above:

• Substantially all of the gross carrying values of these arrangements are subject to enforceable netting agreements.

• Where the firm has received or posted collateral under credit support agreements, but has not yet determined such agreements are enforceable, the related collateral has not been netted.

• Amounts not offset includes counterparty netting that does not meet the criteria for netting under U.S. GAAP and the fair value of collateral received or posted subject to enforceable credit support agreements.

Gross Carrying Value of Repurchase Agreements and Securities Loaned

The table below presents the gross carrying value of repurchase agreements and securities loaned by class of collateral pledged.

$ in millions	Repurchase agreements	Securities loaned
As of March 2019
Money market instruments	$       119	$         –
U.S. government and agency obligations	85,255	–
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations	67,980	2,512
Securities backed by commercial real estate	8	–
Securities backed by residential real estate	195	–
Corporate debt securities	5,960	461
State and municipal obligations	46	–
Equity securities	5,019	13,720
Total	$164,582	$16,693
As of December 2018
Money market instruments	$       100	$         –
U.S. government and agency obligations	88,060	–
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations	84,443	2,438
Securities backed by commercial real estate	3	–
Securities backed by residential real estate	221	–
Corporate debt securities	5,495	195
Other debt obligations	25	–
Equity securities	7,402	13,446
Total	$185,749	$16,079

The table below presents the gross carrying value of repurchase agreements and securities loaned by maturity date.

	As of March 2019
$ in millions		Repurchase agreements	Securities loaned
No stated maturity and overnight		$  64,892	$10,354
2 - 30 days		59,517	3,114
31 - 90 days		14,774	1,085
91 days - 1 year		20,740	2,140
Greater than 1 year		4,659	–
Total		$164,582	$16,693

In the table above:

• Repurchase agreements and securities loaned that are repayable prior to maturity at the option of the firm are reflected at their contractual maturity dates.

• Repurchase agreements and securities loaned that are redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holder are reflected at the earliest dates such options become exercisable.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 42

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Other Secured Financings

In addition to repurchase agreements and securities loaned transactions, the firm funds certain assets through the use of other secured financings and pledges financial instruments and other assets as collateral in these transactions. These other secured financings consist of:

• Liabilities of consolidated VIEs;

• Transfers of assets accounted for as financings rather than sales (e.g., collateralized central bank financings, pledged commodities, bank loans and mortgage whole loans); and

• Other structured financing arrangements.

Other secured financings includes nonrecourse arrangements. Nonrecourse other secured financings were $9.33 billion as of March 2019 and $8.47 billion as of December 2018.

The firm has elected to apply the fair value option to substantially all other secured financings because the use of fair value eliminatesnon-economic volatility in earnings that would arise from using different measurement attributes. See Note 8 for further information about other secured financings that are accounted for at fair value.

Other secured financings that are not recorded at fair value are recorded based on the amount of cash received plus accrued interest, which generally approximates fair value. As these financings are not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 5 through 8. Had these financings been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, they would have been primarily classified in level 2 as of both March 2019 and December 2018.

The table below presents information about other secured financings.

$ in millions	U.S. Dollar	Non-U.S. Dollar	Total
As of March 2019
Other secured financings (short-term):
At fair value	$  2,640	$4,307	$  6,947
At amortized cost	–	–	–
Other secured financings (long-term):
At fair value	9,665	2,363	12,028
At amortized cost	774	–	774
Total other secured financings	$13,079	$6,670	$19,749
Other secured financings collateralized by:
Financial instruments	$  8,160	$5,709	$13,869
Other assets	$  4,919	$   961	$  5,880
As of December 2018
Other secured financings (short-term):
At fair value	$  3,528	$6,027	$  9,555
At amortized cost	–	–	–
Other secured financings (long-term):
At fair value	9,010	2,339	11,349
At amortized cost	529	–	529
Total other secured financings	$13,067	$8,366	$21,433
Other secured financings collateralized by:
Financial instruments	$  8,960	$7,550	$16,510
Other assets	$  4,107	$   816	$  4,923

In the table above:

• Short-term other secured financings includes financings maturing within one year of the financial statement date and financings that are redeemable within one year of the financial statement date at the option of the holder.

• U.S. dollar-denominated long-term other secured financings at amortized cost had a weighted average interest rate of 2.78% as of March 2019 and 4.02% as of December 2018. These rates include the effect of hedging activities.

• Total other secured financings included $2.48 billion as of March 2019 and $2.40 billion as of December 2018 related to transfers of financial assets accounted for as financings rather than sales. Such financings were collateralized by financial assets of $2.76 billion as of March 2019 and $2.41 billion as of December 2018, both primarily included in financial instruments owned.

• Other secured financings collateralized by financial instruments included $10.62 billion as of March 2019 and $12.41 billion as of December 2018 of other secured financings collateralized by financial instruments owned, and included $3.25 billion as of March 2019 and $4.10 billion as of December 2018 of other secured financings collateralized by financial instruments received as collateral and repledged.

43 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The table below presents other secured financings by maturity.

$ in millions	As of March 2019
Other secured financings (short-term)	$  6,947
Other secured financings (long-term):
2020	3,716
2021	1,797
2022	2,584
2023	1,158
2024	722
2025 - thereafter	2,825
Total other secured financings (long-term)	12,802
Total other secured financings	$19,749

In the table above:

• Long-term other secured financings that are repayable prior to maturity at the option of the firm are reflected at their contractual maturity dates.

• Long-term other secured financings that are redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holder are reflected at the earliest dates such options become exercisable.

Collateral Received and Pledged

The firm receives cash and securities (e.g., U.S. government and agency obligations, other sovereign and corporate obligations, as well as equity securities) as collateral, primarily in connection with resale agreements, securities borrowed, derivative transactions and customer margin loans. The firm obtains cash and securities as collateral on an upfront or contingent basis for derivative instruments and collateralized agreements to reduce its credit exposure to individual counterparties.

In many cases, the firm is permitted to deliver or repledge financial instruments received as collateral when entering into repurchase agreements and securities loaned transactions, primarily in connection with secured client financing activities. The firm is also permitted to deliver or repledge these financial instruments in connection with other secured financings, collateralized derivative transactions and firm or customer settlement requirements.

The firm also pledges certain financial instruments owned in connection with repurchase agreements, securities loaned transactions and other secured financings, and other assets (substantially all real estate and cash) in connection with other secured financings to counterparties who may or may not have the right to deliver or repledge them.

The table below presents financial instruments at fair value received as collateral that were available to be delivered or repledged and were delivered or repledged.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Collateral available to be delivered or repledged		$686,033	$681,516
Collateral that was delivered or repledged		$549,843	$565,625

In the table above, collateral available to be delivered or repledged excludes $11.05 billion as of March 2019 and $14.10 billion as of December 2018 of securities received under resale agreements and securities borrowed transactions that contractually had the right to be delivered or repledged, but were segregated for regulatory and other purposes.

The table below presents information about assets pledged.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Financial instruments owned pledged to counterparties that:
Had the right to deliver or repledge		$  58,221	$  55,081
Did not have the right to deliver or repledge		$  77,707	$  73,540
Other assets pledged to counterparties that did not have the right to deliver or repledge		$    9,742	$    8,037

The firm also segregated securities included in financial instruments owned of $14.53 billion as of March 2019 and $23.03 billion as of December 2018 for regulatory and other purposes. See Note  3 for information about segregated cash.

Note 11.

Securitization Activities

The firm securitizes residential and commercial mortgages, corporate bonds, loans and other types of financial assets by selling these assets to securitization vehicles (e.g., trusts, corporate entities and limited liability companies) or through a resecuritization. The firm acts as underwriter of the beneficial interests that are sold to investors. The firm’s residential mortgage securitizations are primarily in connection with government agency securitizations.

Beneficial interests issued by securitization entities are debt or equity instruments that give the investors rights to receive all or portions of specified cash inflows to a securitization vehicle and include senior and subordinated interests in principal, interest and/or other cash inflows. The proceeds from the sale of beneficial interests are used to pay the transferor for the financial assets sold to the securitization vehicle or to purchase securities which serve as collateral.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 44

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The firm accounts for a securitization as a sale when it has relinquished control over the transferred financial assets. Prior to securitization, the firm generally accounts for assets pending transfer at fair value and therefore does not typically recognize significant gains or losses upon the transfer of assets. Net revenues from underwriting activities are recognized in connection with the sales of the underlying beneficial interests to investors.

For transfers of financial assets that are not accounted for as sales, the assets remain in financial instruments owned and the transfer is accounted for as a collateralized financing, with the related interest expense recognized over the life of the transaction. See Note 10 for further information about collateralized financings and Note 23 for further information about interest expense.

The firm generally receives cash in exchange for the transferred assets but may also have continuing involvement with the transferred financial assets, including ownership of beneficial interests in securitized financial assets, primarily in the form of debt instruments. The firm may also purchase senior or subordinated securities issued by securitization vehicles (which are typically VIEs) in connection with secondary market-making activities.

The primary risks included in beneficial interests and other interests from the firm’s continuing involvement with securitization vehicles are the performance of the underlying collateral, the position of the firm’s investment in the capital structure of the securitization vehicle and the market yield for the security. These interests are primarily accounted for at fair value and classified in level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Interests not accounted for at fair value are carried at amounts that approximate fair value. See Notes 5 through 8 for further information about fair value measurements.

The table below presents the amount of financial assets securitized and the cash flows received on retained interests in securitization entities in which the firm had continuing involvement as of the end of the period.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019	2018
Residential mortgages		$3,489	$6,797
Commercial mortgages		671	2,039
Other financial assets		172	234
Total financial assets securitized		$4,332	$9,070
Retained interests cash flows		$     93	$     96

In the table above, financial assets securitized included assets of $104 million during the three months ended March 2019 and $196 million during the three months ended March 2018, which were securitized in anon-cash exchange for loans receivable andheld-to-maturity securities.

The table below presents information about nonconsolidated securitization entities to which the firm sold assets and had continuing involvement as of the end of the period.

$ in millions	Outstanding Principal Amount	Retained Interests	Purchased Interests
As of March 2019
U.S. government agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations	$24,237	$2,090	$  5
Other residential mortgage-backed	21,091	976	16
Other commercial mortgage-backed	14,173	452	14
Corporate debt and other asset-backed	3,283	165	3
Total	$62,784	$3,683	$38
As of December 2018
U.S. government agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations	$24,506	$1,758	$29
Other residential mortgage-backed	19,560	941	15
Other commercial mortgage-backed	15,088	448	10
Corporate debt and other asset-backed	3,311	133	3
Total	$62,465	$3,280	$57

In the table above:

• The outstanding principal amount is presented for the purpose of providing information about the size of the securitization entities and is not representative of the firm’s risk of loss.

• The firm’s risk of loss from retained or purchased interests is limited to the carrying value of these interests.

• Purchased interests represent senior and subordinated interests, purchased in connection with secondary market-making activities, in securitization entities in which the firm also holds retained interests.

• Substantially all of the total outstanding principal amount and total retained interests relate to securitizations during 2014 and thereafter.

• The fair value of retained interests was $3.65 billion as of March 2019 and $3.28 billion as of December 2018.

In addition to the interests in the table above, the firm had other continuing involvement in the form of derivative transactions and commitments with certain nonconsolidated VIEs. The carrying value of these derivatives and commitments was a net asset of $59 million as of March 2019 and $75 million as of December 2018, and the notional amount of these derivatives and commitments was $998 million as of March 2019 and $1.09 billion as of December 2018. The notional amounts of these derivatives and commitments are included in maximum exposure to loss in the nonconsolidated VIE table in Note 12.

45 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The table below presents information about the weighted average key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of mortgage-backed retained interests.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019		December 2018
Fair value of retained interests		$ 3,484		$ 3,151
Weighted average life (years)		6.2		7.2
Constant prepayment rate		13.8%		11.9%
Impact of 10% adverse change		$     (30	)	$     (27	)
Impact of 20% adverse change		$     (57	)	$     (53	)
Discount rate		4.5%		4.7%
Impact of 10% adverse change		$     (71	)	$     (75	)
Impact of 20% adverse change		$   (139	)	$   (147	)

In the table above:

• Amounts do not reflect the benefit of other financial instruments that are held to mitigate risks inherent in these retained interests.

• Changes in fair value based on an adverse variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumptions to the change in fair value is not usually linear.

• The impact of a change in a particular assumption is calculated independently of changes in any other assumption. In practice, simultaneous changes in assumptions might magnify or counteract the sensitivities disclosed above.

• The constant prepayment rate is included only for positions for which it is a key assumption in the determination of fair value.

• The discount rate for retained interests that relate to U.S. government agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations does not include any credit loss. Expected credit loss assumptions are reflected in the discount rate for the remainder of retained interests.

The firm has other retained interests not reflected in the table above with a fair value of $164 million and a weighted average life of 4.0 years as of March 2019, and a fair value of $133 million and a weighted average life of 4.2 years as of December 2018. Due to the nature and fair value of certain of these retained interests, the weighted average assumptions for constant prepayment and discount rates and the related sensitivity to adverse changes are not meaningful as of both March 2019 and December 2018. The firm’s maximum exposure to adverse changes in the value of these interests is the carrying value of $165 million as of March 2019 and $133 million as of December 2018.

Note 12.

Variable Interest Entities

A variable interest in a VIE is an investment (e.g., debt or equity) or other interest (e.g., derivatives or loans and lending commitments) that will absorb portions of the VIE’s expected losses and/or receive portions of the VIE’s expected residual returns.

The firm’s variable interests in VIEs include senior and subordinated debt; loans and lending commitments; limited and general partnership interests; preferred and common equity; derivatives that may include foreign currency, equity and/or credit risk; guarantees; and certain of the fees the firm receives from investment funds. Certain interest rate, foreign currency and credit derivatives the firm enters into with VIEs are not variable interests because they create, rather than absorb, risk.

VIEs generally finance the purchase of assets by issuing debt and equity securities that are either collateralized by or indexed to the assets held by the VIE. The debt and equity securities issued by a VIE may include tranches of varying levels of subordination. The firm’s involvement with VIEs includes securitization of financial assets, as described in Note 11, and investments in and loans to other types of VIEs, as described below. See Note 11 for further information about securitization activities, including the definition of beneficial interests. See Note 3 for the firm’s consolidation policies, including the definition of a VIE.

VIE Consolidation Analysis

The enterprise with a controlling financial interest in a VIE is known as the primary beneficiary and consolidates the VIE. The firm determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE by performing an analysis that principally considers:

• Which variable interest holder has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance;

• Which variable interest holder has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE;

• The VIE’s purpose and design, including the risks the VIE was designed to create and pass through to its variable interest holders;

• The VIE’s capital structure;

• The terms between the VIE and its variable interest holders and other parties involved with the VIE; and

• Related-party relationships.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 46

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The firm reassesses its evaluation of whether an entity is a VIE when certain reconsideration events occur. The firm reassesses its determination of whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE on an ongoing basis based on current facts and circumstances.

VIE Activities

The firm is principally involved with VIEs through the following business activities:

Mortgage-Backed VIEs. The firm sells residential and commercial mortgage loans and securities to mortgage-backed VIEs and may retain beneficial interests in the assets sold to these VIEs. The firm purchases and sells beneficial interests issued by mortgage-backed VIEs in connection with market-making activities. In addition, the firm may enter into derivatives with certain of these VIEs, primarily interest rate swaps, which are typically not variable interests. The firm generally enters into derivatives with other counterparties to mitigate its risk.

Real Estate, Credit- and Power-Related and Other Investing VIEs. The firm purchases equity and debt securities issued by and makes loans to VIEs that hold real estate, performing and nonperforming debt, distressed loans, power-related assets and equity securities. The firm generally does not sell assets to, or enter into derivatives with, these VIEs.

Corporate Debt and Other Asset-Backed VIEs. The firm structures VIEs that issue notes to clients, purchases and sells beneficial interests issued by corporate debt and other asset-backed VIEs in connection with market-making activities, and makes loans to VIEs that warehouse corporate debt. Certain of these VIEs synthetically create the exposure for the beneficial interests they issue by entering into credit derivatives with the firm, rather than purchasing the underlying assets. In addition, the firm may enter into derivatives, such as total return swaps, with certain corporate debt and other asset-backed VIEs, under which the firm pays the VIE a return due to the beneficial interest holders and receives the return on the collateral owned by the VIE. The collateral owned by these VIEs is primarily other asset-backed loans and securities. The firm generally can be removed as the total return swap counterparty and enters into derivatives with other counterparties to mitigate its risk related to these swaps. The firm may sell assets to the corporate debt and other asset-backed VIEs it structures.

Principal-Protected Note VIEs. The firm structures VIEs that issue principal-protected notes to clients. These VIEs own portfolios of assets, principally with exposure to hedge funds. Substantially all of the principal protection on the notes issued by these VIEs is provided by the asset portfolio rebalancing that is required under the terms of the notes. The firm enters into total return swaps with these VIEs under which the firm pays the VIE the return due to the principal-protected note holders and receives the return on the assets owned by the VIE. The firm may enter into derivatives with other counterparties to mitigate its risk. The firm also obtains funding through these VIEs.

Investments in Funds. The firm makes equity investments in certain investment fund VIEs it manages and is entitled to receive fees from these VIEs. The firm generally does not sell assets to, or enter into derivatives with, these VIEs.

Nonconsolidated VIEs

The table below presents a summary of the nonconsolidated VIEs in which the firm holds variable interests.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Total nonconsolidated VIEs
Assets in VIEs		$122,879	$118,186
Carrying value of variable interests — assets		10,188	9,543
Carrying value of variable interests — liabilities		495	478
Maximum exposure to loss:
Retained interests		3,683	3,280
Purchased interests		833	983
Commitments and guarantees		3,283	2,745
Derivatives		8,930	8,975
Loans and investments		5,237	4,728
Total maximum exposure to loss		$  21,966	$  20,711

In the table above:

• The nature of the firm’s variable interests is described in the rows under maximum exposure to loss.

• The firm’s exposure to the obligations of VIEs is generally limited to its interests in these entities. In certain instances, the firm provides guarantees, including derivative guarantees, to VIEs or holders of variable interests in VIEs.

• The maximum exposure to loss excludes the benefit of offsetting financial instruments that are held to mitigate the risks associated with these variable interests.

• The maximum exposure to loss from retained interests, purchased interests, and loans and investments is the carrying value of these interests.

• The maximum exposure to loss from commitments and guarantees, and derivatives is the notional amount, which does not represent anticipated losses and has not been reduced by unrealized losses. As a result, the maximum exposure to loss exceeds liabilities recorded for commitments and guarantees, and derivatives.

47 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The table below disaggregates, by principal business activity, the information for nonconsolidated VIEs included in the summary table above.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Mortgage-backed
Assets in VIEs		$72,538	$73,262
Carrying value of variable interests — assets		4,275	4,090
Maximum exposure to loss:
Retained interests		3,518	3,147
Purchased interests		754	941
Commitments and guarantees		36	35
Derivatives		69	77
Total maximum exposure to loss		$  4,377	$  4,200
Real estate, credit- and power-related and other  investing
Assets in VIEs		$19,778	$18,851
Carrying value of variable interests — assets		3,566	3,601
Carrying value of variable interests — liabilities		2	20
Maximum exposure to loss:
Commitments and guarantees		1,474	1,543
Derivatives		–	113
Loans and investments		3,566	3,572
Total maximum exposure to loss		$  5,040	$  5,228
Corporate debt and other asset-backed
Assets in VIEs		$16,281	$15,842
Carrying value of variable interests — assets		1,985	1,563
Carrying value of variable interests — liabilities		493	458
Maximum exposure to loss:
Retained interests		165	133
Purchased interests		79	42
Commitments and guarantees		1,648	1,113
Derivatives		8,858	8,782
Loans and investments		1,309	867
Total maximum exposure to loss		$12,059	$10,937
Investments in funds
Assets in VIEs		$14,282	$10,231
Carrying value of variable interests — assets		362	289
Maximum exposure to loss:
Commitments and guarantees		125	54
Derivatives		3	3
Loans and investments		362	289
Total maximum exposure to loss		$     490	$     346

As of both March 2019 and December 2018, the carrying values of the firm’s variable interests in nonconsolidated VIEs are included in the consolidated statements of financial condition as follows:

• Mortgage-backed: Assets were primarily included in financial instruments owned.

• Real estate, credit- and power-related and other investing: Assets were primarily included in financial instruments owned and liabilities were included in financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased and other liabilities.

• Corporate debt and other asset-backed: Assets were primarily included in loans receivable and liabilities were included in financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased.

• Investments in funds: Assets were included in financial instruments owned.

Consolidated VIEs

The table below presents a summary of the carrying value and classification of assets and liabilities in consolidated VIEs.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Total consolidated VIEs
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents		$     96	$     84
Loans receivable		263	319
Customer and other receivables		–	2
Financial instruments owned		1,724	2,034
Other assets		1,239	1,261
Total		$3,322	$3,700
Liabilities
Other secured financings		$1,196	$1,204
Customer and other payables		2	–
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased		3	20
Unsecured short-term borrowings		43	45
Unsecured long-term borrowings		216	207
Other liabilities		1,025	1,100
Total		$2,485	$2,576

In the table above:

• Assets and liabilities are presented net of intercompany eliminations and exclude the benefit of offsetting financial instruments that are held to mitigate the risks associated with the firm’s variable interests.

• VIEs in which the firm holds a majority voting interest are excluded if (i) the VIE meets the definition of a business and (ii) the VIE’s assets can be used for purposes other than the settlement of its obligations.

• Substantially all assets can only be used to settle obligations of the VIE.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 48

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The table below disaggregates, by principal business activity, the information for consolidated VIEs included in the summary table above.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Real estate, credit-related and other investing
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents		$     96	$     84
Loans receivable		263	269
Financial instruments owned		1,672	1,815
Other assets		1,236	1,258
Total		$3,267	$3,426
Liabilities
Other secured financings		$   706	$   596
Customer and other payables		2	–
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased		3	20
Other liabilities		1,025	1,100
Total		$1,736	$1,716
Mortgage-backed and other asset-backed
Assets
Loans receivable		$       –	$     50
Customer and other receivables		–	2
Financial instruments owned		51	210
Other assets		3	3
Total		$     54	$   265
Liabilities
Other secured financings		$     22	$   140
Total		$     22	$   140
Principal-protected notes
Assets
Financial instruments owned		$       1	$       9
Total		$       1	$       9
Liabilities
Other secured financings		$   468	$   468
Unsecured short-term borrowings		43	45
Unsecured long-term borrowings		216	207
Total		$   727	$   720

In the table above:

• The majority of the assets in principal-protected notes VIEs are intercompany and are eliminated in consolidation.

• Creditors and beneficial interest holders of real estate, credit-related and other investing VIEs, and mortgage-backed and other asset-backed VIEs do not have recourse to the general credit of the firm.

Note 13.

Other Assets

The table below presents other assets by type.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Property, leasehold improvements and equipment		$19,277	$18,317
Held-to-maturity securities		5,841	1,288
Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets		4,092	4,082
Operating leaseright-of-use assets		2,386	–
Incometax-related assets		1,729	1,529
Miscellaneous receivables and other		4,358	5,424
Total		$37,683	$30,640

Property, Leasehold Improvements and Equipment

Property, leasehold improvements and equipment is net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $9.40 billion as of March 2019 and $9.08 billion as of December 2018. Property, leasehold improvements and equipment included $5.70 billion as of March 2019 and $5.57 billion as of December 2018 that the firm uses in connection with its operations, and $780 million as of March 2019 and $896 million as of December 2018 of foreclosed real estate primarily related to PCI loans. The remainder is held by investment entities, including VIEs, consolidated by the firm. Substantially all property and equipment is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the asset. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the useful life of the improvement or the term of the lease. Capitalized costs of software developed or obtained for internal use are amortized on a straight-line basis over three years.

49 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Held-to-Maturity Securities

Held-to-maturity securities are accounted for at amortized cost, net of other-than-temporary impairments.

The table below presents information aboutheld-to-maturity securities.

$ in millions	Amortized Cost	Fair Value	Weighted Average Yield
As of March 2019
Less than 5 years	$3,534	$3,550	2.40%
Greater than 5 years	1,527	1,520	2.25%
Total U.S. government obligations	5,061	5,070	2.35%
Less than 5 years	6	6	4.68%
Greater than 5 years	774	793	1.77%
Total securities backed by real estate	780	799	1.79%
Totalheld-to-maturity securities	$5,841	$5,869	2.28%
As of December 2018
Less than 5 years	$   498	$   511	3.08%
Total U.S. government obligations	498	511	3.08%
Less than 5 years	5	6	4.61%
Greater than 5 years	785	800	1.78%
Total securities backed by real estate	790	806	1.80%
Totalheld-to-maturity securities	$1,288	$1,317	2.29%

In the table above:

• Substantially all of the securities backed by real estate consist of securities backed by residential real estate.

• As these securities are not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 5 through 8. Had these securities been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, U.S. government obligations would have been classified in level 1 and substantially all securities backed by real estate would have been classified in level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as of both March 2019 and December 2018.

• The gross unrealized gains/(losses) were not material as of both March 2019 and December 2018.

• Held-to-maturity securities in an unrealized loss position are periodically reviewed for other-than-temporary impairment. The firm considers various factors, including market conditions, changes in issuer credit ratings, severity and duration of the unrealized losses, and the intent and ability to hold the security until recovery to determine if the securities are other-than-temporarily impaired. There were no such impairments during either the three months ended March 2019 or the year ended December 2018.

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

Goodwill. The table below presents the carrying value of goodwill.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Investment Banking:
Financial Advisory		$     98	$     98
Underwriting		183	183
Institutional Client Services:
FICC Client Execution		269	269
Equities client execution		2,404	2,403
Securities services		105	105
Investing & Lending		92	91
Investment Management		609	609
Total		$3,760	$3,758

Goodwill is the cost of acquired companies in excess of the fair value of net assets, including identifiable intangible assets, at the acquisition date.

Goodwill is assessed for impairment annually in the fourth quarter or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that indicate an impairment may exist. When assessing goodwill for impairment, first, qualitative factors are assessed to determine whether it is more likely than not that the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its estimated carrying value. If the results of the qualitative assessment are not conclusive, a quantitative goodwill test is performed.

The quantitative goodwill test compares the estimated fair value of each reporting unit with its estimated net book value (including goodwill and identifiable intangible assets). If the reporting unit’s estimated fair value exceeds its estimated net book value, goodwill is not impaired. An impairment is recognized if the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its estimated net book value. To estimate the fair value of each reporting unit, a relative value technique is used because the firm believes market participants would use this technique to value the firm’s reporting units. The relative value technique applies observableprice-to-earnings multiples orprice-to-book multiples and projected return on equity of comparable competitors to reporting units’ net earnings or net book value. The estimated net book value of each reporting unit reflects an allocation of total shareholders’ equity and represents the estimated amount of total shareholders’ equity required to support the activities of the reporting unit under currently applicable regulatory capital requirements.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 50

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

In the fourth quarter of 2018, the firm assessed goodwill for impairment for each of its reporting units by performing a qualitative assessment. Multiple factors were assessed with respect to each of the firm’s reporting units to determine whether it was more likely than not that the estimated fair value of any of these reporting units was less than its estimated carrying value. The qualitative assessment also considered changes since the prior quantitative tests.

As a result of the qualitative assessment, the firm determined that it was more likely than not that the estimated fair value of each of the reporting units exceeded its respective carrying value. Therefore, the firm determined that goodwill for each reporting unit was not impaired and that a quantitative goodwill test was not required.

There were no events or changes in circumstances during the three months ended March 2019 that would indicate that it was more likely than not that the estimated fair value of each of the reporting units did not exceed its respective estimated carrying value as of March 2019.

Identifiable Intangible Assets. The table below presents identifiable intangible assets by segment and type.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019		December 2018
By Segment
Institutional Client Services:
FICC Client Execution		$       8		$      10
Equities client execution		25		37
Investing & Lending		206		178
Investment Management		93		99
Total		$   332		$    324
By Type
Customer lists
Gross carrying value		$ 1,116		$ 1,117
Accumulated amortization		(989	)	(970	)
Net carrying value		127		147
Acquired leases and other
Gross carrying value		684		636
Accumulated amortization		(479	)	(459	)
Net carrying value		205		177
Total gross carrying value		1,800		1,753
Total accumulated amortization		(1,468	)	(1,429	)
Total net carrying value		$   332		$    324

The firm acquired $43 million of intangible assets during the three months ended March 2019 related to acquired leases with a weighted average amortization period of five years. The firm acquired $137 million of intangible assets during 2018, primarily related to acquired leases with a weighted average amortization period of four years.

Substantially all of the firm’s identifiable intangible assets have finite useful lives and are amortized over their estimated useful lives generally using the straight-line method.

The tables below present information about amortization of identifiable intangible assets.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019	2018
Amortization		$43	$45

$ in millions	As of March 2019
Estimated future amortization
Remainder of 2019	$86
2020	$62
2021	$48
2022	$39
2023	$33
2024	$22

Impairments

The firm tests property, leasehold improvements and equipment, identifiable intangible assets and other assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset’s or asset group’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable. To the extent the carrying value of an asset exceeds the projected undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposal of the asset or asset group, the firm determines the asset is impaired and records an impairment equal to the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the asset or asset group. In addition, the firm will recognize an impairment prior to the sale of an asset if the carrying value of the asset exceeds its estimated fair value.

During both the three months ended March 2019 and March 2018, impairments were not material to the firm’s results of operations or financial condition.

51 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Operating LeaseRight-of-Use Assets

The firm enters into operating leases for real estate, office equipment and other assets, substantially all of which are used in connection with its operations. The firm adopted ASU No. 2016-02 in January 2019, which required the firm to recognize, for leases longer than one year, a right-of-use asset representing the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term, and a lease liability representing the liability to make payments. The lease term is generally determined based on the contractual maturity of the lease. For leases where the firm has the option to terminate or extend the lease, an assessment of the likelihood of exercising the option is incorporated into the determination of the lease term. Such assessment is initially performed at the inception of the lease and is updated if events occur that impact the original assessment.

An operating lease right-of-use asset is initially determined based on the operating lease liability, adjusted for initial direct costs, lease incentives and amounts paid at or prior to lease commencement. This amount is then amortized over the lease term. Operating leaseright-of-use assets included $658 million related to the firm’s new European headquarters in London for which the sale and leaseback agreement closed in January 2019. See Note 17 for information about operating lease liabilities.

For leases where the firm has ceased using the space and management has concluded that the firm will not derive any future economic benefits, the firm records an impairment of right-of-use assets. The firm recorded no such impairments during the three months ended March 2019.

Miscellaneous Receivables and Other

Miscellaneous receivables and other included:

• Investments in qualified affordable housing projects of $641 million as of March 2019 and $653 million as of December 2018.

• Assets classified as held for sale of $636 million as of March 2019 and $365 million as of December 2018 related to the firm’s consolidated investments within its Investing & Lending segment, substantially all of which consisted of property and equipment. In addition, assets classified as held for sale also included assets of $1.01 billion as of December 2018, related to the firm’s new European headquarters in London. This property was sold in January 2019 pursuant to a sale and leaseback agreement and the firm recognized aright-of-use asset upon the leaseback.

• Equity-method investments of $349 million as of March 2019 and $357 million as of December 2018.

Note 14.

Deposits

The table below presents the types and sources of deposits.

$ in millions	Savings and Demand	Time	Total
As of March 2019
Private bank deposits	$  53,976	$  2,257	$  56,233
Consumer deposits	36,195	9,397	45,592
Brokered certificates of deposit	–	33,835	33,835
Deposit sweep programs	15,993	–	15,993
Institutional deposits	1	12,482	12,483
Total	$106,165	$57,971	$164,136
As of December 2018
Private bank deposits	$  52,028	$  2,311	$  54,339
Consumer deposits	27,987	7,641	35,628
Brokered certificates of deposit	–	35,876	35,876
Deposit sweep programs	15,903	–	15,903
Institutional deposits	1	16,510	16,511
Total	$  95,919	$62,338	$158,257

In the table above:

• Substantially all deposits are interest-bearing.

• Savings and demand accounts consist of money market deposit accounts, negotiable order of withdrawal accounts and demand deposit accounts that have no stated maturity or expiration date.

• Time deposits included $17.04 billion as of March 2019 and $21.06 billion as of December 2018 of deposits accounted for at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 8 for further information about deposits accounted for at fair value.

• Time deposits had a weighted average maturity of approximately 2.0 years as of March 2019 and 1.8 years as of December 2018.

• Deposit sweep programs represent long-term contractual agreements with U.S. broker-dealers who sweep client cash to FDIC-insured deposits. As of March 2019, the firm had nine such deposit sweep program agreements.

• Deposits insured by the FDIC were $89.36 billion as of March 2019 and $86.27 billion as of December 2018.

• Deposits insured by the U.K.’s Financial Services Compensation Scheme were $9.38 billion as of March 2019 and $6.05 billion as of December 2018.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 52

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The table below presents the location of deposits.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
U.S. offices		$132,149	$126,444
Non-U.S. offices		31,987	31,813
Total		$164,136	$158,257

In the table above, U.S. deposits were held at Goldman Sachs Bank USA (GS Bank USA) and substantially allnon-U.S. deposits were held at Goldman Sachs International Bank (GSIB).

The table below presents maturities of time deposits held in U.S. andnon-U.S. offices.

	As of March 2019
$ in millions		U.S.	Non-U.S.	Total
Remainder of 2019		$13,206	$10,396	$23,602
2020		10,038	1,258	11,296
2021		5,519	40	5,559
2022		6,079	82	6,161
2023		5,108	56	5,164
2024		2,826	107	2,933
2025 - thereafter		2,400	856	3,256
Total		$45,176	$12,795	$57,971

As of March 2019, deposits in U.S. offices included $4.57 billion andnon-U.S. offices included $12.80 billion of time deposits in denominations that met or exceeded the applicable insurance limits, or were otherwise not covered by insurance.

The firm’s savings and demand deposits are recorded based on the amount of cash received plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value. In addition, the firm designates certain derivatives as fair value hedges to convert a portion of its time deposits not accounted for at fair value from fixed-rate obligations into floating-rate obligations. The carrying value of time deposits not accounted for at fair value approximated fair value as of both March 2019 and December 2018. As these savings and demand deposits and time deposits are not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 5 through 8. Had these deposits been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, they would have been classified in level 2 as of both March 2019 and December 2018.

Note 15.

Short-Term Borrowings

The table below presents information about short-term borrowings.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Other secured financings (short-term)		$  6,947	$  9,555
Unsecured short-term borrowings		45,432	40,502
Total		$52,379	$50,057

See Note 10 for information about other secured financings.

Unsecured short-term borrowings includes the portion of unsecured long-term borrowings maturing within one year of the financial statement date and unsecured long-term borrowings that are redeemable within one year of the financial statement date at the option of the holder.

The firm accounts for certain hybrid financial instruments at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 8 for further information about unsecured short-term borrowings that are accounted for at fair value. In addition, the firm designates certain derivatives as fair value hedges to convert a portion of its unsecured short-term borrowings not accounted for at fair value from fixed-rate obligations into floating-rate obligations. The carrying value of unsecured short-term borrowings that are not recorded at fair value generally approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the obligations. As these unsecured short-term borrowings are not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 5 through 8. Had these borrowings been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of both March 2019 and December 2018.

The table below presents information about unsecured short-term borrowings.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings		$29,615	$27,476
Hybrid financial instruments		13,629	10,908
Other unsecured short-term borrowings		2,188	2,118
Total unsecured short-term borrowings		$45,432	$40,502
Weighted average interest rate		2.40%	2.51%

In the table above, the weighted average interest rates for these borrowings include the effect of hedging activities and exclude unsecured short-term borrowings accounted for at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities.

53 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 16.

Long-Term Borrowings

The table below presents information about long-term borrowings.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Other secured financings (long-term)		$  12,802	$  11,878
Unsecured long-term borrowings		224,473	224,149
Total		$237,275	$236,027

See Note 10 for information about other secured financings.

The table below presents information about unsecured long-term borrowings.

$ in millions	U.S. Dollar	Non-U.S. Dollar	Total
As of March 2019
Fixed-rate obligations	$  99,523	$36,370	$135,893
Floating-rate obligations	54,710	33,870	88,580
Total	$154,233	$70,240	$224,473
As of December 2018
Fixed-rate obligations	$  99,935	$36,654	$136,589
Floating-rate obligations	54,321	33,239	87,560
Total	$154,256	$69,893	$224,149

In the table above:

• Unsecured long-term borrowings consists principally of senior borrowings, which have maturities extending through 2067.

• Floating-rate obligations includes equity-linked and indexed instruments. Floating interest rates are generally based on LIBOR or Euro Interbank Offered Rate.

• U.S. dollar-denominated debt had interest rates ranging from 2.00% to 10.04% (with a weighted average rate of 4.18%) as of March 2019 and 2.00% to 10.04% (with a weighted average rate of 4.22%) as of December 2018. These rates exclude unsecured long-term borrowings accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

• Non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt had interest rates ranging from 0.30% to 13.00% (with a weighted average rate of 2.34%) as of March 2019 and 0.31% to 13.00% (with a weighted average rate of 2.43%) as of December 2018. These rates exclude unsecured long-term borrowings accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

The table below presents unsecured long-term borrowings by maturity.

$ in millions	As of March 2019
2020	$  23,187
2021	23,012
2022	23,557
2023	27,885
2024	16,843
2025 - thereafter	109,989
Total	$224,473

In the table above:

• Unsecured long-term borrowings maturing within one year of the financial statement date and unsecured long-term borrowings that are redeemable within one year of the financial statement date at the option of the holder are excluded as they are included in unsecured short-term borrowings.

• Unsecured long-term borrowings that are repayable prior to maturity at the option of the firm are reflected at their contractual maturity dates.

• Unsecured long-term borrowings that are redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holder are reflected at the earliest dates such options become exercisable.

• Unsecured long-term borrowings included $5.62 billion of adjustments to the carrying value of certain unsecured long-term borrowings resulting from the application of hedge accounting by year of maturity as follows: $52 million in 2020, $279 million in 2021, $(59) million in 2022, $19 million in 2023, $243 million in 2024, and $5.09 billion in 2025 and thereafter.

The firm designates certain derivatives as fair value hedges to convert a portion of fixed-rate unsecured long-term borrowings not accounted for at fair value into floating-rate obligations. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 54

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The table below presents unsecured long-term borrowings, after giving effect to such hedging activities.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Fixed-rate obligations:
At fair value		$         42	$         28
At amortized cost		69,460	74,552
Floating-rate obligations:
At fair value		47,431	46,556
At amortized cost		107,540	103,013
Total		$224,473	$224,149

In the table above, the aggregate amounts of unsecured long-term borrowings had weighted average interest rates of 3.12% (3.69% related to fixed-rate obligations and 2.73% related to floating-rate obligations) as of March 2019 and 3.21% (3.79% related to fixed-rate obligations and 2.79% related to floating-rate obligations) as of December 2018. These rates exclude unsecured long-term borrowings accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

As of March 2019 and December 2018, the carrying value of unsecured long-term borrowings for which the firm did not elect the fair value option approximated fair value. As these borrowings are not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 5 through 8. Had these borrowings been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of both March 2019 and December 2018.

Subordinated Borrowings

Unsecured long-term borrowings includes subordinated debt and junior subordinated debt. Junior subordinated debt is junior in right of payment to other subordinated borrowings, which are junior to senior borrowings. Subordinated debt had maturities ranging from 2021 to 2045 as of both March 2019 and December 2018. Subordinated debt that matures within one year is included in unsecured short-term borrowings.

The table below presents information about subordinated borrowings.

$ in millions	Par Amount	Carrying Value	Rate
As of March 2019
Subordinated debt	$14,032	$16,067	3.84%
Junior subordinated debt	1,140	1,472	3.25%
Total	$15,172	$17,539	3.80%
As of December 2018
Subordinated debt	$14,023	$15,703	4.09%
Junior subordinated debt	1,140	1,425	3.19%
Total	$15,163	$17,128	4.02%

In the table above, the rate is the weighted average interest rate for these borrowings (excluding borrowings accounted for at fair value under the fair value option), including the effect of fair value hedges used to convert fixed-rate obligations into floating-rate obligations. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities.

Junior Subordinated Debt

In 2004, Group Inc. issued $2.84 billion of junior subordinated debt to Goldman Sachs Capital I (Trust), a Delaware statutory trust. The Trust issued $2.75 billion of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests (Trust Preferred Securities) to third parties and $85 million of common beneficial interests to Group Inc. As of both March 2019 and December 2018, the outstanding par amount of junior subordinated debt held by the Trust was $1.14 billion and the outstanding par amount of Trust Preferred Securities and common beneficial interests issued by the Trust was $1.11 billion and $34.1 million, respectively.

During the three months ended March 2018, the firm purchased Trust Preferred Securities with a par amount of $27.8 million and a carrying value of $35.4 million and delivered these securities, along with $1.0 million of common beneficial interests, to the Trust in anon-cash exchange for a corresponding par amount and carrying value of the junior subordinated debt. Following the exchanges, these Trust Preferred Securities, common beneficial interests and junior subordinated debt were extinguished. The Trust is a wholly-owned finance subsidiary of the firm for regulatory and legal purposes but is not consolidated for accounting purposes.

55 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The firm pays interest semi-annually on the junior subordinated debt at an annual rate of 6.345% and the debt matures on February 15, 2034. The coupon rate and the payment dates applicable to the beneficial interests are the same as the interest rate and payment dates for the junior subordinated debt. The firm has the right, from time to time, to defer payment of interest on the junior subordinated debt, and therefore cause payment on the Trust’s preferred beneficial interests to be deferred, in each case up to ten consecutive semi-annual periods. During any such deferral period, the firm will not be permitted to, among other things, pay dividends on or make certain repurchases of its common stock. The Trust is not permitted to pay any distributions on the common beneficial interests held by Group Inc. unless all dividends payable on the preferred beneficial interests have been paid in full.

The firm has covenanted in favor of the holders of Group Inc.’s 6.345% junior subordinated debt due February 15, 2034, that, subject to certain exceptions, the firm will not redeem or purchase the capital securities issued by Goldman Sachs Capital II and Goldman Sachs Capital III (APEX Trusts) or shares of Group Inc.’s PerpetualNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E (Series E Preferred Stock), PerpetualNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F (Series F Preferred Stock) or PerpetualNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series O, if the redemption or purchase results in less than $253 million aggregate liquidation preference of that series outstanding, prior to specified dates in 2022 for a price that exceeds a maximum amount determined by reference to the net cash proceeds that the firm has received from the sale of qualifying securities.

The APEX Trusts hold Group Inc.’s Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock. These trusts are Delaware statutory trusts sponsored by the firm and wholly-owned finance subsidiaries of the firm for regulatory and legal purposes but are not consolidated for accounting purposes.

Note 17.

Other Liabilities

The table below presents other liabilities by type.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Compensation and benefits		$  3,110	$  6,834
Incometax-related liabilities		3,080	2,864
Operating lease liabilities		2,413	–
Noncontrolling interests		1,565	1,568
Employee interests in consolidated funds		122	122
Accrued expenses and other		5,884	6,219
Total		$16,174	$17,607

In the table above, accrued expenses and other includes contract liabilities, which represent consideration received by the firm, in connection with its contracts with clients, prior to providing the service. As of both March 2019 and December 2018, the firm’s contract liabilities were not material.

Operating Lease Liabilities

The firm adopted ASUNo. 2016-02 in January 2019, which required the firm to recognize, for leases longer than one year, aright-of-use asset representing the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term, and a lease liability representing the liability to make payments. See Note 13 for information about operating leaseright-of-use assets.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 56

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The table below presents information about operating lease liabilities.

$ in millions	As of March 2019
Remainder of 2019	$    318
2020	341
2021	262
2022	235
2023	204
2024	193
2025 - thereafter	2,494
Total undiscounted lease payments	4,047
Imputed interest	(1,634	)
Total operating lease liabilities	$ 2,413
Weighted average remaining lease term	18 years
Weighted average discount rate	4.85%

In the table above, the weighted average discount rate represents the firm’s incremental borrowing rate as of January 2019 for leases existing on the date of adoption of ASUNo. 2016-02 and at the lease inception date for leases entered into subsequent to the adoption of this ASU.

Operating lease costs were $117 million for the three months ended March 2019 and $99 million for the three months ended March 2018. Variable lease costs, which are included in operating lease costs, were not material for both the three months ended March 2019 and March 2018.

Operating leases include office space held in excess of current requirements. Operating lease costs relating to space held for growth is included in occupancy expenses. Total occupancy expenses for space held in excess of the firm’s current requirements were not material for both the three months ended March 2019 and March 2018.

Note 18.

Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees

Commitments

The table below presents commitments by type.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Commercial lending:
Investment-grade		$  78,148	$  81,729
Non-investment-grade		52,990	51,793
Warehouse financing		5,978	4,060
Total lending commitments		137,116	137,582
Collateralized agreement commitments		73,719	54,480
Collateralized financing commitments		41,115	15,429
Letters of credit		428	445
Investment commitments		7,665	7,595
Other		4,321	4,892
Total commitments		$264,364	$220,423

The table below presents commitments by expiration.

	As of March 2019
$ in millions		Remainder of 2019	2020 - 2021	2022 - 2023	2024 - Thereafter
Commercial lending:
Investment-grade		$    9,902	$23,735	$37,029	$  7,482
Non-investment-grade		5,104	12,288	24,307	11,291
Warehouse financing		939	3,129	1,168	742
Total lending commitments		15,945	39,152	62,504	19,515
Collateralized agreement commitments		73,719	–	–	–
Collateralized financing commitments		41,115	–	–	–
Letters of credit		355	29	4	40
Investment commitments		3,446	991	708	2,520
Other		4,227	94	–	–
Total commitments		$138,807	$40,266	$63,216	$22,075

57 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Lending Commitments

The firm’s lending commitments are agreements to lend with fixed termination dates and depend on the satisfaction of all contractual conditions to borrowing. These commitments are presented net of amounts syndicated to third parties. The total commitment amount does not necessarily reflect actual future cash flows because the firm may syndicate all or substantial additional portions of these commitments. In addition, commitments can expire unused or be reduced or cancelled at the counterparty’s request.

The table below presents information about lending commitments.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Held for investment		$120,820	$120,997
Held for sale		7,982	8,602
At fair value		8,314	7,983
Total		$137,116	$137,582

In the table above:

• Held for investment lending commitments are accounted for on an accrual basis. See Note 9 for further information about such commitments.

• Held for sale lending commitments are accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value.

• Gains or losses related to lending commitments at fair value, if any, are generally recorded net of any fees in other principal transactions.

• Substantially all lending commitments relates to the firm’s Investing & Lending segment.

Commercial Lending.The firm’s commercial lending commitments were primarily extended to investment-grade corporate borrowers. Such commitments primarily included $94.47 billion as of March 2019 and $93.99 billion as of December 2018, related to relationship lending activities (principally used for operating and general corporate purposes) and $25.19 billion as of March 2019 and $27.92 billion as of December 2018, related to other investment banking activities (generally extended for contingent acquisition financing and are often intended to be short-term in nature, as borrowers often seek to replace them with other funding sources). The firm also extends lending commitments in connection with other types of corporate lending, as well as commercial real estate financing. See Note 9 for further information about funded loans.

Sumitomo Mitsui Financial Group, Inc. (SMFG) provides the firm with credit loss protection on certain approved loan commitments (primarily investment-grade commercial lending commitments). The notional amount of such loan commitments was $12.50 billion as of March 2019 and $15.52 billion as of December 2018. The credit loss protection on loan commitments provided by SMFG is generally limited to 95% of the first loss the firm realizes on such commitments, up to a maximum of approximately $950 million. In addition, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, upon the firm’s request, SMFG will provide protection for 70% of additional losses on such commitments, up to a maximum of $1.0 billion, of which $550 million of protection had been provided as of both March 2019 and December 2018. The firm also uses other financial instruments to mitigate credit risks related to certain commitments not covered by SMFG. These instruments primarily include credit default swaps that reference the same or similar underlying instrument or entity, or credit default swaps that reference a market index.

Warehouse Financing. The firm provides financing to clients who warehouse financial assets. These arrangements are secured by the warehoused assets, primarily consisting of consumer and corporate loans.

Collateralized Agreement Commitments/ Collateralized Financing Commitments

Collateralized agreement commitments includes forward starting resale and securities borrowing agreements, and collateralized financing commitments includes forward starting repurchase and secured lending agreements that settle at a future date, generally within three business days. Collateralized agreement commitments also includes transactions where the firm has entered into commitments to provide contingent financing to its clients and counterparties through resale agreements. The firm’s funding of these commitments depends on the satisfaction of all contractual conditions to the resale agreement and these commitments can expire unused.

Letters of Credit

The firm has commitments under letters of credit issued by various banks which the firm provides to counterparties in lieu of securities or cash to satisfy various collateral and margin deposit requirements.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 58

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Investment Commitments

Investment commitments includes commitments to invest in private equity, real estate and other assets directly and through funds that the firm raises and manages. Investment commitments included $2.35 billion as of March 2019 and $2.42 billion as of December 2018, related to commitments to invest in funds managed by the firm. If these commitments are called, they would be funded at market value on the date of investment.

Contingencies

Legal Proceedings. See Note 27 for information about legal proceedings, including certain mortgage-related matters, and agreements the firm has entered into to toll the statute of limitations.

Certain Mortgage-Related Contingencies. During the period 2005 through 2008 in connection with both sales and securitizations of loans, the firm provided loan-level representations and/or assigned the loan-level representations from the party from whom the firm purchased the loans.

Based upon the large number of defaults in residential mortgages, including those sold or securitized by the firm, there is a potential for repurchase claims. However, the firm is not in a position to make a meaningful estimate of that exposure at this time. The firm’s exposure to claims for repurchase of residential mortgage loans based on alleged breaches of representations will depend on a number of factors such as the extent to which these claims are made within the statute of limitations, taking into consideration the agreements to toll the statute of limitations the firm entered into with trustees representing certain trusts.

Other Contingencies. In connection with the sale of Metro International Trade Services (Metro), the firm agreed to provide indemnities to the buyer, which primarily relate to fundamental representations and warranties, and potential liabilities for legal or regulatory proceedings arising out of the conduct of Metro’s business while the firm owned it.

In connection with the settlement agreement with the Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities Working Group of the U.S. Financial Fraud Enforcement Task Force, the firm agreed to provide $1.80 billion in consumer relief by January 2021. As of March 2019, approximately $1.30 billion of such relief was provided. This relief was provided in the form of principal forgiveness for underwater homeowners and distressed borrowers; financing for construction, rehabilitation and preservation of affordable housing; and support for debt restructuring, foreclosure prevention and housing quality improvement programs, as well as land banks.

Guarantees

The table below presents derivatives that meet the definition of a guarantee, securities lending indemnifications and certain other financial guarantees.

$ in millions	Derivatives	Securities lending indemnifications	Other financial guarantees
As of March 2019
Carrying Value of Net Liability	$    3,463	$         –	$     33
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration
Remainder of 2019	$  70,579	$31,636	$   883
2020 - 2021	86,287	–	2,360
2022 - 2023	21,062	–	1,945
2024 - thereafter	59,713	–	491
Total	$237,641	$31,636	$5,679
As of December 2018
Carrying Value of Net Liability	$    4,105	$        –	$     38
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration
2019	$101,169	$27,869	$1,379
2020 - 2021	77,955	–	2,252
2022 - 2023	17,813	–	2,021
2024 - thereafter	67,613	–	241
Total	$264,550	$27,869	$5,893

In the table above:

• The maximum payout is based on the notional amount of the contract and does not represent anticipated losses.

• Amounts exclude certain commitments to issue standby letters of credit that are included in lending commitments. See the tables in “Commitments” above for a summary of the firm’s commitments.

• The carrying value for derivatives included derivative assets of $1.66 billion as of March 2019 and $1.48 billion as of December 2018, and derivative liabilities of $5.12 billion as of March 2019 and $5.59 billion as of December 2018.

59 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Derivative Guarantees. The firm enters into various derivatives that meet the definition of a guarantee under U.S. GAAP, including written equity and commodity put options, written currency contracts and interest rate caps, floors and swaptions. These derivatives are risk managed together with derivatives that do not meet the definition of a guarantee, and therefore the amounts in the table above do not reflect the firm’s overall risk related to derivative activities. Disclosures about derivatives are not required if they may be cash settled and the firm has no basis to conclude it is probable that the counterparties held the underlying instruments at inception of the contract. The firm has concluded that these conditions have been met for certain large, internationally active commercial and investment bank counterparties, central clearing counterparties, hedge funds and certain other counterparties. Accordingly, the firm has not included such contracts in the table above. See Note 7 for information about credit derivatives that meet the definition of a guarantee, which are not included in the table above.

Derivatives are accounted for at fair value and therefore the carrying value is considered the best indication of payment/performance risk for individual contracts. However, the carrying values in the table above exclude the effect of counterparty and cash collateral netting.

Securities Lending Indemnifications. The firm, in its capacity as an agency lender, indemnifies most of its securities lending customers against losses incurred in the event that borrowers do not return securities and the collateral held is insufficient to cover the market value of the securities borrowed. Collateral held by the lenders in connection with securities lending indemnifications was $32.75 billion as of March 2019 and $28.75 billion as of December 2018. Because the contractual nature of these arrangements requires the firm to obtain collateral with a market value that exceeds the value of the securities lent to the borrower, there is minimal performance risk associated with these guarantees.

Other Financial Guarantees. In the ordinary course of business, the firm provides other financial guarantees of the obligations of third parties (e.g., standby letters of credit and other guarantees to enable clients to complete transactions and fund-related guarantees). These guarantees represent obligations to make payments to beneficiaries if the guaranteed party fails to fulfill its obligation under a contractual arrangement with that beneficiary.

Guarantees of Securities Issued by Trusts. The firm has established trusts, including Goldman Sachs Capital I, the APEX Trusts and other entities for the limited purpose of issuing securities to third parties, lending the proceeds to the firm and entering into contractual arrangements with the firm and third parties related to this purpose. The firm does not consolidate these entities. See Note 16 for further information about the transactions involving Goldman Sachs Capital I and the APEX Trusts.

The firm effectively provides for the full and unconditional guarantee of the securities issued by these entities. Timely payment by the firm of amounts due to these entities under the guarantee, borrowing, preferred stock and related contractual arrangements will be sufficient to cover payments due on the securities issued by these entities.

Management believes that it is unlikely that any circumstances will occur, such as nonperformance on the part of paying agents or other service providers, that would make it necessary for the firm to make payments related to these entities other than those required under the terms of the guarantee, borrowing, preferred stock and related contractual arrangements and in connection with certain expenses incurred by these entities.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 60

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Indemnities and Guarantees of Service Providers. In the ordinary course of business, the firm indemnifies and guarantees certain service providers, such as clearing and custody agents, trustees and administrators, against specified potential losses in connection with their acting as an agent of, or providing services to, the firm or its affiliates.

The firm may also be liable to some clients or other parties for losses arising from its custodial role or caused by acts or omissions of third-party service providers, includingsub-custodians and third-party brokers. In certain cases, the firm has the right to seek indemnification from these third-party service providers for certain relevant losses incurred by the firm. In addition, the firm is a member of payment, clearing and settlement networks, as well as securities exchanges around the world that may require the firm to meet the obligations of such networks and exchanges in the event of member defaults and other loss scenarios.

In connection with the firm’s prime brokerage and clearing businesses, the firm agrees to clear and settle on behalf of its clients the transactions entered into by them with other brokerage firms. The firm’s obligations in respect of such transactions are secured by the assets in the client’s account, as well as any proceeds received from the transactions cleared and settled by the firm on behalf of the client. In connection with joint venture investments, the firm may issue loan guarantees under which it may be liable in the event of fraud, misappropriation, environmental liabilities and certain other matters involving the borrower.

The firm is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum payout under these guarantees and indemnifications. However, management believes that it is unlikely the firm will have to make any material payments under these arrangements, and no material liabilities related to these guarantees and indemnifications have been recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition as of both March 2019 and December 2018.

Other Representations, Warranties and Indemnifications. The firm provides representations and warranties to counterparties in connection with a variety of commercial transactions and occasionally indemnifies them against potential losses caused by the breach of those representations and warranties. The firm may also provide indemnifications protecting against changes in or adverse application of certain U.S. tax laws in connection with ordinary-course transactions such as securities issuances, borrowings or derivatives.

In addition, the firm may provide indemnifications to some counterparties to protect them in the event additional taxes are owed or payments are withheld, due either to a change in or an adverse application of certainnon-U.S. tax laws.

These indemnifications generally are standard contractual terms and are entered into in the ordinary course of business. Generally, there are no stated or notional amounts included in these indemnifications, and the contingencies triggering the obligation to indemnify are not expected to occur. The firm is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum payout under these guarantees and indemnifications. However, management believes that it is unlikely the firm will have to make any material payments under these arrangements, and no material liabilities related to these arrangements have been recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition as of both March 2019 and December 2018.

Guarantees of Subsidiaries. Group Inc. fully and unconditionally guarantees the securities issued by GS Finance Corp., a wholly-owned finance subsidiary of the firm. Group Inc. has guaranteed the payment obligations of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (GS&Co.) and GS Bank USA, subject to certain exceptions.

Group Inc. guarantees many of the obligations of its other consolidated subsidiaries on atransaction-by-transaction basis, as negotiated with counterparties. Group Inc. is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum payout under its subsidiary guarantees; however, because these obligations are also obligations of consolidated subsidiaries, Group Inc.’s liabilities as guarantor are not separately disclosed.

61 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 19.

Shareholders’ Equity

Common Equity

As of both March 2019 and December 2018, the firm had 4.00 billion authorized shares of common stock and 200 million authorized shares of nonvoting common stock, each with a par value of $0.01 per share.

The firm’s share repurchase program is intended to help maintain the appropriate level of common equity. The share repurchase program is effected primarily through regular open-market purchases (which may include repurchase plans designed to comply withRule 10b5-1), the amounts and timing of which are determined primarily by the firm’s current and projected capital position, and capital deployment opportunities, but which may also be influenced by general market conditions and the prevailing price and trading volumes of the firm’s common stock. Prior to repurchasing common stock, the firm must receive confirmation that the FRB does not object to such capital action.

The table below presents the amount of common stock repurchased under the share repurchase program.

in millions, except per share amounts	Three Months Ended March 2019
Common share repurchases	6.3
Average cost per share	$197.08
Total cost of common share repurchases	$  1,250

Pursuant to the terms of certain share-based compensation plans, employees may remit shares to the firm or the firm may cancel share-based awards to satisfy statutory employee tax withholding requirements. Under these plans, during the three months ended March 2019, 2,102 shares were remitted with a total value of $0.4 million and the firm cancelled 3.7 million share-based awards with a total value of $730 million.

The table below presents common stock dividends declared.

	Three Months Ended March
		2019	2018
Dividends declared per common share		$0.80	$0.75

On April 12, 2019, the Board of Directors of Group Inc. (Board) increased the quarterly dividend to $0.85 per common share from $0.80 per common share. The dividend will be paid on June 27, 2019 to common shareholders of record on May 30, 2019.

Preferred Equity

The tables below present information about the perpetual preferred stock issued and outstanding as of March 2019.

Series	Shares Authorized	Shares Issued	Shares Outstanding	Depositary Shares Per Share
A	50,000	30,000	29,999	1,000
B	50,000	6,000	6,000	1,000
C	25,000	8,000	8,000	1,000
D	60,000	54,000	53,999	1,000
E	17,500	7,667	7,667	N/A
F	5,000	1,615	1,615	N/A
J	46,000	40,000	40,000	1,000
K	32,200	28,000	28,000	1,000
L	52,000	52,000	52,000	25
M	80,000	80,000	80,000	25
N	31,050	27,000	27,000	1,000
O	26,000	26,000	26,000	25
P	66,000	60,000	60,000	25
Total	540,750	420,282	420,280

Series	Earliest Redemption Date	Liquidation Preference	Redemption Value ($ in millions)
A	Currently redeemable	$  25,000	$     750
B	Currently redeemable	$  25,000	150
C	Currently redeemable	$  25,000	200
D	Currently redeemable	$  25,000	1,350
E	Currently redeemable	$100,000	767
F	Currently redeemable	$100,000	161
J	May 10, 2023	$  25,000	1,000
K	May 10, 2024	$  25,000	700
L	May 10, 2019	$  25,000	1,300
M	May 10, 2020	$  25,000	2,000
N	May 10, 2021	$  25,000	675
O	November 10, 2026	$  25,000	650
P	November 10, 2022	$  25,000	1,500
Total			$11,203

In the tables above:

• All shares have a par value of $0.01 per share and, where applicable, each share is represented by the specified number of depositary shares.

• The earliest redemption date represents the date on which each share ofnon-cumulative Preferred Stock is redeemable at the firm’s option.

• Prior to redeeming preferred stock, the firm must receive confirmation that the FRB does not object to such action.

• The redemption price per share for Series A through F Preferred Stock is the liquidation preference plus declared and unpaid dividends. The redemption price per share for Series J through P Preferred Stock is the liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends. Each share of Series E and Series F Preferred Stock is redeemable at the firm’s option, subject to certain covenant restrictions governing the firm’s ability to redeem the preferred stock without issuing common stock or other instruments with equity-like characteristics. See Note 16 for information about the replacement capital covenants applicable to the Series E and Series F Preferred Stock.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 62

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

• All series of preferred stock are pari passu and have a preference over the firm’s common stock on liquidation.

• The firm’s ability to declare or pay dividends on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, its common stock is subject to certain restrictions in the event that the firm fails to pay or set aside full dividends on the preferred stock for the latest completed dividend period.

In 2018, the firm redeemed 26,000 shares of its outstanding Series B 6.20%Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (Series B Preferred Stock) with a redemption value of $650 million ($25,000 per share). The difference between the redemption value of the Series B Preferred Stock and the net carrying value at the time of redemption was $15 million, which was recorded as an addition to preferred stock dividends in 2018.

The table below presents the dividend rates of perpetual preferred stock as of March 2019.

Series	Per Annum Dividend Rate
A	3 month LIBOR + 0.75%, with floor of 3.75%, payable quarterly
B	6.20%, payable quarterly
C	3 month LIBOR + 0.75%, with floor of 4.00%, payable quarterly
D	3 month LIBOR + 0.67%, with floor of 4.00%, payable quarterly
E	3 month LIBOR + 0.7675%, with floor of 4.00%, payable quarterly
F	3 month LIBOR + 0.77%, with floor of 4.00%, payable quarterly
J	5.50% to, but excluding, May 10, 2023; 3 month LIBOR + 3.64% thereafter, payable quarterly
K	6.375% to, but excluding, May 10, 2024; 3 month LIBOR + 3.55% thereafter, payable quarterly
L	5.70%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding, May 10, 2019; 3 month LIBOR + 3.884%, payable quarterly, thereafter
M	5.375%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding, May 10, 2020; 3 month LIBOR + 3.922%, payable quarterly, thereafter
N	6.30%, payable quarterly
O	5.30%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding, November 10, 2026; 3 month LIBOR + 3.834%, payable quarterly, thereafter
P	5.00%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding, November 10, 2022; 3 month LIBOR + 2.874%, payable quarterly, thereafter

In the table above, dividends on each series of preferred stock are payable in arrears for the periods specified.

The table below presents preferred stock dividends declared.

	Three Months Ended March
	2019			2018
Series		per share	$ in millions		per share	$ in millions
A		$234.38	$  7		$   244.79	$  7
B		$387.50	2		$   387.50	12
C		$250.00	2		$   261.11	2
D		$250.00	13		$   261.11	14
E		$977.78	7		$1,000.00	8
F		$977.78	2		$1,000.00	2
J		$343.75	14		$   343.75	14
K		$398.44	11		$   398.44	11
N		$393.75	11		$   393.75	10
Total			$69			$80

On April 4, 2019, Group Inc. declared dividends of $229.17 per share of Series A Preferred Stock, $387.50 per share of Series B Preferred Stock, $244.44 per share of Series C Preferred Stock, $244.44 per share of Series D Preferred Stock, $343.75 per share of Series J Preferred Stock, $398.44 per share of Series K Preferred Stock, $712.50 per share of Series L Preferred Stock, $671.88 per share of Series M Preferred Stock, $393.75 per share of Series N Preferred Stock, $662.50 per share of Series O Preferred Stock and $625.00 per share of Series P Preferred Stock to be paid on May 10, 2019 to preferred shareholders of record on April 25, 2019. In addition, the firm declared dividends of $1,044.44 per each share of Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock to be paid on June 3, 2019 to preferred shareholders of record on May 19, 2019.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

The table below presents changes in the accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax, by type.

$ in millions	Beginning balance		Other comprehensive income/(loss) adjustments, net of tax		Ending balance
Three Months Ended March 2019
Currency translation	$ (621	)	$      4		$   (617	)
Debt valuation adjustment	1,507		(1,417	)	90
Pension and postretirement liabilities	(81	)	(7	)	(88	)
Available-for-sale securities	(112	)	114		2
Total	$    693		$(1,306	)	$ (613	)
Three Months Ended March 2018
Currency translation	$   (625	)	$      2		$   (623	)
Debt valuation adjustment	(1,046	)	270		(776	)
Pension and postretirement liabilities	(200	)	(4	)	(204	)
Available-for-sale securities	(9	)	(158	)	(167	)
Total	$(1,880	)	$  110		$(1,770	)

63 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 20.

Regulation and Capital Adequacy

The FRB is the primary regulator of Group Inc., a bank holding company (BHC) under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 and a financial holding company under amendments to this Act. As a BHC, the firm is subject to consolidated regulatory capital requirements which are calculated in accordance with the regulations of the FRB (Capital Framework).

The capital requirements are expressed as risk-based capital and leverage ratios that compare measures of regulatory capital to risk-weighted assets (RWAs), average assets andoff-balance-sheet exposures. Failure to comply with these capital requirements could result in restrictions being imposed by the firm’s regulators and could limit the firm’s ability to distribute capital, including share repurchases and dividend payments, and to make certain discretionary compensation payments. The firm’s capital levels are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components of capital, risk weightings and other factors. Furthermore, certain of the firm’s subsidiaries are subject to separate regulations and capital requirements.

Capital Framework

The regulations under the Capital Framework are largely based on the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s (Basel Committee) capital framework for strengthening international capital standards (Basel III) and also implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Under the Capital Framework, the firm is an “Advanced approach” banking organization and has been designated as a global systemically important bank(G-SIB).

The capital requirements calculated in accordance with the Capital Framework include the minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios. In addition, the risk-based capital requirements include the capital conservation buffer, countercyclical capital buffer and theG-SIB surcharge, all of which must consist entirely of capital that qualifies as Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital.

The firm calculates its CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios in accordance with (i) the Standardized approach and market risk rules set out in the Capital Framework (together, the Standardized Capital Rules) and (ii) the Advanced approach and market risk rules set out in the Capital Framework (together, the Basel III Advanced Rules). The lower of each risk-based capital ratio calculated in (i) and (ii) is the ratio against which the firm’s compliance with its risk-based capital requirements is assessed. Under the Capital Framework, the firm is also subject to leverage requirements which consist of a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio and a minimum supplementary leverage ratio (SLR), as well as the SLR buffer.

Consolidated Regulatory Risk-Based Capital and Leverage Ratios

The table below presents the risk-based capital and leverage requirements.

	As of
		March 2019	December 2018
Risk-based capital requirements
CET1 capital ratio		9.5%	8.3%
Tier 1 capital ratio		11.0%	9.8%
Total capital ratio		13.0%	11.8%
Leverage requirements
Tier 1 leverage ratio		4.0%	4.0%
SLR		5.0%	5.0%

In the table above:

• As of March 2019, the CET1 capital ratio requirement included a minimum of 4.5%, the Tier 1 capital ratio requirement included a minimum of 6.0%, and the Total capital ratio requirement included a minimum of 8.0%. The requirements also included the capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, theG-SIB surcharge of 2.5% (Method 2) and the countercyclical capital buffer, which the FRB has set to zero percent.

• As of December 2018, the CET1 capital ratio requirement included a minimum of 4.5%, the Tier 1 capital ratio requirement included a minimum of 6.0%, and the Total capital ratio requirement included a minimum of 8.0%. The requirements also included the 75%phase-in of the capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, the 75%phase-in of theG-SIB surcharge of 2.5% (Method 2) and the countercyclical capital buffer, which the FRB has set to zero percent.

• The capital conservation buffer, countercyclical capital buffer and G-SIB surcharge began to phase in ratably on January 1, 2016, and became fully effective on January 1, 2019.

• The G-SIB surcharge is updated annually based on financial data from the prior year and is generally applicable for the following year. The G-SIB surcharge must be calculated using two methodologies, the higher of which is reflected in the firm’s risk-based capital requirements. The first calculation (Method 1) is based upon the Basel Committee’s methodology which, among other factors, relies upon measures of the size, activity and complexity of each G-SIB. The second calculation (Method 2) uses similar inputs but includes a measure of reliance on short-term wholesale funding.

• The Tier 1 leverage ratio requirement is a minimum of 4%. The SLR requirement of 5% as of both March 2019 and December 2018 includes a minimum of 3% and a 2% buffer applicable toG-SIBs.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 64

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The table below presents information about the risk-based capital ratios.

$ in millions	Standardized	Basel III Advanced
As of March 2019
CET1 capital	$  74,650	$  74,650
Tier 1 capital	$  85,289	$  85,289
Tier 2 capital	$  14,898	$  13,713
Total capital	$100,187	$  99,002
RWAs	$544,104	$556,609
CET1 capital ratio	13.7%	13.4%
Tier 1 capital ratio	15.7%	15.3%
Total capital ratio	18.4%	17.8%
As of December 2018
CET1 capital	$  73,116	$  73,116
Tier 1 capital	$  83,702	$  83,702
Tier 2 capital	$  14,926	$  13,743
Total capital	$  98,628	$  97,445
RWAs	$547,910	$558,111
CET1 capital ratio	13.3%	13.1%
Tier 1 capital ratio	15.3%	15.0%
Total capital ratio	18.0%	17.5%

In the table above, each of the risk-based capital ratios calculated in accordance with the Basel III Advanced Rules was lower than that calculated in accordance with the Standardized Capital Rules and therefore the Basel III Advanced ratios were the ratios that applied to the firm as of both March 2019 and December 2018.

The table below presents information about the leverage ratios.

	For the Three Months Ended or as of
$ in millions		March 2019		December 2018
Tier 1 capital		$     85,289		$     83,702
Average total assets		954,466		945,961
Deductions from Tier 1 capital		(4,728	)	(4,754	)
Average adjusted total assets		949,738		941,207
Off-balance-sheet exposures		388,377		401,699
Total leverage exposure		$1,338,115		$1,342,906
Tier 1 leverage ratio		9.0%		8.9%
SLR		6.4%		6.2%

In the table above:

• Average total assets represents the daily average assets for the quarter.

• Off-balance-sheet exposures represents the monthly average and consists of derivatives, securities financing transactions, commitments and guarantees.

• Tier 1 leverage ratio is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided by average adjusted total assets.

• SLR is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided by total leverage exposure.

Risk-based Capital. The table below presents information about risk-based capital.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019		December 2018
Common shareholders’ equity		$  79,070		$78,982
Deduction for goodwill		(3,099	)	(3,097	)
Deduction for identifiable intangible assets		(310	)	(297	)
Other adjustments		(1,011	)	(2,472	)
CET1 capital		74,650		73,116
Preferred stock		11,203		11,203
Deduction for investments in covered funds		(562	)	(615	)
Other adjustments		(2	)	(2	)
Tier 1 capital		$  85,289		$83,702
Standardized Tier 2 and Total capital
Tier 1 capital		$  85,289		$83,702
Qualifying subordinated debt		13,144		13,147
Junior subordinated debt		332		442
Allowance for credit losses		1,424		1,353
Other adjustments		(2	)	(16	)
Standardized Tier 2 capital		14,898		14,926
Standardized Total capital		$100,187		$98,628
Basel III Advanced Tier 2 and Total capital
Tier 1 capital		$  85,289		$83,702
Standardized Tier 2 capital		14,898		14,926
Allowance for credit losses		(1,424	)	(1,353	)
Other adjustments		239		170
Basel III Advanced Tier 2 capital		13,713		13,743
Basel III Advanced Total capital		$  99,002		$97,445

In the table above:

• Deduction for goodwill was net of deferred tax liabilities of $661 million as of both March 2019 and December 2018.

• Deduction for identifiable intangible assets was net of deferred tax liabilities of $22 million as of March 2019 and $27 million as of December 2018.

• Deduction for investments in covered funds represents the firm’s aggregate investments in applicable covered funds, excluding investments that are subject to an extended conformance period. See Note 6 for further information about the Volcker Rule.

• Other adjustments within CET1 capital and Tier 1 capital primarily include credit valuation adjustments on derivative liabilities, pension and postretirement liabilities, the overfunded portion of the firm’s defined benefit pension plan obligation net of associated deferred tax liabilities, disallowed deferred tax assets, debt valuation adjustments and other required credit risk-based deductions. Other adjustments within Basel III Advanced Tier 2 capital include eligible credit reserves.

• Qualifying subordinated debt is subordinated debt issued by Group Inc. with an original maturity of five years or greater. The outstanding amount of subordinated debt qualifying for Tier 2 capital is reduced upon reaching a remaining maturity of five years. See Note 16 for further information about the firm’s subordinated debt.

65 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

• Junior subordinated debt represents debt issued to Trust. As of March 2019, 30% of this debt was included in Tier 2 capital and 70% was phased out of regulatory capital. As of December 2018, 40% of this debt was included in Tier 2 capital and 60% was phased out of regulatory capital. Junior subordinated debt is reduced by the amount of Trust Preferred Securities purchased by the firm and will be fully phased out of Tier 2 capital by 2022 at a rate of 10% per year. See Note 16 for further information about the firm’s junior subordinated debt and Trust Preferred Securities purchased by the firm.

The tables below present changes in CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital.

	Three Months Ended March 2019
$ in millions		Standardized		Basel III Advanced
CET1 capital
Beginning balance		$  73,116		$73,116
Change in:
Common shareholders’ equity		88		88
Deduction for goodwill		(2	)	(2	)
Deduction for identifiable intangible assets		(13	)	(13	)
Other adjustments		1,461		1,461
Ending balance		$  74,650		$74,650
Tier 1 capital
Beginning balance		$  83,702		$83,702
Change in:
CET1 capital		1,534		1,534
Deduction for investments in covered funds		53		53
Ending balance		85,289		85,289
Tier 2 capital
Beginning balance		14,926		13,743
Change in:
Qualifying subordinated debt		(3	)	(3	)
Junior subordinated debt		(110	)	(110	)
Allowance for credit losses		71		–
Other adjustments		14		83
Ending balance		14,898		13,713
Total capital		$100,187		$99,002

	Year Ended December 2018
$ in millions		Standardized		Basel III Advanced
CET1 capital
Beginning balance		$67,110		$67,110
Change in:
Common shareholders’ equity		8,592		8,592
Transitional provisions		(117	)	(117	)
Deduction for goodwill		(86	)	(86	)
Deduction for identifiable intangible assets		26		26
Other adjustments		(2,409	)	(2,409	)
Ending balance		$73,116		$73,116
Tier 1 capital
Beginning balance		$78,331		$78,331
Change in:
CET1 capital		6,006		6,006
Transitional provisions		13		13
Deduction for investments in covered funds		(25	)	(25	)
Preferred stock		(650	)	(650	)
Other adjustments		27		27
Ending balance		83,702		83,702
Tier 2 capital
Beginning balance		14,977		13,899
Change in:
Qualifying subordinated debt		(213	)	(213	)
Junior subordinated debt		(125	)	(125	)
Allowance for credit losses		275		–
Other adjustments		12		182
Ending balance		14,926		13,743
Total capital		$98,628		$97,445

Risk-Weighted Assets. RWAs are calculated in accordance with both the Standardized Capital Rules and the Basel III Advanced Rules.

Credit Risk

Credit RWAs are calculated based upon measures of exposure, which are then risk weighted under the Standardized Capital Rules and Basel III Advanced Rules:

• The Standardized Capital Rules apply prescribed risk-weights, which depend largely on the type of counterparty. The exposure measure for derivatives and securities financing transactions are based on specific formulas which take certain factors into consideration.

• Under the Basel III Advanced Rules, the firm computes risk-weights for wholesale and retail credit exposures in accordance with the Advanced Internal Ratings-Based approach. The exposure measures for derivatives and securities financing transactions are computed utilizing internal models.

• For both Standardized and Basel III Advanced credit RWAs, the risk-weights for securitizations and equities are based on specific required formulaic approaches.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 66

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Market Risk

RWAs for market risk in accordance with the Standardized Capital Rules and the Basel III Advanced Rules are generally consistent. Market RWAs are calculated based on measures of exposure which include the following:

• Value-at-Risk (VaR) is the potential loss in value of inventory positions, as well as certain other financial assets and financial liabilities, due to adverse market movements over a defined time horizon with a specified confidence level.

For both risk management purposes and regulatory capital calculations the firm uses a single VaR model which captures risks including those related to interest rates, equity prices, currency rates and commodity prices. However, VaR used for regulatory capital requirements (regulatory VaR) differs from risk management VaR due to different time horizons and confidence levels(10-day and 99% for regulatory VaR vs.one-day and 95% for risk management VaR), as well as differences in the scope of positions on which VaR is calculated. In addition, the daily net revenues used to determine risk management VaR exceptions (i.e., comparing the daily net revenues to the VaR measure calculated as of the end of the prior business day) include intraday activity, whereas the FRB’s regulatory capital rules require that intraday activity be excluded from daily net revenues when calculating regulatory VaR exceptions. Intraday activity includes bid/offer net revenues, which are more likely than not to be positive by their nature. As a result, there may be differences in the number of VaR exceptions and the amount of daily net revenues calculated for regulatory VaR compared to the amounts calculated for risk management VaR.

The firm’s positional losses observed on a single day did not exceed its 99%one-day regulatory VaR during the three months ended March 2019 and exceeded its 99%one-day regulatory VaR on two occasions during the year ended December 2018. There was no change in the VaR multiplier used to calculate Market RWAs;

• Stressed VaR is the potential loss in value of inventory positions, as well as certain other financial assets and financial liabilities, during a period of significant market stress;

• Incremental risk is the potential loss in value ofnon-securitized inventory positions due to the default or credit migration of issuers of financial instruments over aone-year time horizon;

• Comprehensive risk is the potential loss in value, due to price risk and defaults, within the firm’s credit correlation positions; and

• Specific risk is the risk of loss on a position that could result from factors other than broad market movements, including event risk, default risk and idiosyncratic risk. The standardized measurement method is used to determine specific risk RWAs, by applying supervisory defined risk-weighting factors after applicable netting is performed.

Operational Risk

Operational RWAs are only required to be included under the Basel III Advanced Rules. The firm utilizes an internal risk-based model to quantify Operational RWAs.

The tables below present information about RWAs.

	Standardized Capital Rules as of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Credit RWAs
Derivatives		$117,840	$122,511
Commitments, guarantees and loans		162,772	160,305
Securities financing transactions		67,502	66,363
Equity investments		56,381	53,563
Other		71,630	70,596
Total Credit RWAs		476,125	473,338
Market RWAs
Regulatory VaR		8,104	7,782
Stressed VaR		25,295	27,952
Incremental risk		10,236	10,469
Comprehensive risk		2,354	2,770
Specific risk		21,990	25,599
Total Market RWAs		67,979	74,572
Total RWAs		$544,104	$547,910

	Basel III Advanced Rules as of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Credit RWAs
Derivatives		$  77,557	$  82,301
Commitments, guarantees and loans		147,599	143,356
Securities financing transactions		15,856	18,259
Equity investments		58,344	55,154
Other		72,624	69,681
Total Credit RWAs		371,980	368,751
Market RWAs
Regulatory VaR		8,104	7,782
Stressed VaR		25,295	27,952
Incremental risk		10,236	10,469
Comprehensive risk		2,354	2,770
Specific risk		21,990	25,599
Total Market RWAs		67,979	74,572
Total Operational RWAs		116,650	114,788
Total RWAs		$556,609	$558,111

In the tables above:

• Securities financing transactions represent resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned transactions.

• Other includes receivables, certain debt securities, cash and cash equivalents and other assets.

67 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The tables below present changes in RWAs.

	Three Months Ended March 2019
$ in millions		Standardized		Basel III Advanced
Risk-Weighted Assets
Beginning balance		$547,910		$558,111
Credit RWAs
Change in:
Derivatives		(4,671	)	(4,744	)
Commitments, guarantees and loans		2,467		4,243
Securities financing transactions		1,139		(2,403	)
Equity investments		2,818		3,190
Other		1,034		2,943
Change in Credit RWAs		2,787		3,229
Market RWAs
Change in:
Regulatory VaR		322		322
Stressed VaR		(2,657	)	(2,657	)
Incremental risk		(233	)	(233	)
Comprehensive risk		(416	)	(416	)
Specific risk		(3,609	)	(3,609	)
Change in Market RWAs		(6,593	)	(6,593	)
Change in Operational RWAs		–		1,862
Ending balance		$544,104		$556,609

	Year Ended December 2018
$ in millions		Standardized		Basel III Advanced
Risk-Weighted Assets
Beginning balance		$555,611		$617,646
Credit RWAs
Change in:
Transitional provisions		7,766		8,232
Derivatives		(3,565	)	(20,685	)
Commitments, guarantees and loans		15,201		(20,019	)
Securities financing transactions		(11,599	)	(1,103	)
Equity investments		(2,241	)	(4,580	)
Other		(454	)	(6,411	)
Change in Credit RWAs		5,108		(44,566	)
Market RWAs
Change in:
Regulatory VaR		250		250
Stressed VaR		(4,801	)	(4,801	)
Incremental risk		2,028		2,028
Comprehensive risk		373		900
Specific risk		(10,659	)	(10,659	)
Change in Market RWAs		(12,809	)	(12,282	)
Change in Operational RWAs		–		(2,687	)
Ending balance		$547,910		$558,111

RWAs Rollforward Commentary

Three Months Ended March 2019. Standardized Credit RWAs as of March 2019 increased by $2.79 billion compared with December 2018, primarily reflecting increases in equity investments and securities financing transactions, principally due to increased exposures, and commitments, guarantees and loans, principally due to an increase in lending activity. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in derivatives, principally due to reduced exposures. Standardized Market RWAs as of March 2019 decreased by $6.59 billion compared with December 2018, primarily reflecting decreases in specific risk, as a result of reduced exposures, and stressed VaR, as a result of changes in risk exposure.

Basel III Advanced Credit RWAs as of March 2019 increased by $3.23 billion compared with December 2018, primarily reflecting increases in commitments, guarantees and loans, principally due to an increase in lending activity, equity investments, principally due to increased exposures, and an increase in other Credit RWAs, principally due to the recognition of operating leaseright-of-use assets upon adoption of ASUNo. 2016-02. These increases were partially offset by decreases in derivatives and securities financing transactions, principally due to reduced exposures. Basel III Advanced Market RWAs as of March 2019 decreased by $6.59 billion compared with December 2018, primarily reflecting decreases in specific risk, as a result of reduced exposures, and stressed VaR, as a result of changes in risk exposure.

Year Ended December 2018. Standardized Credit RWAs as of December 2018 increased by $5.11 billion compared with December 2017, primarily reflecting an increase in commitments, guarantees and loans, principally due to an increase in lending activity. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in securities financing transactions, principally due to reduced exposures. Standardized Market RWAs as of December 2018 decreased by $12.81 billion compared with December 2017, primarily reflecting a decrease in specific risk on positions for which the firm obtained increased transparency into the underliers and as a result utilized a modeled approach to calculate RWAs.

Basel III Advanced Credit RWAs as of December 2018 decreased by $44.57 billion compared with December 2017. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2018, the firm’s default experience was incorporated into the determination of probability of default, which resulted in a decrease in Credit RWAs, primarily in commitments, guarantees and loans and derivatives. Basel III Advanced Market RWAs as of December 2018 decreased by $12.28 billion compared with December 2017, primarily reflecting a decrease in specific risk on positions for which the firm obtained increased transparency into the underliers and as a result utilizeda modeled approach to calculate RWAs.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 68

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Bank Subsidiaries

Regulatory Capital Ratios. GS Bank USA, an FDIC-insured, New York State-chartered bank and a member of the Federal Reserve System, is supervised and regulated by the FRB, the FDIC, the New York State Department of Financial Services and the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, and is subject to regulatory capital requirements that are calculated in substantially the same manner as those applicable to BHCs. For purposes of assessing the adequacy of its capital, GS Bank USA calculates its risk-based capital and leverage ratios in accordance with the regulatory capital requirements applicable to state member banks. Those requirements are based on the Capital Framework described above. GS Bank USA is an Advanced approach banking organization under the Capital Framework.

Under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action applicable to GS Bank USA, in order to meet the quantitative requirements for being a “well-capitalized” depository institution, GS Bank USA must also meet the “well-capitalized” requirements in the table below.

GS Bank USA’s capital levels and prompt corrective action classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components of capital, risk weightings and other factors. Failure to comply with these capital requirements, including a breach of the buffers described above, could result in restrictions being imposed by GS Bank USA’s regulators.

Similar to the firm, GS Bank USA is required to calculate each of the CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios in accordance with both the Standardized Capital Rules and Basel III Advanced Rules. The lower of each risk-based capital ratio calculated in accordance with the Standardized Capital Rules and Basel III Advanced Rules is the ratio against which GS Bank USA’s compliance with its risk-based capital requirements is assessed.

The table below presents GS Bank USA’s risk-based capital, leverage and “well-capitalized” requirements.

	As of
		March 2019	December 2018	“Well-capitalized” Requirements
Risk-based capital requirements
CET1 capital ratio		7.0%	6.4%	6.5%
Tier 1 capital ratio		8.5%	7.9%	8.0%
Total capital ratio		10.5%	9.9%	10.0%
Leverage requirements
Tier 1 leverage ratio		4.0%	4.0%	5.0%
SLR		3.0%	3.0%	6.0%

In the table above:

• As of March 2019, the CET1 capital ratio requirement included a minimum of 4.5%, the Tier 1 capital ratio requirement included a minimum of 6.0%, and the Total capital ratio requirement included a minimum of 8.0%. The requirements also included the capital conservation buffer of 2.5% and the countercyclical capital buffer, which the FRB has set to zero percent.

• As of December 2018, the CET1 capital ratio requirement included a minimum of 4.5%, the Tier 1 capital ratio requirement included a minimum of 6.0%, and the Total capital ratio requirement included a minimum of 8.0%. The requirements also included the 75% phase-in of the capital conservation buffer of 2.5% and the countercyclical capital buffer of zero percent.

• The “well-capitalized” requirements were the binding requirements for risk-based capital ratios as of December 2018 and were the binding requirements for leverage ratios as of both March 2019 and December 2018.

The table below presents information about GS Bank USA’s risk-based capital ratios.

$ in millions	Standardized	Basel III Advanced
As of March 2019
CET1 capital	$  27,920	$  27,920
Tier 1 capital	$  27,920	$  27,920
Tier 2 capital	$    5,153	$    4,529
Total capital	$  33,073	$  32,449
RWAs	$245,835	$142,936
CET1 capital ratio	11.4%	19.5%
Tier 1 capital ratio	11.4%	19.5%
Total capital ratio	13.5%	22.7%
As of December 2018
CET1 capital	$  27,467	$  27,467
Tier 1 capital	$  27,467	$  27,467
Tier 2 capital	$    5,069	$    4,446
Total capital	$  32,536	$  31,913
RWAs	$248,356	$149,019
CET1 capital ratio	11.1%	18.4%
Tier 1 capital ratio	11.1%	18.4%
Total capital ratio	13.1%	21.4%

In the table above:

• Each of the risk-based capital ratios calculated in accordance with the Standardized Capital Rules was lower than that calculated in accordance with the Basel III Advanced Rules and therefore the Standardized Capital ratios were the ratios that applied to GS Bank USA as of both March 2019 and December 2018.

• The Standardized and Basel III Advanced risk-based capital ratios increased from December 2018 to March 2019, primarily due to a decrease in market RWAs.

69 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The table below presents information about GS Bank USA’s leverage ratios.

	For the Three Months Ended or as of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Tier 1 capital		$  27,920	$  27,467
Average adjusted total assets		$196,363	$188,606
Total leverage exposure		$379,985	$368,062
Tier 1 leverage ratio		14.2%	14.6%
SLR		7.3%	7.5%

In the table above:

• Tier 1 leverage ratio is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided by average adjusted total assets.

• SLR is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided by total leverage exposure.

The firm’s principalnon-U.S. bank subsidiary, GSIB, is a wholly-owned credit institution, regulated by the Prudential Regulation Authority and the Financial Conduct Authority and is subject to regulatory capital requirements. As of both March 2019 and December 2018, GSIB was in compliance with its regulatory capital requirements.

Other. The deposits of GS Bank USA are insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by law. The FRB requires that GS Bank USA maintain cash reserves with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The amount deposited by GS Bank USA at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York was $34.48 billion as of March 2019 and $29.20 billion as of December 2018, which exceeded required reserve amounts by $34.40 billion as of March 2019 and $29.03 billion as of December 2018.

Restrictions on Payments

Group Inc. may be limited in its ability to access capital held at certain subsidiaries as a result of regulatory, tax or other constraints. These limitations include provisions of applicable law and regulations and other regulatory restrictions that limit the ability of those subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends without prior regulatory approval (e.g., dividends that may be paid by GS Bank USA are limited to the lesser of the amounts calculated under a recent earnings test and an undivided profits test) even if the relevant subsidiary would satisfy the equity capital requirements applicable to it after giving effect to the dividend. For example, the FRB, the FDIC and the New York State Department of Financial Services have authority to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise (including GS Bank USA) if, in the regulator’s opinion, payment of a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in the light of the financial condition of the banking organization.

In addition,subsidiaries not subject to separate regulatory capital requirements may hold capital to satisfy local tax and legal guidelines, rating agency requirements (for entities with assigned credit ratings) or internal policies, including policies concerning the minimum amount of capital a subsidiary should hold based on its underlying level of risk.

Group Inc.’s equity investment in subsidiaries was $91.24 billion as of March 2019 and $90.22 billion as of December 2018, of which Group Inc. was required to maintain $56.02 billion as of March 2019 and $52.92 billion as of December 2018, of minimum equity capital in its regulated subsidiaries in order to satisfy the regulatory requirements of such subsidiaries.

Group Inc.’s capital invested in certainnon-U.S. subsidiaries is exposed to foreign exchange risk, substantially all of which is managed through a combination of derivatives andnon-U.S. denominated debt. See Note 7 for information about the firm’s net investment hedges used to hedge this risk.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 70

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 21.

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share (EPS) is calculated by dividing net earnings applicable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and RSUs for which no future service is required as a condition to the delivery of the underlying common stock (collectively, basic shares). Diluted EPS includes the determinants of basic EPS and, in addition, reflects the dilutive effect of the common stock deliverable for stock options and for RSUs for which future service is required as a condition to the delivery of the underlying common stock.

The table below presents information about basic and diluted EPS.

	Three Months Ended March
in millions, except per share amounts		2019	2018
Net earnings applicable to common shareholders		$2,182	$2,737
Weighted average basic shares		379.8	389.1
Effect of dilutive securities:
RSUs		2.6	3.4
Stock options		–	1.3
Dilutive securities		2.6	4.7
Weighted average diluted shares		382.4	393.8
Basic EPS		$  5.73	$  7.02
Diluted EPS		$  5.71	$  6.95

In the table above:

• Unvested share-based awards that havenon-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents are treated as a separate class of securities in calculating EPS. The impact of applying this methodology was a reduction in basic EPS of $0.02 for the three months ended March 2019 and $0.01 for the three months ended March 2018.

• Diluted EPS does not include antidilutive RSUs of 0.2 million for the three months ended March 2019 and less than 0.1 million for the three months ended March 2018.

Note 22.

Transactions with Affiliated Funds

The firm has formed numerous nonconsolidated investment funds with third-party investors. As the firm generally acts as the investment manager for these funds, it is entitled to receive management fees and, in certain cases, advisory fees or incentive fees from these funds. Additionally, the firm invests alongside the third-party investors in certain funds.

The tables below present fees earned from affiliated funds, fees receivable from affiliated funds and the aggregate carrying value of the firm’s interests in affiliated funds.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019	2018
Fees earned from funds		$   706	$   881
	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Fees receivable from funds		$   669	$   610
Aggregate carrying value of interests in funds		$5,067	$4,994

The firm may periodically determine to waive certain management fees on selected money market funds. Management fees waived were $10 million for the three months ended March 2019 and $18 million for the three months ended March 2018.

The Volcker Rule restricts the firm from providing financial support to covered funds (as defined in the rule) after the expiration of the conformance period. As a general matter, in the ordinary course of business, the firm does not expect to provide additional voluntary financial support to any covered funds but may choose to do so with respect to funds that are not subject to the Volcker Rule; however, in the event that such support is provided, the amount is not expected to be material.

The firm had an outstanding guarantee, as permitted under the Volcker Rule, on behalf of its funds of $87 million as of March 2019 and $154 million as of December 2018. The firm has voluntarily provided this guarantee in connection with a financing agreement with a third-party lender executed by one of the firm’s real estate funds that is not covered by the Volcker Rule. As of both March 2019 and December 2018, except as noted above, the firm has not provided any additional financial support to its affiliated funds.

In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the firm may also engage in other activities with its affiliated funds including, among others, securities lending, trade execution, market-making, custody, and acquisition and bridge financing. See Note 18 for the firm’s investment commitments related to these funds.

71 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 23.

Interest Income and Interest Expense

Interest is recorded over the life of the instrument on an accrual basis based on contractual interest rates.

The table below presents sources of interest income and interest expense.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019	2018
Interest income
Deposits with banks		$   377	$   310
Collateralized agreements		1,304	625
Financial instruments owned		1,887	1,666
Loans receivable		1,200	892
Other interest		829	737
Total interest income		5,597	4,230
Interest expense
Deposits		857	501
Collateralized financings		669	384
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased		366	389
Secured and unsecured borrowings:
Short-term		142	206
Long-term		1,384	1,305
Other interest		961	527
Total interest expense		4,379	3,312
Net interest income		$1,218	$   918

In the table above:

• Collateralized agreements includes rebates paid and interest income on securities borrowed.

• Other interest income includes interest income on customer debit balances and other interest-earning assets.

• Collateralized financings consists of repurchase agreements and securities loaned.

• Other interest expense includes rebates received on other interest-bearing liabilities and interest expense on customer credit balances.

Note 24.

Income Taxes

Provision for Income Taxes

Income taxes are provided for using the asset and liability method under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. The firm reports interest expense related to income tax matters in provision for taxes and income tax penalties in other expenses.

Deferred Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. These temporary differences result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years and are measured using the tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that more likely than not will be realized and primarily relate to the ability to utilize losses in various tax jurisdictions. Tax assets are included in other assets and tax liabilities are included in other liabilities.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The firm recognizes tax positions in the consolidated financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on examination by the relevant taxing authority based on the technical merits of the position. A position that meets this standard is measured at the largest amount of benefit that will more likely than not be realized on settlement. A liability is established for differences between positions taken in a tax return and amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements.

Regulatory Tax Examinations

The firm is subject to examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and other taxing authorities in jurisdictions where the firm has significant business operations, such as the United Kingdom, Japan, Hong Kong and various states, such as New York. The tax years under examination vary by jurisdiction. The firm does not expect completion of these audits to have a material impact on the firm’s financial condition but it may be material to operating results for a particular period, depending, in part, on the operating results for that period.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 72

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The table below presents the earliest tax years that remain subject to examination by major jurisdiction.

Jurisdiction	As of March 2019
U.S. Federal	2011
New York State and City	2011
United Kingdom	2014
Japan	2014
Hong Kong	2012

U.S. Federal examinations of 2011 and 2012 began in 2013. The firm has been accepted into the Compliance Assurance Process program by the IRS for each of the tax years from 2013 through 2019. This program allows the firm to work with the IRS to identify and resolve potential U.S. Federal tax issues before the filing of tax returns. The 2013 through 2017 tax years remain subject to post-filing review.

New York State and City examinations (excluding GS Bank USA) of 2011 through 2014 began in 2017. New York State and City examinations for GS Bank USA have been completed through 2014.

All years including and subsequent to the years in the table above remain open to examination by the taxing authorities. The firm believes that the liability for unrecognized tax benefits it has established is adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments.

Note 25.

Business Segments

The firm reports its activities in the following four business segments: Investment Banking, Institutional Client Services, Investing & Lending and Investment Management.

Basis of Presentation

In reporting segments, certain of the firm’s business lines have been aggregated where they have similar economic characteristics and are similar in each of the following areas: (i) the nature of the services they provide, (ii) their methods of distribution, (iii) the types of clients they serve and (iv) the regulatory environments in which they operate.

The cost drivers of the firm taken as a whole, compensation, headcount and levels of business activity, are broadly similar in each of the firm’s business segments. Compensation and benefits expenses in the firm’s segments reflect, among other factors, the overall performance of the firm, as well as the performance of individual businesses. Consequently,pre-tax margins in one segment of the firm’s business may be significantly affected by the performance of the firm’s other business segments.

The firm allocates assets (including allocations of global core liquid assets and cash, secured client financing and other assets), revenues and expenses among the four business segments. Due to the integrated nature of these segments, estimates and judgments are made in allocating certain assets, revenues and expenses. The allocation process is based on the manner in which management currently views the performance of the segments.

Management believes that this allocation provides a reasonable representation of each segment’s contribution to consolidatedpre-tax earnings and total assets. Transactions between segments are based on specific criteria or approximate third-party rates.

The table below presents net revenues, provision for credit losses, operating expenses andpre-tax earnings by segment.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019	2018
Investment Banking
Financial Advisory		$   887	$     586
Equity underwriting		271	410
Debt underwriting		652	797
Total Underwriting		923	1,207
Total net revenues		1,810	1,793
Operating expenses		1,002	1,010
Pre-tax earnings		$   808	$     783
Institutional Client Services
FICC Client Execution		$1,839	$  2,074
Equities client execution		682	1,062
Commissions and fees		714	817
Securities services		370	432
Total Equities		1,766	2,311
Total net revenues		3,605	4,385
Operating expenses		2,652	3,152
Pre-tax earnings		$   953	$  1,233
Investing & Lending
Equity securities		$   847	$  1,069
Debt securities and loans		990	1,062
Total net revenues		1,837	2,131
Provision for credit losses		224	44
Operating expenses		886	1,030
Pre-tax earnings		$   727	$  1,057
Investment Management
Management and other fees		$1,332	$  1,346
Incentive fees		58	213
Transaction revenues		165	212
Total net revenues		1,555	1,771
Operating expenses		1,324	1,425
Pre-tax earnings		$   231	$     346
Total net revenues		$8,807	$10,080
Provision for credit losses		224	44
Total operating expenses		5,864	6,617
Totalpre-tax earnings		$2,719	$  3,419

73 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

In the table above:

• Revenues and expenses directly associated with each segment are included in determiningpre-tax earnings.

• Net revenues in the firm’s segments include allocations of interest income and expense to specific securities, commodities and other positions in relation to the cash generated by, or funding requirements of, such positions. Net interest is included in segment net revenues as it is consistent with how management assesses segment performance.

• Overhead expenses not directly allocable to specific segments are allocated ratably based on direct segment expenses.

• Provision for credit losses, previously reported in Investing & Lending segment net revenues, is now reported as a separate line item in the consolidated statements of earnings. Previously reported amounts have been conformed to the current presentation.

The table below presents assets by segment.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Investment Banking		$    2,211	$    1,748
Institutional Client Services		644,146	656,920
Investing & Lending		267,213	259,104
Investment Management		11,779	14,024
Total assets		$925,349	$931,796

The table below presents net interest income by segment.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019	2018
Investment Banking		$           –	$           –
Institutional Client Services		352	364
Investing & Lending		773	467
Investment Management		93	87
Total net interest income		$    1,218	$       918

The table below presents depreciation and amortization expense by segment.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019	2018
Investment Banking		$         29	$         25
Institutional Client Services		148	138
Investing & Lending		132	82
Investment Management		59	54
Total depreciation and amortization		$       368	$       299

Geographic Information

Due to the highly integrated nature of international financial markets, the firm manages its businesses based on the profitability of the enterprise as a whole. The methodology for allocating profitability to geographic regions is dependent on estimates and management judgment because a significant portion of the firm’s activities require cross-border coordination in order to facilitate the needs of the firm’s clients.

Geographic results are generally allocated as follows:

• Investment Banking: location of the client and investment banking team.

• Institutional Client Services: FICC Client Execution and Equities (excluding Securities services): location of the market-making desk; Securities services: location of the primary market for the underlying security.

• Investing & Lending: Investing: location of the investment; Lending: location of the client.

• Investment Management: location of the sales team.

The table below presents total net revenues andpre-tax earnings by geographic region allocated based on the methodology referred to above.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019		2018
Net revenues
Americas		$5,245	60%	$  5,941	59%
Europe, Middle East and Africa		2,459	28%	2,590	26%
Asia		1,103	12%	1,549	15%
Total net revenues		$8,807	100%	$10,080	100%
Pre-tax earnings
Americas		$1,488	55%	$  1,964	57%
Europe, Middle East and Africa		911	33%	922	27%
Asia		320	12%	533	16%
Totalpre-tax earnings		$2,719	100%	$  3,419	100%

In the table above:

• Substantially all of the amounts in Americas were attributable to the U.S.

• Asia includes Australia and New Zealand.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 74

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 26.

Credit Concentrations

The firm’s concentrations of credit risk arise from its market making, client facilitation, investing, underwriting, lending and collateralized transactions, and cash management activities, and may be impacted by changes in economic, industry or political factors. These activities expose the firm to many different industries and counterparties, and may also subject the firm to a concentration of credit risk to a particular central bank, counterparty, borrower or issuer, including sovereign issuers, or to a particular clearing house or exchange. The firm seeks to mitigate credit risk by actively monitoring exposures and obtaining collateral from counterparties as deemed appropriate.

The firm measures and monitors its credit exposure based on amounts owed to the firm after taking into account risk mitigants that management considers when determining credit risk. Such risk mitigants include netting and collateral arrangements and economic hedges, such as credit derivatives, futures and forward contracts. Netting and collateral agreements permit the firm to offset receivables and payables with such counterparties and/or enable the firm to obtain collateral on an upfront or contingent basis.

The table below presents the credit concentrations in cash instruments included in financial instruments owned.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
U.S. government and agency obligations		$107,220	$110,616
% of total assets		11.6%	11.9%
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		$  51,763	$  43,607
% of total assets		5.6%	4.7%

In addition, the firm had $52.70 billion as of March 2019 and $90.47 billion as of December 2018 of cash deposits held at central banks (included in cash and cash equivalents), of which $34.48 billion as of March 2019 and $29.20 billion as of December 2018 was held at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The firm also had U.S. government obligations of $5.06 billion as of March 2019 and $498 million as of December 2018 that were classified asheld-to-maturity and included in other assets.

As of both March 2019 and December 2018, the firm did not have credit exposure to any other counterparty that exceeded 2% of total assets.

Collateral obtained by the firm related to derivative assets is principally cash and is held by the firm or a third-party custodian. Collateral obtained by the firm related to resale agreements and securities borrowed transactions is primarily U.S. government and agency obligations andnon-U.S. government and agency obligations. See Note 10 for further information about collateralized agreements and financings.

The table below presents U.S. government and agency obligations andnon-U.S. government and agency obligations that collateralize resale agreements and securities borrowed transactions.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
U.S. government and agency obligations		$71,266	$78,828
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		$81,380	$76,745

In the table above:

• Non-U.S. government and agency obligations primarily consists of securities issued by the governments of Japan, France, the U.K. and Germany.

• Given that the firm’s primary credit exposure on such transactions is to the counterparty to the transaction, the firm would be exposed to the collateral issuer only in the event of counterparty default.

Note 27.

Legal Proceedings

The firm is involved in a number of judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings (including those described below) concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of the firm’s businesses. Many of these proceedings are in early stages, and many of these cases seek an indeterminate amount of damages.

Under ASC 450, an event is “reasonably possible” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is more than remote but less than likely” and an event is “remote” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is slight.” Thus, references to the upper end of the range of reasonably possible loss for cases in which the firm is able to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss mean the upper end of the range of loss for cases for which the firm believes the risk of loss is more than slight.

75 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

With respect to matters described below for which management has been able to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss where (i) actual or potential plaintiffs have claimed an amount of money damages, (ii) the firm is being, or threatened to be, sued by purchasers in a securities offering and is not being indemnified by a party that the firm believes will pay the full amount of any judgment, or (iii) the purchasers are demanding that the firm repurchase securities, management has estimated the upper end of the range of reasonably possible loss as being equal to (a) in the case of (i), the amount of money damages claimed, (b) in the case of (ii), the difference between the initial sales price of the securities that the firm sold in such offering and the estimated lowest subsequent price of such securities prior to the action being commenced and (c) in the case of (iii), the price that purchasers paid for the securities less the estimated value, if any, as of March 2019 of the relevant securities, in each of cases (i), (ii) and (iii), taking into account any other factors believed to be relevant to the particular matter or matters of that type. As of the date hereof, the firm has estimated the upper end of the range of reasonably possible aggregate loss for such matters and for any other matters described below where management has been able to estimate a range of reasonably possible aggregate loss to be approximately $2.0 billion in excess of the aggregate reserves for such matters.

Management is generally unable to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss for matters other than those included in the estimate above, including where (i) actual or potential plaintiffs have not claimed an amount of money damages, except in those instances where management can otherwise determine an appropriate amount, (ii) matters are in early stages, (iii) matters relate to regulatory investigations or reviews, except in those instances where management can otherwise determine an appropriate amount, (iv) there is uncertainty as to the likelihood of a class being certified or the ultimate size of the class, (v) there is uncertainty as to the outcome of pending appeals or motions, (vi) there are significant factual issues to be resolved, and/or (vii) there are novel legal issues presented. For example, the firm’s potential liabilities with respect to the investigations and reviews described below in “Regulatory Investigations and Reviews and Related Litigation” generally are not included in management’s estimate of reasonably possible loss. However, management does not believe, based on currently available information, that the outcomes of such other matters will have a material adverse effect on the firm’s financial condition, though the outcomes could be material to the firm’s operating results for any particular period, depending, in part, upon the operating results for such period. See Note 18 for further information about mortgage-related contingencies.

1Malaysia Development Berhad (1MDB)-Related Matters

The firm has received subpoenas and requests for documents and information from various governmental and regulatory bodies and self-regulatory organizations as part of investigations and reviews relating to financing transactions and other matters involving 1MDB, a sovereign wealth fund in Malaysia. Subsidiaries of the firm acted as arrangers or purchasers of approximately $6.5 billion of debt securities of 1MDB.

On November 1, 2018, the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) unsealed a criminal information and guilty plea by Tim Leissner, a former participating managing director of the firm, and an indictment against Ng Chong Hwa, a former managing director of the firm, and Low Taek Jho. Leissner pleaded guilty to atwo-count criminal information charging him with conspiring to launder money and conspiring to violate the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act’s (FCPA) anti-bribery and internal accounting controls provisions. Low and Ng were charged in a three-count indictment with conspiring to launder money and conspiring to violate the FCPA’s anti-bribery provisions. On August 28, 2018, Leissner’s guilty plea was accepted by the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York and Leissner was adjudicated guilty on both counts. Ng was also charged in this indictment with conspiring to violate the FCPA’s internal accounting controls provisions. The charging documents state, among other things, that Leissner and Ng participated in a conspiracy to misappropriate proceeds of the 1MDB offerings for themselves and to pay bribes to various government officials to obtain and retain 1MDB business for the firm. The plea and charging documents indicate that Leissner and Ng knowingly and willfully circumvented the firm’s system of internal accounting controls, in part by repeatedly lying to control personnel and internal committees that reviewed these offerings. The indictment of Ng and Low alleges that the firm’s system of internal accounting controls could be easily circumvented and that the firm’s business culture, particularly in Southeast Asia, at times prioritized consummation of deals ahead of the proper operation of its compliance functions. In addition, an unnamed participating managing director of the firm is alleged to have been aware of the bribery scheme and to have agreed not to disclose this information to the firm’s compliance and control personnel. That employee, who was identified as aco-conspirator, has been put on administrative leave.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 76

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

On December 17, 2018, the Attorney General of Malaysia issued a press statement that (i) criminal charges in Malaysia had been filed against Goldman Sachs International (GSI), as the arranger of three offerings of debt securities of 1MDB, aggregating approximately $6.5 billion in principal amount, for alleged disclosure deficiencies in the offering documents relating to, among other things, the use of proceeds for the debt securities, (ii) Goldman Sachs (Asia) LLC (GS Asia), Goldman Sachs (Singapore) PTE (GS Singapore), Leissner, Low and Jasmine Loo Ai Swan had been criminally charged in Malaysia, and Ng would be charged shortly, and (iii) prosecutors in Malaysia will seek criminal fines against the accused in excess of $2.7 billion plus the $600 million of fees received in connection with the debt offerings. In addition, the Malaysia Securities Commission issued notices to show cause against Goldman Sachs (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd (GS Malaysia) in December 2018 and March 2019 that (i) allege possible violations of Malaysian securities laws and (ii) indicate that the Malaysia Securities Commission is considering whether to revoke GS Malaysia’s license to conduct corporate finance and fund management activities in Malaysia.

The firm has received multiple demands, beginning in November 2018, from alleged shareholders under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law for books and records relating to, among other things, the firm’s involvement with 1MDB and the firm’s compliance procedures.

On February 19, 2019, a purported shareholder derivative action relating to 1MDB was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against Group Inc. and the directors at the time and a former chairman and chief executive officer of the firm. The complaint, which seeks unspecified damages and disgorgement, alleges breaches of fiduciary duties, including in connection with alleged insider trading by certain current and former directors, unjust enrichment, gross mismanagement and violations of the anti-fraud provisions of the Exchange Act, including in connection with Group Inc.’s common stock repurchases and solicitation of proxies.

In March 2019, the firm also received a demand from an alleged shareholder to investigate and pursue claims against certain current and former directors and executive officers based on their oversight and public disclosures regarding 1MDB and related internal controls.

On November 21, 2018, a summons with notice was filed in New York Supreme Court, New York County, by International Petroleum Investment Company, which guaranteed certain debt securities issued by 1MDB, and its subsidiary Aabar Investments PJS. The summons with notice makes unspecified claims relating to 1MDB and seeks unspecified compensatory and punitive damages and other relief against Group Inc., GSI, GS Asia, GS Singapore, GS Malaysia, Leissner, Ng, and an employee of the firm, as well as individuals (who are not employees of the firm) formerly associated with the plaintiffs.

On December 20, 2018, a putative securities class action lawsuit was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against Group Inc. and certain current and former officers of the firm alleging violations of the anti-fraud provisions of the Exchange Act with respect to Group Inc.’s disclosures concerning 1MDB and seeking unspecified damages.

The firm is cooperating with the DOJ and all other governmental and regulatory investigations relating to 1MDB. Proceedings by the DOJ or other governmental or regulatory authorities could result in the imposition of significant fines, penalties and other sanctions against the firm, including restrictions on the firm’s activities.

Mortgage-Related Matters

Beginning in April 2010, a number of purported securities law class actions were filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York challenging the adequacy of Group Inc.’s public disclosure of, among other things, the firm’s activities in the collateralized debt obligation market, and the firm’s conflict of interest management.

The consolidated amended complaint filed on July 25, 2011, which names as defendants Group Inc. and certain current and former officers and employees of Group Inc. and its affiliates, generally alleges violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and seeks unspecified damages. The defendants have moved for summary judgment. On December 11, 2018, the Second Circuit Court of Appeals granted the defendants’ petition for interlocutory review of the district court’s August 14, 2018 grant of class certification. On January 23, 2019, the district court stayed proceedings in the district court pending the appellate court’s decision.

77 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Beginning on February 15, 2019, two summonses with notice were filed against Goldman Sachs Mortgage Company and GS Mortgage Securities Corp. by U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee for two residential mortgage-backed securitization trusts that issued $1.7 billion of securities, and the cases were subsequently removed to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The summonses with notice generally allege that mortgage loans in the trusts failed to conform to applicable representations and warranties and seek specific performance or, alternatively, compensatory damages and other relief.

The firm has received subpoenas or requests for information from, and is engaged in discussions with, certain regulators and law enforcement agencies with which it has not entered into settlement agreements as part of inquiries or investigations relating to mortgage-related matters.

Director Compensation-Related Litigation

On May 9, 2017, Group Inc. and certain of its current and former directors were named as defendants in a purported direct and derivative shareholder action in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (a similar purported derivative action, filed in June 2015, alleging excessive director compensation over the period 2012 to 2014 was voluntarily dismissed without prejudice in December 2016). The new complaint alleges that excessive compensation has been paid to thenon-employee director defendants since 2015, and that certain disclosures in connection with soliciting shareholder approval of the stock incentive plans were deficient. The complaint asserts claims for breaches of fiduciary duties and seeks, among other things, rescission or in some cases rescissory damages, disgorgement, and shareholder votes on several matters. On October 23, 2018, the court declined to approve the parties’ proposed settlement. The defendants’ July 2017 motion to dismiss is still pending.

Currencies-Related Litigation

GS&Co. and Group Inc. are among the defendants named in putative class actions filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York beginning in September 2016 on behalf of putative indirect purchasers of foreign exchange instruments. The consolidated amended complaint, filed on June 30, 2017, generally alleged a conspiracy to manipulate the foreign currency exchange markets and asserted claims under federal and state antitrust laws and state consumer protection laws. On March 15, 2018, the Court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss, and on October 25, 2018, plaintiffs’ motion for leave to replead was denied as to the claim under federal antitrust law and granted as to the claims under state antitrust and consumer protection laws. On November 28, 2018, the plaintiffs filed a second consolidated amended complaint asserting claims under various state antitrust laws and state consumer protection laws and seeking treble damages in an unspecified amount.

GS&Co. and Group Inc. are among the defendants named in an action filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York on November 7, 2018 by certain direct purchasers of foreign exchange instruments that opted out of a class settlement reached with, among others, GS&Co. and Group Inc. The amended complaint, filed on March 1, 2019, generally alleges that the defendants violated federal antitrust laws in connection with an alleged conspiracy to manipulate the foreign currency exchange markets and seeks injunctive relief, as well as treble damages in an unspecified amount. Defendants moved to dismiss on April 1, 2019.

GS&Co. and Group Inc. are among the defendants named in two putative class actions filed in the district court of the Central District in Israel on behalf of direct purchasers of foreign exchange instruments. The complaints, filed on September 11, 2018 and September 29, 2018, respectively, generally allege a conspiracy to manipulate prices of foreign exchange instruments. The second putative class action also asserts claims based on misuse of the “last look” features of foreign exchange trading systems.

Financial Advisory Services

Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are from time to time parties to various civil litigation and arbitration proceedings and other disputes with clients and third parties relating to the firm’s financial advisory activities. These claims generally seek, among other things, compensatory damages and, in some cases, punitive damages, and in certain cases allege that the firm did not appropriately disclose or deal with conflicts of interest.

Underwriting Litigation

Firm affiliates are among the defendants in a number of proceedings in connection with securities offerings. In these proceedings, including those described below, the plaintiffs assert class action or individual claims under federal and state securities laws and in some cases other applicable laws, allege that the offering documents for the securities that they purchased contained material misstatements and omissions, and generally seek compensatory and rescissory damages in unspecified amounts. Certain of these proceedings involve additional allegations.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 78

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Adeptus Health. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in several putative securities class actions, filed beginning in October 2016 and consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include certain former directors and officers of Adeptus Health Inc. (Adeptus), as well as Adeptus’ sponsor. As to the underwriters, the consolidated complaint, filed on November 21, 2017, relates to the $124 million June 2014 initial public offering, the $154 million May 2015 secondary equity offering, the $411 million July 2015 secondary equity offering, and the $175 million June 2016 secondary equity offering. GS&Co. underwrote 1.69 million shares of common stock in the June 2014 initial public offering representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $37 million, 962,378 shares of common stock in the May 2015 offering representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $61 million, 1.76 million shares of common stock in the July 2015 offering representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $185 million, and all the shares of common stock in the June 2016 offering representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $175 million. On April 19, 2017, Adeptus filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy. On September 12, 2018, the defendants’ motions to dismiss were granted as to the June 2014 and May 2015 offerings but denied as to the July 2015 and June 2016 offerings. On December 7, 2018, plaintiffs moved for class certification. On February 16, 2019, plaintiffs filed a second amended consolidated complaint. On March 4, 2019, the defendants moved to dismiss the newly asserted additional misstatement and omission claims in the second amended consolidated complaint.

SunEdison. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in several putative class actions and individual actions filed beginning in March 2016 relating to the August 2015 public offering of $650 million of SunEdison, Inc. (SunEdison) convertible preferred stock. The defendants also include certain of SunEdison’s directors and officers. On April 21, 2016, SunEdison filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy. The pending cases were transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York and on March 17, 2017, plaintiffs in the putative class action filed a consolidated amended complaint. GS&Co., as underwriter, sold 138,890 shares of SunEdison convertible preferred stock in the offering, representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $139 million. On March 6, 2018, the defendants’ motion to dismiss in the class action was granted in part and denied in part. On February 11, 2019, the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification in the class action was granted. On April 10, 2018 and April 17, 2018, certain plaintiffs in the individual actions filed amended complaints. The defendants have reached a settlement with certain plaintiffs in the individual actions.

Valeant Pharmaceuticals International. GS&Co. and Goldman Sachs Canada Inc. (GS Canada) are among the underwriters and initial purchasers named as defendants in a putative class action filed on March 2, 2016 in the Superior Court of Quebec, Canada. In addition to the underwriters and initial purchasers, the defendants include Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc. (Valeant), certain directors and officers of Valeant and Valeant’s auditor. As to GS&Co. and GS Canada, the complaint relates to the June 2013 public offering of $2.3 billion of common stock, the June 2013 Rule 144A offering of $3.2 billion principal amount of senior notes, and the November 2013 Rule 144A offering of $900 million principal amount of senior notes. The complaint asserts claims under the Quebec Securities Act and the Civil Code of Quebec. On August 29, 2017, the court certified a class that includes onlynon-U.S. purchasers in the offerings. Defendants’ motion for leave to appeal the certification was denied on November 30, 2017.

GS&Co. and GS Canada, as sole underwriters, sold 5,334,897 shares of common stock in the June 2013 offering tonon-U.S. purchasers representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $453 million and, as initial purchasers, had a proportional share of sales tonon-U.S. purchasers of approximately CAD14.2 million in principal amount of senior notes in the June 2013 and November 2013 Rule 144A offerings.

79 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Snap Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in putative securities class actions pending in California Superior Court, County of Los Angeles and the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California beginning in May 2017, relating to Snap Inc.’s $3.91 billion March 2017 initial public offering. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Snap Inc. and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 57,040,000 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $970 million. The underwriter defendants, including GS&Co., were voluntarily dismissed from the federal action on September 18, 2018. The state court actions have been stayed.

Sea Limited. GS Asia is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on November 1, 2018 in the Supreme Court of New York, County of New York, relating to Sea Limited’s $989 million October 2017 initial public offering of American depositary shares. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Sea Limited and certain of its officers and directors. GS Asia underwrote 28,026,721 American depositary shares representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $420 million. On January 25, 2019, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint. Defendants moved to dismiss on March 26, 2019.

Altice USA, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in putative securities class actions pending in New York Supreme Court, Queens County and the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York beginning in June 2018, relating to Altice USA, Inc.’s (Altice) $2.15 billion June 2017 initial public offering. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Altice and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 12,280,042 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $368 million.

Investment Management Services

Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are parties to various civil litigation and arbitration proceedings and other disputes with clients relating to losses allegedly sustained as a result of the firm’s investment management services. These claims generally seek, among other things, restitution or other compensatory damages and, in some cases, punitive damages.

Interest Rate Swap Antitrust Litigation

Group Inc., GS&Co., GSI, GS Bank USA and Goldman Sachs Financial Markets, L.P. (GSFM) are among the defendants named in a putative antitrust class action relating to the trading of interest rate swaps, filed in November 2015 and consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The same Goldman Sachs entities also are among the defendants named in two antitrust actions relating to the trading of interest rate swaps, commenced in April 2016 and June 2018, respectively, in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York by three operators of swap execution facilities and certain of their affiliates. These actions have been consolidated for pretrial proceedings. The complaints generally assert claims under federal antitrust law and state common law in connection with an alleged conspiracy among the defendants to preclude exchange trading of interest rate swaps. The complaints in the individual actions also assert claims under state antitrust law. The complaints seek declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as treble damages in an unspecified amount. Defendants moved to dismiss the class and the first individual action on January 20, 2017. On July 28, 2017, the district court issued a decision dismissing the state common law claims asserted by the plaintiffs in the first individual action and otherwise limiting the state common law claim in the putative class action and the antitrust claims in both actions to the period from 2013 to 2016. On November 20, 2018, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the second individual action, dismissing the state common law claims for unjust enrichment and tortious interference but denying dismissal of the federal and state antitrust claims. On March 13, 2019, the court denied the plaintiffs’ motion to amend their complaint to add allegations related to 2008-2012 conduct, but granted the motion to add limited allegations from 2013-2016. On March 22, 2019, plaintiffs in the putative class action filed a fourth consolidated amended complaint, adding allegations as to the surviving claims.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 80

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Securities Lending Antitrust Litigation

Group Inc. and GS&Co. are among the defendants named in a putative antitrust class action and two individual actions relating to securities lending practices filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York beginning in August 2017. The complaints generally assert claims under federal antitrust law and state common law in connection with an alleged conspiracy among the defendants to preclude the development of electronic platforms for securities lending transactions. The individual complaints also assert claims for tortious interference with business relations and under state trade practices law and, in the second individual action, unjust enrichment under state common law. The complaints seek declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as treble damages and restitution in unspecified amounts. Group Inc. was voluntarily dismissed from the putative class action on January 26, 2018. Defendants moved to dismiss the first individual action on June 1, 2018 and moved to dismiss the second individual action on December 21, 2018. Defendants’ motion to dismiss the class action complaint was denied on September 27, 2018.

Credit Default Swap Antitrust Litigation

Group Inc., GS&Co., GSI, GS Bank USA and GSFM are among the defendants named in an antitrust action relating to the trading of credit default swaps filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York on June 8, 2017 by the operator of a swap execution facility and certain of its affiliates. The complaint generally asserts claims under federal and state antitrust laws and state common law in connection with an alleged conspiracy among the defendants to preclude trading of credit default swaps on the plaintiffs’ swap execution facility. The complaint seeks declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as treble damages in an unspecified amount. Defendants moved to dismiss on September 11, 2017.

GSE Bonds Antitrust Litigation

GS&Co. is among the dealers named as defendants in numerous putative antitrust class actions relating to debt securities issued by Federal National Mortgage Association, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation and Federal Home Loan Banks (collectively, the GSEs), filed beginning in February 2019 and consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaints generally assert claims under federal antitrust law and state common law in connection with an alleged conspiracy among the defendants to manipulate the secondary market for debt securities issued by the GSEs. The complaints seek declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as treble damages in unspecified amounts.

Variable Rate Demand Obligations Antitrust Litigation

Group Inc. and GS&Co. are among the defendants named in putative class actions relating to variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), filed beginning in February 2019 and consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaints generally assert claims under federal antitrust law and state common law in connection with an alleged conspiracy among the defendants to manipulate the market for VRDOs. The complaints seek declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as unspecified amounts of compensatory, treble and other damages.

Commodities-Related Litigation

GSI is among the defendants named in putative class actions relating to trading in platinum and palladium, filed beginning on November 25, 2014 and most recently amended on May 15, 2017, in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The amended complaint generally alleges that the defendants violated federal antitrust laws and the Commodity Exchange Act in connection with an alleged conspiracy to manipulate a benchmark for physical platinum and palladium prices and seek declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as treble damages in an unspecified amount. Defendants moved to dismiss the third consolidated amended complaint on July 21, 2017.

81 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

U.S. Treasury Securities Litigation

GS&Co. is among the primary dealers named as defendants in several putative class actions relating to the market for U.S. Treasury securities, filed beginning in July 2015 and consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. GS&Co. is also among the primary dealers named as defendants in a similar individual action filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York on August 25, 2017. The consolidated class action complaint, filed on December 29, 2017, generally alleges that the defendants violated antitrust laws in connection with an alleged conspiracy to manipulate the when-issued market and auctions for U.S. Treasury securities and that certain defendants, including GS&Co., colluded to preclude trading of U.S. Treasury securities on electronic trading platforms in order to impede competition in the bidding process. The individual action alleges a similar conspiracy regarding manipulation of the when-issued market and auctions, as well as related futures and options in violation of the Commodity Exchange Act. The complaints seek declaratory and injunctive relief, treble damages in an unspecified amount and restitution. Defendants moved to dismiss on February 23, 2018.

Employment-Related Matters

On September 15, 2010, a putative class action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York by three female former employees. The complaint, as subsequently amended, alleges that Group Inc. and GS&Co. have systematically discriminated against female employees in respect of compensation, promotion and performance evaluations. The complaint alleges a class consisting of all female employees employed at specified levels in specified areas by Group Inc. and GS&Co. since July 2002, and asserts claims under federal and New York City discrimination laws. The complaint seeks class action status, injunctive relief and unspecified amounts of compensatory, punitive and other damages.

On March 30, 2018, the district court certified a damages class as to the plaintiffs’ disparate impact and treatment claims. On September 4, 2018, the Second Circuit Court of Appeals denied defendants’ petition for interlocutory review of the district court’s class certification decision and subsequently denied defendants’ petition for rehearing. On September 27, 2018, plaintiffs advised the district court that they would not seek to certify a class for injunctive and declaratory relief. On April 12, 2019, Group Inc. and GS&Co. filed a motion to compel arbitration as to certain class members who are parties to agreements with Group Inc. and/or GS&Co. in which they agreed to arbitrate employment-related disputes, and plaintiffs filed a motion challenging the enforceability of arbitration agreements executed after the filing of the class action.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 82

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Regulatory Investigations and Reviews and Related Litigation

Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are subject to a number of other investigations and reviews by, and in some cases have received subpoenas and requests for documents and information from, various governmental and regulatory bodies and self-regulatory organizations and litigation and shareholder requests relating to various matters relating to the firm’s businesses and operations, including:

• The 2008 financial crisis;

• The public offering process;

• The firm’s investment management and financial advisory services;

• Conflicts of interest;

• Research practices, including research independence and interactions between research analysts and other firm personnel, including investment banking personnel, as well as third parties;

• Transactions involving government-related financings and other matters, municipal securities, including wall-cross procedures and conflict of interest disclosure with respect to state and municipal clients, the trading and structuring of municipal derivative instruments in connection with municipal offerings, political contribution rules, municipal advisory services and the possible impact of credit default swap transactions on municipal issuers;

• The offering, auction, sales, trading and clearance of corporate and government securities, currencies, commodities and other financial products and related sales and other communications and activities, as well as the firm’s supervision and controls relating to such activities, including compliance with applicable short sale rules, algorithmic, high-frequency and quantitative trading, the firm’s U.S. alternative trading system (dark pool), futures trading, options trading, when-issued trading, transaction reporting, technology systems and controls, securities lending practices, trading and clearance of credit derivative instruments and interest rate swaps, commodities activities and metals storage, private placement practices, allocations of and trading in securities, and trading activities and communications in connection with the establishment of benchmark rates, such as currency rates;

• Compliance with the FCPA;

• The firm’s hiring and compensation practices;

• The firm’s system of risk management and controls; and

• Insider trading, the potential misuse and dissemination of material nonpublic information regarding corporate and governmental developments and the effectiveness of the firm’s insider trading controls and information barriers.

The firm is cooperating with all such governmental and regulatory investigations and reviews.

83 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Tothe Board of Directors and the Shareholders of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.:

Results of Review of Interim Financial Statements

We have reviewed the accompanying consolidated statement of financial condition of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of March 31, 2019, the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the three month periods ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “interim financial statements”). Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the accompanying interim financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated statement of financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2018, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended (not presented herein), and in our report dated February 25, 2019, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying consolidated statement of financial condition as of December 31, 2018 is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the consolidated financial statements from which it has been derived.

Basis for Review Results

These interim financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our review in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

New York, New York

May 3, 2019

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 84

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Statistical Disclosures

Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

The tables below present a summary of average balances, interest and interest rates.

	Average Balance for the Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019	2018
Assets
U.S.		$  52,559	$  71,421
Non-U.S.		51,998	50,353
Total deposits with banks		104,557	121,774
U.S.		171,446	148,792
Non-U.S.		131,874	150,713
Total collateralized agreements		303,320	299,505
U.S.		174,590	158,580
Non-U.S.		121,701	119,581
Total financial instruments owned		296,291	278,161
U.S.		75,175	62,581
Non-U.S.		7,823	6,152
Total loans receivable		82,998	68,733
U.S.		42,544	47,422
Non-U.S.		34,621	48,845
Total other interest-earning assets		77,165	96,267
Total interest-earning assets		864,331	864,440
Cash and due from banks		9,222	13,349
Othernon-interest-earning assets		80,913	89,237
Total assets		$954,466	$967,026
Liabilities
U.S.		$126,643	$110,569
Non-U.S.		32,572	29,107
Total interest-bearing deposits		159,215	139,676
U.S.		52,995	65,383
Non-U.S.		36,312	46,685
Total collateralized financings		89,307	112,068
U.S.		32,475	35,447
Non-U.S.		47,087	49,824
Total financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased		79,562	85,271
U.S.		32,877	43,358
Non-U.S.		16,000	16,097
Total short-term borrowings		48,877	59,455
U.S.		208,876	210,118
Non-U.S.		29,114	20,823
Total long-term borrowings		237,990	230,941
U.S.		128,337	122,673
Non-U.S.		54,984	66,126
Total other interest-bearing liabilities		183,321	188,799
Total interest-bearing liabilities		798,272	816,210
Non-interest-bearing deposits		4,933	3,980
Othernon-interest-bearing liabilities		61,633	64,352
Total liabilities		864,838	884,542
Shareholders’ equity
Preferred stock		11,203	11,366
Common stock		78,425	71,118
Total shareholders’ equity		89,628	82,484
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity		$954,466	$967,026
Percentage of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities attributable tonon-U.S. operations
Assets		40.26%	43.46%
Liabilities		27.07%	28.02%

	Interest for the Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019		2018
Assets
U.S.		$ 296		$   283
Non-U.S.		81		27
Total deposits with banks		377		310
U.S.		1,175		513
Non-U.S.		129		112
Total collateralized agreements		1,304		625
U.S.		1,243		1,035
Non-U.S.		644		631
Total financial instruments owned		1,887		1,666
U.S.		1,072		796
Non-U.S.		128		96
Total loans receivable		1,200		892
U.S.		573		520
Non-U.S.		256		217
Total other interest-earning assets		829		737
Total interest-earning assets		$5,597		$4,230
Liabilities
U.S.		$ 758		$   444
Non-U.S.		99		57
Total interest-bearing deposits		857		501
U.S.		591		336
Non-U.S.		78		48
Total collateralized financings		669		384
U.S.		158		197
Non-U.S.		208		192
Total financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased		366		389
U.S.		136		202
Non-U.S.		6		4
Total short-term borrowings		142		206
U.S.		1,369		1,284
Non-U.S.		15		21
Total long-term borrowings		1,384		1,305
U.S.		1,237		603
Non-U.S.		(276	)	(76	)
Total other interest-bearing liabilities		961		527
Total interest-bearing liabilities		4,379		3,312
Net interest income
U.S.		110		81
Non-U.S.		1,108		837
Net interest income		$1,218		$   918

85 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Statistical Disclosures

	Annualized Average Rate for the Three Months Ended March
		2019	2018
Assets
U.S.		2.34%	1.61%
Non-U.S.		0.65%	0.22%
Total deposits with banks		1.50%	1.03%
U.S.		2.84%	1.40%
Non-U.S.		0.41%	0.30%
Total collateralized agreements		1.78%	0.85%
U.S.		2.95%	2.65%
Non-U.S.		2.19%	2.14%
Total financial instruments owned		2.64%	2.43%
U.S.		5.91%	5.16%
Non-U.S.		6.79%	6.33%
Total loans receivable		6.00%	5.26%
U.S.		5.59%	4.45%
Non-U.S.		3.07%	1.80%
Total other interest-earning assets		4.46%	3.10%
Total interest-earning assets		2.69%	1.98%
Liabilities
U.S.		2.48%	1.63%
Non-U.S.		1.26%	0.79%
Total interest-bearing deposits		2.23%	1.45%
U.S.		4.63%	2.08%
Non-U.S.		0.89%	0.42%
Total collateralized financings		3.11%	1.39%
U.S.		2.02%	2.25%
Non-U.S.		1.83%	1.56%
Total financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased		1.91%	1.85%
U.S.		1.72%	1.89%
Non-U.S.		0.16%	0.10%
Total short-term borrowings		1.21%	1.41%
U.S.		2.72%	2.48%
Non-U.S.		0.21%	0.41%
Total long-term borrowings		2.41%	2.29%
U.S.		4.00%	1.99%
Non-U.S.		(2.08)%	(0.47)%
Total other interest-bearing liabilities		2.17%	1.13%
Total interest-bearing liabilities		2.28%	1.65%
Interest rate spread		0.41%	0.33%
U.S.		0.09%	0.07%
Non-U.S.		1.32%	0.90%
Net yield on interest-earning assets		0.58%	0.43%

In the tables above:

• Assets, liabilities and interest are classified as U.S. andnon-U.S. based on the location of the legal entity in which the assets and liabilities are held.

• Derivative instruments and commodities are included in othernon-interest-earning assets and othernon-interest-bearing liabilities.

• Total other interest-earning assets primarily consists of receivables from customers and counterparties.

• Collateralized financings consists of securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned.

• Substantially all of the total other interest-bearing liabilities consists of payables to customers and counterparties.

• Interest rates for borrowings include the effects of interest rate swaps accounted for as hedges.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 86

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Item 2.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Introduction

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (Group Inc. or parent company), a Delaware corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, is a leading global investment banking, securities and investment management firm that provides a wide range of financial services to a substantial and diversified client base that includes corporations, financial institutions, governments and individuals. Founded in 1869, we are headquartered in New York and maintain offices in all major financial centers around the world.

When we use the terms “we,” “us” and “our,” we mean Group Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. We report our activities in four business segments: Investment Banking, Institutional Client Services, Investing & Lending and Investment Management. See “Results of Operations” for further information about our business segments.

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with our Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018. References to “the 2018Form 10-K” are to our Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018. References to “thisForm 10-Q” are to our Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2019. All references to “the consolidated financial statements” or “Statistical Disclosures” are to Part I, Item 1 of thisForm 10-Q. The consolidated financial statements are unaudited. All references to March 2019 and March 2018 refer to our periods ended, or the dates, as the context requires, March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2018, respectively. All references to December 2018 refer to the date December 31, 2018. Any reference to a future year refers to a year ending on December 31 of that year. Certain reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts to conform to the current presentation.

Executive Overview

Three Months Ended March 2019 versus March 2018. We generated net earnings of $2.25 billion for the first quarter of 2019, a decrease of 21%, compared with $2.83 billion for the first quarter of 2018. Diluted earnings per common share was $5.71 for the first quarter of 2019, a decrease of 18%, compared with $6.95 for the first quarter of 2018. Annualized return on average common shareholders’ equity (ROE) was 11.1% for the first quarter of 2019, compared with 15.4% for the first quarter of 2018. Book value per common share was $209.07 as of March 2019, 0.8% higher compared with December 2018.

Net revenues were $8.81 billion for the first quarter of 2019, 13% lower than the first quarter of 2018, primarily due to lower net revenues in both Institutional Client Services, reflecting significantly lower net revenues in Equities and lower net revenues in Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities (FICC) Client Execution, and Investing & Lending, primarily reflecting significantly lower net revenues in equity securities.

Provision for credit losses was $224 million for the first quarter of 2019, compared with $44 million for the first quarter of 2018. Provision for credit losses for the first quarter of 2019 primarily related to consumer loans.

Operating expenses were $5.86 billion for the first quarter of 2019, 11% lower than the first quarter of 2018, due to significantly lower compensation and benefits expenses, reflecting a decline in operating performance.

We returned $1.56 billion of capital to common shareholders during the first quarter of 2019, including $1.25 billion of common share repurchases and $306 million in common stock dividends. As of March 2019, our Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio as calculated in accordance with the Standardized approach was 13.7% and the Basel III Advanced approach was 13.4%. See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our capital ratios.

Business Environment

During the first quarter of 2019, global real gross domestic product (GDP) growth appeared to increase compared with the fourth quarter of 2018, reflecting growth in emerging markets and advanced economies, including in the U.S. However, continued concerns about future global growth and a mixed macroeconomic environment led central banks to pivot towards more accommodative monetary policies, contributing to lower volatility across markets, higher global equity prices and tighter corporate credit spreads compared with the end of 2018. In addition, market sentiment in the beginning of the first quarter was impacted by continued political uncertainty, including the U.S. government shutdown. See “Segment Operating Results” for further information about the operating environment of each of our business segments during the quarter.

87 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Critical Accounting Policies

Fair Value

Fair Value Hierarchy. Financial instruments owned and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased (i.e., inventory), and certain other financial assets and financial liabilities, are included in our consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value (i.e.,marked-to-market), with related gains or losses generally recognized in our consolidated statements of earnings. The use of fair value to measure financial instruments is fundamental to our risk management practices and is our most critical accounting policy.

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We measure certain financial assets and financial liabilities as a portfolio (i.e., based on its net exposure to market and/or credit risks). In determining fair value, the hierarchy under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) gives (i) the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities (level 1 inputs), (ii) the next priority to inputs other than level 1 inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly (level 2 inputs), and (iii) the lowest priority to inputs that cannot be observed in market activity (level 3 inputs). In evaluating the significance of a valuation input, we consider, among other factors, a portfolio’s net risk exposure to that input. Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to their fair value measurement.

The fair values for substantially all of our financial assets and financial liabilities are based on observable prices and inputs and are classified in levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Certain level 2 and level 3 financial assets and financial liabilities may require appropriate valuation adjustments that a market participant would require to arrive at fair value for factors such as counterparty and our credit quality, funding risk, transfer restrictions, liquidity and bid/offer spreads.

Instruments classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are those which require one or more significant inputs that are not observable. Level 3 financial assets represented 2.4% as of both March 2019 and December 2018, of our total assets. See Notes 5 through 8 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about level 3 financial assets, including changes in level 3 financial assets and related fair value measurements. Absent evidence to the contrary, instruments classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are initially valued at transaction price, which is considered to be the best initial estimate of fair value. Subsequent to the transaction date, we use other methodologies to determine fair value, which vary based on the type of instrument. Estimating the fair value of level 3 financial instruments requires judgments to be made. These judgments include:

• Determining the appropriate valuation methodology and/or model for each type of level 3 financial instrument;

• Determining model inputs based on an evaluation of all relevant empirical market data, including prices evidenced by market transactions, interest rates, credit spreads, volatilities and correlations; and

• Determining appropriate valuation adjustments, including those related to illiquidity or counterparty credit quality.

Regardless of the methodology, valuation inputs and assumptions are only changed when corroborated by substantive evidence.

Controls Over Valuation of Financial Instruments. Market makers and investment professionals in our revenue-producing units are responsible for pricing our financial instruments. Our control infrastructure is independent of the revenue-producing units and is fundamental to ensuring that all of our financial instruments are appropriately valued at market-clearing levels. In the event that there is a difference of opinion in situations where estimating the fair value of financial instruments requires judgment (e.g., calibration to market comparables or trade comparison, as described below), the final valuation decision is made by senior managers in independent risk oversight and control functions. This independent price verification is critical to ensuring that our financial instruments are properly valued.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 88

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Price Verification. All financial instruments at fair value classified in levels 1, 2 and 3 of the fair value hierarchy are subject to our independent price verification process. The objective of price verification is to have an informed and independent opinion with regard to the valuation of financial instruments under review. Instruments that have one or more significant inputs which cannot be corroborated by external market data are classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Price verification strategies utilized by our independent risk oversight and control functions include:

• Trade Comparison. Analysis of trade data (both internal and external, where available) is used to determine the most relevant pricing inputs and valuations.

• External Price Comparison. Valuations and prices are compared to pricing data obtained from third parties (e.g., brokers or dealers, Markit, Bloomberg, IDC, TRACE). Data obtained from various sources is compared to ensure consistency and validity. When broker or dealer quotations or third-party pricing vendors are used for valuation or price verification, greater priority is generally given to executable quotations.

• Calibration to Market Comparables. Market-based transactions are used to corroborate the valuation of positions with similar characteristics, risks and components.

• Relative Value Analyses. Market-based transactions are analyzed to determine the similarity, measured in terms of risk, liquidity and return, of one instrument relative to another or, for a given instrument, of one maturity relative to another.

• Collateral Analyses. Margin calls on derivatives are analyzed to determine implied values, which are used to corroborate our valuations.

• Execution of Trades. Where appropriate, trading desks are instructed to execute trades in order to provide evidence of market-clearing levels.

• Backtesting. Valuations are corroborated by comparison to values realized upon sales.

See Notes 5 through 8 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about fair value measurements.

Review of Net Revenues. Independent risk oversight and control functions ensure adherence to our pricing policy through a combination of daily procedures, including the explanation and attribution of net revenues based on the underlying factors. Through this process, we independently validate net revenues, identify and resolve potential fair value or trade booking issues on a timely basis and seek to ensure that risks are being properly categorized and quantified.

Review of Valuation Models. Our independent model risk management group (Model Risk), consisting of quantitative professionals who are separate from model developers, performs an independent model review and validation process of our valuation models. New or changed models are reviewed and approved prior to being put into use. Models are evaluated andre-approved annually to assess the impact of any changes in the product or market and any market developments in pricing theories. See “Risk Management —Model Risk Management” for further information about the review and validation of our valuation models.

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

Goodwill. Goodwill is the cost of acquired companies in excess of the fair value of net assets, including identifiable intangible assets, at the acquisition date.

Goodwill is assessed for impairment annually in the fourth quarter or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that indicate an impairment may exist. When assessing goodwill for impairment, first, qualitative factors are assessed to determine whether it is more likely than not that the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its estimated carrying value. If the results of the qualitative assessment are not conclusive, a quantitative goodwill test is performed by comparing the estimated fair value of each reporting unit with its estimated carrying value.

In the fourth quarter of 2018, we assessed goodwill for impairment for each of our reporting units by performing a qualitative assessment and determined that goodwill for each reporting unit was not impaired. There were no events or changes in circumstances during the three months ended March 2019 that would indicate that it was more likely than not that the estimated fair value of each of the reporting units did not exceed its respective estimated carrying value as of March 2019. See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our goodwill.

Estimating the fair value of our reporting units requires management to make judgments. Critical inputs to the fair value estimates include projected earnings and attributed equity. There is inherent uncertainty in the projected earnings. The estimated net book value of each reporting unit reflects an allocation of total shareholders’ equity and represents the estimated amount of total shareholders’ equity required to support the activities of the reporting unit under currently applicable regulatory capital requirements. See “Equity Capital Management and Regulatory Capital” for further information about our capital requirements.

If we experience a prolonged or severe period of weakness in the business environment, financial markets, our performance or our common stock price, or additional increases in capital requirements, our goodwill could be impaired in the future.

89 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Identifiable Intangible Assets. We amortize our identifiable intangible assets over their estimated useful lives generally using the straight-line method. Identifiable intangible assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset’s or asset group’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable.

A prolonged or severe period of market weakness, or significant changes in regulation, could adversely impact our businesses and impair the value of our identifiable intangible assets. In addition, certain events could indicate a potential impairment of our identifiable intangible assets, including weaker business performance resulting in a decrease in our customer base and decreases in revenues from customer contracts and relationships. Management judgment is required to evaluate whether indications of potential impairment have occurred, and to test intangible assets for impairment, if required.

An impairment, generally calculated as the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of an asset or asset group, is recognized if the total of the estimated undiscounted cash flows relating to the asset or asset group is less than the corresponding carrying value. See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our identifiable intangible assets.

Recent Accounting Developments

See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for information about Recent Accounting Developments.

Use of Estimates

U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions. In addition to the estimates we make in connection with fair value measurements, the accounting for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, and discretionary compensation accruals, the use of estimates and assumptions is also important in determining the allowance for credit losses on loans receivable and lending commitments held for investment, provisions for losses that may arise from litigation and regulatory proceedings (including governmental investigations), and provisions for losses that may arise from tax audits.

A substantial portion of our compensation and benefits represents discretionary compensation, which is finalized atyear-end. We believe the most appropriate way to allocate estimated year-end discretionary compensation among interim periods is in proportion to the net revenues earned in such periods. In addition to the level of net revenues, our overall compensation expense in any given year is also influenced by, among other factors, overall financial performance, prevailing labor markets, business mix, the structure of our share-based compensation programs and the external environment.

We estimate and record an allowance for credit losses related to our loans receivable and lending commitments held for investment. Management’s estimate of credit losses entails judgment about collectability at the reporting dates, and there are uncertainties inherent in those judgments. See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about the allowance for credit losses.

We also estimate and provide for potential losses that may arise out of litigation and regulatory proceedings to the extent that such losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated. In addition, we estimate the upper end of the range of reasonably possible aggregate loss in excess of the related reserves for litigation and regulatory proceedings where we believe the risk of loss is more than slight. See Notes 18 and 27 to the consolidated financial statements for information about certain judicial, litigation and regulatory proceedings.

Significant judgment is required in making these estimates and our final liabilities may ultimately be materially different. Our total estimated liability in respect of litigation and regulatory proceedings is determined on acase-by-case basis and represents an estimate of probable losses after considering, among other factors, the progress of each case, proceeding or investigation, our experience and the experience of others in similar cases, proceedings or investigations, and the opinions and views of legal counsel.

In accounting for income taxes, we recognize tax positions in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on examination by the relevant taxing authority based on the technical merits of the position. See Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about income taxes.

Results of Operations

The composition of our net revenues has varied over time as financial markets and the scope of our operations have changed. The composition of net revenues can also vary over the shorter term due to fluctuations in U.S. and global economic and market conditions. See “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2018Form 10-K for further information about the impact of economic and market conditions on our results of operations.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 90

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Financial Overview

The table below presents an overview of our financial results and selected financial ratios.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions, except per share amounts		2019	2018
Net revenues		$8,807	$10,080
Pre-tax earnings		$2,719	$  3,419
Net earnings		$2,251	$  2,832
Net earnings applicable to common shareholders		$2,182	$  2,737
Diluted earnings per common share		$  5.71	$    6.95
Annualized ROE		11.1%	15.4%
Annualized ROTE		11.7%	16.3%
Annualized net earnings to average total assets		0.9%	1.2%
Annualized return on average total shareholders’ equity		10.0%	13.7%
Average total shareholders’ equity to average total assets		9.4%	8.5%
Dividend payout ratio		14.0%	10.8%

In the table above:

• Dividend payout ratio is calculated by dividing dividends declared per common share by diluted earnings per common share.

• Annualized ROE is calculated by dividing annualized net earnings applicable to common shareholders by average monthly common shareholders’ equity. Tangible common shareholders’ equity is calculated as total shareholders’ equity less preferred stock, goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. Annualized return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity (ROTE) is calculated by dividing annualized net earnings applicable to common shareholders by average monthly tangible common shareholders’ equity. We believe that tangible common shareholders’ equity is meaningful because it is a measure that we and investors use to assess capital adequacy and that ROTE is meaningful because it measures the performance of businesses consistently, whether they were acquired or developed internally. Tangible common shareholders’ equity and ROTE arenon-GAAP measures and may not be comparable to similarnon-GAAP measures used by other companies. Annualized return on average total shareholders’ equity is calculated by dividing annualized net earnings by average monthly total shareholders’ equity.

The table below presents our average equity, including the reconciliation of average common shareholders’ equity to average tangible common shareholders’ equity.

	Average for the Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019		2018
Total shareholders’ equity		$ 89,628		$ 82,484
Preferred stock		(11,203	)	(11,366	)
Common shareholders’ equity		78,425		71,118
Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets		(4,096	)	(4,058	)
Tangible common shareholders’ equity		$ 74,329		$ 67,060

Net Revenues

The table below presents our net revenues by line item.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019	2018
Investment banking		$1,810	$  1,793
Investment management		1,433	1,639
Commissions and fees		743	862
Market making		2,539	3,204
Other principal transactions		1,064	1,664
Totalnon-interest revenues		7,589	9,162
Interest income		5,597	4,230
Interest expense		4,379	3,312
Net interest income		1,218	918
Total net revenues		$8,807	$10,080

In the table above:

• Investment banking consists of revenues (excluding net interest) from financial advisory and underwriting assignments, as well as derivative transactions directly related to these assignments. These activities are included in our Investment Banking segment.

• Investment management consists of revenues (excluding net interest) from providing investment management services to a diverse set of clients, as well as wealth advisory services and certain transaction services tohigh-net-worth individuals and families. These activities are included in our Investment Management segment.

• Commissions and fees consists of revenues from executing and clearing client transactions on major stock, options and futures exchanges worldwide, as well asover-the-counter (OTC) transactions. These activities are included in our Institutional Client Services and Investment Management segments.

• Market making consists of revenues (excluding net interest) from client execution activities related to making markets in interest rate products, credit products, mortgages, currencies, commodities and equity products. These activities are included in our Institutional Client Services segment.

• Other principal transactions consists of revenues (excluding net interest) from our investing activities and the origination of loans to provide financing to clients. In addition, other principal transactions includes revenues related to our consolidated investments. These activities are included in our Investing & Lending segment.Provision for credit losses, previously reported in other principal transactions revenues, is now reported as a separate line item in the consolidated statements of earnings. Previously reported amounts have been conformed to the current presentation.

91 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Operating Environment. During the first quarter of 2019, market-making activities reflected improved market conditions compared with the fourth quarter of 2018, while levels of volatility were lower and client activity remained low. Investment banking activities were impacted by industry-wide declines in completed mergers and acquisitions volumes and in initial public offerings compared with the fourth quarter of 2018. Rising asset prices during the quarter resulted in market appreciation in assets under supervision and net gains in public equities. In addition, other principal transactions included net gains from company-specific events and corporate performance as well as continued growth in loans receivable resulting in slightly higher net interest income.

If market-making activities remain low, or if investment banking activity levels continue to decline, of if asset prices decline, or if macroeconomic concerns negatively affect company-specific events, corporate performance or the origination of loans, net revenues would likely be negatively impacted. See “Segment Operating Results” for information about the operating environment and material trends and uncertainties that may impact our results of operations.

Three Months Ended March 2019 versus March 2018

Net revenues in the consolidated statements of earnings were $8.81 billion for the first quarter of 2019, 13% lower than the first quarter of 2018, primarily due to significantly lower market making revenues and other principal transactions revenues, partially offset by significantly higher net interest income.

Non-Interest Revenues. Investment banking revenues in the consolidated statements of earnings were $1.81 billion for the first quarter of 2019, essentially unchanged compared with the first quarter of 2018. Revenues in financial advisory were significantly higher, reflecting an increase in completed mergers and acquisitions volumes. Revenues in underwriting were significantly lower, due to significantly lower revenues in equity underwriting, primarily reflecting a significant decline in industry-wide initial public offerings, and lower revenues in debt underwriting, primarily due to significantly lower revenues from leveraged finance transactions.

Investment management revenues in the consolidated statements of earnings were $1.43 billion for the first quarter of 2019, 13% lower than the first quarter of 2018, due to significantly lower incentive fees and lower transaction revenues. Management and other fees were essentially unchanged compared with the first quarter of 2018, reflecting shifts in the mix of client assets and strategies, offset by higher average assets under supervision.

Commissions and fees in the consolidated statements of earnings were $743 million for the first quarter of 2019, 14% lower than the first quarter of 2018, reflecting a decrease in our listed cash equity, options and futures volumes, generally consistent with market volumes.

Market making revenues in the consolidated statements of earnings were $2.54 billion for the first quarter of 2019, 21% lower than the first quarter of 2018, primarily due to significantly lower revenues in equity products, currencies and credit products, partially offset by significantly higher revenues in interest rate products.

Other principal transactions revenues in the consolidated statements of earnings were $1.06 billion, 36% lower than the first quarter of 2018, reflecting significantly lower net gains from investments in private equities and from investments in debt instruments and significantly lower results on hedges related to relationship lending activities, partially offset by significantly higher net gains from investments in public equities.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income in the consolidated statements of earnings was $1.22 billion for the first quarter of 2019, 33% higher than the first quarter of 2018, reflecting an increase in interest income primarily due to the impact of higher interest rates on collateralized agreements and other interest-earning assets. The increase in interest income was partially offset by higher interest expense, primarily due to the impact of higher interest rates on other interest-bearing liabilities, and collateralized financings, partially offset by a decrease in total average collateralized financings. See “Statistical Disclosures — Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity” for further information about our sources of net interest income.

Provision for Credit Losses

Provision for credit losses consists of provision for credit losses on loans receivable and lending commitments held for investment. See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about the provision for credit losses.

The table below presents our provision for credit losses.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019	2018
Provision for credit losses		$224	$44

Three Months Ended March 2019 versus March 2018. Provision for credit losses was $224 million for the first quarter of 2019, compared with $44 million for the first quarter of 2018. Provision for credit losses for the first quarter of 2019 primarily related to consumer loans.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 92

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses are primarily influenced by compensation, headcount and levels of business activity. Compensation and benefits includes salaries, estimatedyear-end discretionary compensation, amortization of equity awards and other items such as benefits. Discretionary compensation is significantly impacted by, among other factors, the level of net revenues, overall financial performance, prevailing labor markets, business mix, the structure of our share-based compensation programs and the external environment.

The table below presents our operating expenses by line item and headcount.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019	2018
Compensation and benefits		$  3,259	$  4,057
Brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees		762	844
Market development		184	182
Communications and technology		286	251
Depreciation and amortization		368	299
Occupancy		225	194
Professional fees		298	293
Other expenses		482	497
Total operating expenses		$  5,864	$  6,617
Headcount atperiod-end		35,900	34,000

In the table above, headcount consists of our employees, and excludes consultants and temporary staff previously reported as part of total staff. As a result, expenses related to these consultants and temporary staff are now reported in professional fees. Previously such amounts were reported in compensation and benefits. Reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts to conform to the current presentation.

See “Use of Estimates” for further information about estimates made in connection with discretionary compensation accruals and litigation and regulatory proceedings.

Three Months Ended March 2019 versus March 2018. Operating expenses in the consolidated statements of earnings were $5.86 billion for the first quarter of 2019, 11% lower than the first quarter of 2018. Our efficiency ratio (total operating expenses divided by total net revenues) for the first quarter of 2019 was 66.6%, compared with 65.6% for the first quarter of 2018.

The decrease in operating expenses compared with the first quarter of 2018 was due to significantly lower compensation and benefits expenses, reflecting a decline in operating performance. In addition, brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees were lower, reflecting a decrease in activity levels. These decreases were partially offset by higher expenses for consolidated investments and technology, with the increases primarily in depreciation and amortization.

Net provisions for litigation and regulatory proceedings for the first quarter of 2019 were $37 million compared with $44 million for the first quarter of 2018.

Headcount decreased 2% during the first quarter of 2019.

Provision for Taxes

The effective income tax rate for the first quarter of 2019 was 17.2%, up from the full year tax rate of 16.2% for 2018, which included a $487 million income tax benefit in 2018 related to the finalization of the impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (Tax Legislation), partially offset by permanent tax benefits in the first quarter of 2019.

Tax Legislation reduced the U.S. corporate tax rate to 21%, eliminated tax deductions for certain expenses and enacted two new taxes, Base Erosion and Anti-Abuse Tax (BEAT) and Global Intangible Low Taxed Income (GILTI). BEAT is an alternative minimum tax that applies to banks that pay more than 2% of total deductible expenses to certain foreign subsidiaries. GILTI is effectively a 10.5% tax, before allowable credits for foreign taxes paid, on the annual taxable income of certain foreign subsidiaries. Income tax expense associated with GILTI is recognized as incurred. During 2018, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) issued proposed regulations relating to BEAT and GILTI. The effective income tax rate for the first quarter of 2019 includes estimates for BEAT and GILTI that are based on our current interpretation of these proposed regulations. We do not expect that the finalization of these proposed regulations will have a material impact on these estimates. However, it is possible that these estimates are materially impacted if the final regulations differ significantly from our current interpretation of the proposed regulations.

Based on our current interpretations of the rules and legislative guidance to date, we expect our 2019 tax rate to be between 22% and 23%.

93 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Segment Operating Results

The table below presents our net revenues, provision for credit losses, operating expenses andpre-tax earnings by segment.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019	2018
Investment Banking
Net revenues		$1,810	$  1,793
Operating expenses		1,002	1,010
Pre-tax earnings		$  808	$     783
Institutional Client Services
Net revenues		$3,605	$  4,385
Operating expenses		2,652	3,152
Pre-tax earnings		$  953	$  1,233
Investing & Lending
Net revenues		$1,837	$  2,131
Provision for credit losses		224	44
Operating expenses		886	1,030
Pre-tax earnings		$  727	$  1,057
Investment Management
Net revenues		$1,555	$  1,771
Operating expenses		1,324	1,425
Pre-tax earnings		$  231	$     346
Total net revenues		$8,807	$10,080
Provision for credit losses		224	44
Total operating expenses		5,864	6,617
Totalpre-tax earnings		$2,719	$  3,419

In the table above, provision for credit losses, previously reported in Investing & Lending segment net revenues, is now reported as a separate line item. Previously reported amounts have been conformed to the current presentation.

Net revenues in our segments include allocations of interest income and expense to specific securities, commodities and other positions in relation to the cash generated by, or funding requirements of, such positions. See Note 25 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our business segments.

Our cost drivers taken as a whole, compensation, headcount and levels of business activity, are broadly similar in each of our business segments. Compensation and benefits expenses within our segments reflect, among other factors, our overall performance, as well as the performance of individual businesses. Consequently,pre-tax margins in one segment of our business may be significantly affected by the performance of our other business segments. A description of segment operating results follows.

Investment Banking

Our Investment Banking segment consists of:

Financial Advisory. Includes strategic advisory assignments with respect to mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, corporate defense activities, restructurings, spin-offs, risk management and derivative transactions directly related to these client advisory assignments.

Underwriting. Includes public offerings and private placements, including local and cross-border transactions and acquisition financing, of a wide range of securities and other financial instruments, including loans, and derivative transactions directly related to these client underwriting activities.

The table below presents the operating results of our Investment Banking segment.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019	2018
Financial Advisory		$ 887	$   586
Equity underwriting		271	410
Debt underwriting		652	797
Total Underwriting		923	1,207
Total net revenues		1,810	1,793
Operating expenses		1,002	1,010
Pre-tax earnings		$ 808	$   783

The table below presents our financial advisory and underwriting transaction volumes.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in billions		2019	2018
Announced mergers and acquisitions		$   391	$   330
Completed mergers and acquisitions		$   369	$   156
Equity and equity-related offerings		$     16	$     20
Debt offerings		$     67	$     78

In the table above:

• Volumes are per Dealogic.

• Announced and completed mergers and acquisitions volumes are based on full credit to each of the advisors in a transaction. Equity and equity-related offerings and debt offerings are based on full credit for single book managers and equal credit for joint book managers. Transaction volumes may not be indicative of net revenues in a given period. In addition, transaction volumes for prior periods may vary from amounts previously reported due to the subsequent withdrawal or a change in the value of a transaction.

• Equity and equity-related offerings includes Rule 144A and public common stock offerings, convertible offerings and rights offerings.

• Debt offerings includesnon-convertible preferred stock, mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and taxable municipal debt. Includes publicly registered and Rule 144A issues. Excludes leveraged loans.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 94

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Operating Environment. During the first quarter of 2019, industry-wide announced mergers and acquisition volumes increased compared with the fourth quarter of 2018, while industry-wide completed mergers and acquisition volumes decreased compared with a strong prior quarter.

In underwriting, industry-wide equity underwriting transactions decreased compared with the fourth quarter of 2018, reflecting a decline in initial public offerings, in part as a result of the U.S. government shutdown. Industry-wide debt underwriting transactions increased.

In the future, if industry-wide announced mergers and acquisitions volumes decline, or if industry-wide completed mergers and acquisitions volumes continue to decline, or if debt underwriting transactions decline or equity underwriting transactions continue to decline, net revenues in Investment Banking would likely be negatively impacted.

Three Months Ended March 2019 versus March 2018. Net revenues in Investment Banking were $1.81 billion for the first quarter of 2019, essentially unchanged compared with the first quarter of 2018.

Net revenues in Financial Advisory were $887 million, 51% higher than the first quarter of 2018, reflecting an increase in completed mergers and acquisitions volumes.

Net revenues in Underwriting were $923 million, 24% lower than the first quarter of 2018, due to significantly lower net revenues in equity underwriting, primarily reflecting a significant decline in industry-wide initial public offerings, and lower net revenues in debt underwriting, primarily due to significantly lower net revenues from leveraged finance transactions.

Operating expenses were $1.00 billion for the first quarter of 2019, essentially unchanged compared with the first quarter of 2018.Pre-tax earnings were $808 million in the first quarter of 2019, 3% higher than the first quarter of 2018.

As of March 2019, our investment banking transaction backlog decreased compared with December 2018, due to lower estimated net revenues from potential advisory transactions and significantly lower estimated net revenues from potential debt underwriting transactions, both reflecting completed activity during the quarter. These decreases were partially offset by higher estimated net revenues from potential equity underwriting transactions, driven by initial public offerings.

Our investment banking transaction backlog represents an estimate of our future net revenues from investment banking transactions where we believe that future revenue realization is more likely than not. We believe changes in our investment banking transaction backlog may be a useful indicator of client activity levels which, over the long term, impact our net revenues. However, the time frame for completion and corresponding revenue recognition of transactions in our backlog varies based on the nature of the assignment, as certain transactions may remain in our backlog for longer periods of time and others may enter and leave within the same reporting period. In addition, our transaction backlog is subject to certain limitations, such as assumptions about the likelihood that individual client transactions will occur in the future. Transactions may be cancelled or modified, and transactions not included in the estimate may also occur.

Institutional Client Services

Our Institutional Client Services segment consists of:

FICC Client Execution. Includes client execution activities related to making markets in both cash and derivative instruments for interest rate products, credit products, mortgages, currencies and commodities.

• Interest Rate Products. Government bonds (including inflation-linked securities) across maturities, other government-backed securities, securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements), and interest rate swaps, options and other derivatives.

• Credit Products. Investment-grade corporate securities, high-yield securities, credit derivatives, exchange-traded funds, bank and bridge loans, municipal securities, emerging market and distressed debt, and trade claims.

• Mortgages. Commercial mortgage-related securities, loans and derivatives, residential mortgage-related securities, loans and derivatives (including U.S. government agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations and other securities and loans), and other asset-backed securities, loans and derivatives.

• Currencies. Currency options, spot/forwards and other derivatives onG-10 currencies and emerging-market products.

• Commodities. Commodity derivatives and, to a lesser extent, physical commodities, involving crude oil and petroleum products, natural gas, base, precious and other metals, electricity, coal, agricultural and other commodity products.

95 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Equities. Includes client execution activities related to making markets in equity products and commissions and fees from executing and clearing institutional client transactions on major stock, options and futures exchanges worldwide, as well as OTC transactions. Equities also includes our securities services business, which provides financing, securities lending and other prime brokerage services to institutional clients, including hedge funds, mutual funds, pension funds and foundations, and generates revenues primarily in the form of interest rate spreads or fees.

Market-Making Activities

As a market maker, we facilitate transactions in both liquid and less liquid markets, primarily for institutional clients, such as corporations, financial institutions, investment funds and governments, to assist clients in meeting their investment objectives and in managing their risks. In this role, we seek to earn the difference between the price at which a market participant is willing to sell an instrument to us and the price at which another market participant is willing to buy it from us, and vice versa (i.e., bid/offer spread). In addition, we maintain inventory, typically for a short period of time, in response to, or in anticipation of, client demand. We also hold inventory to actively manage our risk exposures that arise from these market-making activities. Our market-making inventory is recorded in financial instruments owned (long positions) or financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased (short positions) in our consolidated statements of financial condition.

Our results are influenced by a combination of interconnected drivers, including (i) client activity levels and transactional bid/offer spreads (collectively, client activity), and (ii) changes in the fair value of our inventory and interest income and interest expense related to the holding, hedging and funding of our inventory (collectively, market-making inventory changes). Due to the integrated nature of our market-making activities, disaggregation of net revenues into client activity and market-making inventory changes is judgmental and has inherent complexities and limitations.

The amount and composition of our net revenues vary over time as these drivers are impacted by multiple interrelated factors affecting economic and market conditions, including volatility and liquidity in the market, changes in interest rates, currency exchange rates, credit spreads, equity prices and commodity prices, investor confidence, and other macroeconomic concerns and uncertainties.

In general, assuming all other market-making conditions remain constant, increases in client activity levels or bid/offer spreads tend to result in increases in net revenues, and decreases tend to have the opposite effect. However, changes in market-making conditions can materially impact client activity levels and bid/offer spreads, as well as the fair value of our inventory. For example, a decrease in liquidity in the market could have the impact of (i) increasing our bid/offer spread, (ii) decreasing investor confidence and thereby decreasing client activity levels, and (iii) wider credit spreads on our inventory positions.

The table below presents the operating results of our Institutional Client Services segment.

		Three Months Ended March
$ in millions			2019	2018
FICC Client Execution			$1,839	$2,074
Equities client execution			682	1,062
Commissions and fees			714	817
Securities services			370	432
Total Equities			1,766	2,311
Total net revenues			3,605	4,385
Operating expenses	��		2,652	3,152
Pre-tax earnings			$ 953	$1,233

The table below presents the net revenues of our Institutional Client Services segment by line item in the consolidated statements of earnings.

$ in millions	FICC Client Execution	Total Equities	Institutional Client Services
Three Months Ended March 2019
Market making	$1,520	$1,019	$2,539
Commissions and fees	–	714	714
Net interest income	319	33	352
Total net revenues	$1,839	$1,766	$3,605
Three Months Ended March 2018
Market making	$1,812	$1,392	$3,204
Commissions and fees	–	817	817
Net interest income	262	102	364
Total net revenues	$2,074	$2,311	$4,385

In the table above:

• The difference between commissions and fees and those in the consolidated statements of earnings represents commissions and fees included in our Investment Management segment.

• See “Net Revenues” for further information about market making revenues, commissions and fees, and net interest income. See Note 25 to the consolidated financial statements for net interest income by business segment.

• The primary driver of net revenues for FICC Client Execution was client activity.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 96

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Operating Environment. During the first quarter of 2019, Institutional Client Services operated in an environment generally characterized by improved market conditions compared with the fourth quarter of 2018, while levels of volatility were lower and client activity remained low. The average daily VIX for the first quarter of 2019 declined to 17 compared with 21 for the fourth quarter of 2018. Global equity prices increased (with the MSCI World Index up 12%) and corporate credit spreads tightened (with U.S. investment-grade credit spreads tighter by 28 basis points and U.S. high-yield credit spreads tighter by 100 basis points). Oil prices increased to $60 per barrel (WTI) as of March 2019. If activity levels remain low, or volatility continues to decline, net revenues in Institutional Client Services would likely be negatively impacted.

Three Months Ended March 2019 versus March 2018. Net revenues in Institutional Client Services were $3.61 billion for the first quarter of 2019, 18% lower than the first quarter of 2018.

Net revenues in FICC Client Execution were $1.84 billion, 11% lower than the first quarter of 2018, reflecting the impact of less favorable market-making conditions on our inventory and lower client activity.

The following provides information about our FICC Client Execution net revenues by business, compared with results in the first quarter of 2018:

• Net revenues in interest rate products were lower, reflecting lower client activity, partially offset by the impact of improved market-making conditions on our inventory.

• Net revenues in currencies were lower, reflecting the impact of challenging market-making conditions on our inventory, partially offset by higher client activity.

• Net revenues in credit products were lower, reflecting the impact of challenging market-making conditions on our inventory.

• Net revenues were higher in mortgages, driven by higher client activity. Net revenues were also higher in commodities.

For the first quarter of 2019, approximately 90% of the net revenues in FICC Client Execution were generated from market intermediation and approximately 10% were generated from financing. FICC Client Execution financing net revenues include net revenues primarily from short-term repurchase agreement activities.

Net revenues in Equities were $1.77 billion, 24% lower than the first quarter of 2018, primarily due to significantly lower net revenues in equities client execution, particularly in derivatives, compared with a strong prior year period. In addition, commissions and fees were lower, reflecting a decrease in our listed cash equity, options and futures volumes, generally consistent with market volumes. Net revenues in securities services were lower, primarily reflecting lower average customer balances.

For the first quarter of 2019, approximately 65% of the net revenues in Equities were generated from market intermediation and approximately 35% were generated from financing. Equities financing net revenues include net revenues from prime brokerage and other financing activities, including securities lending, margin lending and swaps.

Operating expenses were $2.65 billion for the first quarter of 2019, 16% lower than the first quarter of 2018, due to decreased compensation and benefits expenses, reflecting a decline in operating performance, and lower brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees.Pre-tax earnings were $953 million in the first quarter of 2019, 23% lower than the first quarter of 2018.

Investing & Lending

Investing & Lending includes our investing activities and the origination of loans, including our relationship lending activities, to provide financing to clients. These investments and loans are typically longer-term in nature. We make investments, some of which are consolidated, including through our Merchant Banking business and our Special Situations Group, in debt securities and loans, public and private equity securities, infrastructure and real estate entities. Some of these investments are made indirectly through funds that we manage. We also make unsecured loans through our digital platform,Marcus: by Goldman Sachs and secured loans through our digital platform,Goldman Sachs Private Bank Select.

The table below presents the operating results of our Investing & Lending segment.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019	2018
Equity securities		$ 847	$1,069
Debt securities and loans		990	1,062
Total net revenues		1,837	2,131
Provision for credit losses		224	44
Operating expenses		886	1,030
Pre-tax earnings		$ 727	$1,057

97 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Operating Environment. During the first quarter of 2019, our investments in private equities benefited from company-specific events, including sales, and corporate performance. Investments in public equities reflected net gains, generally consistent with higher global equity prices during the quarter. Results for our investments in debt securities and loans reflected continued growth in loans receivable resulting in slightly higher net interest income. In addition, our results includedmark-to-market gains driven by underlying credit fundamentals. If macroeconomic concerns negatively affect company-specific events, corporate performance or the origination of loans, or if global equity markets decline, or if credit spreads widen, net revenues in Investing & Lending would likely be negatively impacted.

Three Months Ended March 2019 versus March 2018. Net revenues in Investing & Lending were $1.84 billion for the first quarter of 2019, 14% lower than the first quarter of 2018.

Net revenues in equity securities were $847 million, 21% lower than the first quarter of 2018, reflecting significantly lower net gains from investments in private equities (the first quarter of 2019 included $656 million of net gains), partially offset by significantly higher net gains from investments in public equities (the first quarter of 2019 included $191 million of net gains). For the first quarter of 2019, 59% of the net revenues in equity securities were generated from corporate investments and 41% were generated from real estate.

Net revenues in debt securities and loans were $990 million, 7% lower than the first quarter of 2018, reflecting significantly lower net gains from investments in debt instruments and significantly lower results on hedges related to relationship lending activities. These decreases were partially offset by significantly higher net interest income. The first quarter of 2019 included net interest income of $835 million.

Provision for credit losses was $224 million for the first quarter of 2019, compared with $44 million for the first quarter of 2018. Provision for credit losses for the first quarter of 2019 primarily related to consumer loans.

Operating expenses were $886 million for the first quarter of 2019, 14% lower than the first quarter of 2018, due to decreased compensation and benefits expenses, reflecting a decline in operating performance, partially offset by increased expenses related to consolidated investments.Pre-tax earnings were $727 million in the first quarter of 2019, 31% lower than the first quarter of 2018.

Investment Management

Investment Management provides investment management services and offers investment products (primarily through separately managed accounts and commingled vehicles, such as mutual funds and private investment funds) across all major asset classes to a diverse set of institutional and individual clients. Investment Management also offers wealth advisory services provided by our subsidiary, The Ayco Company, L.P., including portfolio management and financial planning and counseling, and brokerage and other transaction services tohigh-net-worth individuals and families.

Assets under supervision (AUS) include client assets where we earn a fee for managing assets on a discretionary basis. This includes net assets in our mutual funds, hedge funds, credit funds and private equity funds (including real estate funds), and separately managed accounts for institutional and individual investors. Assets under supervision also include client assets invested with third-party managers, bank deposits and advisory relationships where we earn a fee for advisory and other services, but do not have investment discretion. Assets under supervision do not include the self-directed brokerage assets of our clients. Long-term assets under supervision represent assets under supervision excluding liquidity products. Liquidity products represent money market and bank deposit assets.

Assets under supervision typically generate fees as a percentage of net asset value, which vary by asset class, distribution channel and the type of services provided, and are affected by investment performance, as well as asset inflows and redemptions. Asset classes such as alternative investment and equity assets typically generate higher fees relative to fixed income and liquidity product assets. The average effective management fee (which excludesnon-asset-based fees) we earned on our assets under supervision was 33 basis points for the three months ended March 2019 and 35 basis points for the three months ended March 2018.

In certain circumstances, we are also entitled to receive incentive fees based on a percentage of a fund’s or a separately managed account’s return, or when the return exceeds a specified benchmark or other performance targets.

The table below presents the operating results of our Investment Management segment.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019	2018
Management and other fees		$1,332	$1,346
Incentive fees		58	213
Transaction revenues		165	212
Total net revenues		1,555	1,771
Operating expenses		1,324	1,425
Pre-tax earnings		$ 231	$   346

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 98

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The table below presents ourperiod-end assets under supervision by asset class, distribution channel, region and vehicle.

	As of March
$ in billions		2019	2018
Asset Class
Alternative investments		$ 172	$   168
Equity		335	322
Fixed income		717	668
Total long-term AUS		1,224	1,158
Liquidity products		375	340
Total AUS		$1,599	$1,498
Distribution Channel
Institutional		$ 620	$   583
High-net-worth individuals		482	462
Third-party distributed		497	453
Total AUS		$1,599	$1,498
Region
Americas		$1,183	$1,111
Europe, Middle East and Africa		255	242
Asia		161	145
Total AUS		$1,599	$1,498
Vehicle
Separate accounts		$ 927	$   863
Public funds		510	482
Private funds and other		162	153
Total AUS		$1,599	$1,498

In the table above, alternative investments primarily includes hedge funds, credit funds, private equity, real estate, currencies, commodities and asset allocation strategies.

The table below presents changes in our assets under supervision.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in billions		2019		2018
Beginning balance		$1,542		$1,494
Net inflows/(outflows):
Alternative investments		1		(1	)
Equity		(1	)	5
Fixed income		20		9
Total long-term AUS net inflows/(outflows)		20		13
Liquidity products		(22	)	(5	)
Total AUS net inflows/(outflows)		(2	)	8
Net market appreciation/(depreciation)		59		(4	)
Ending balance		$1,599		$1,498

The table below presents our average monthly assets under supervision by asset class.

	Average for the Three Months Ended March
$ in billions		2019	2018
Alternative investments		$ 170	$   169
Equity		324	328
Fixed income		693	665
Total long-term AUS		1,187	1,162
Liquidity products		389	336
Total AUS		$1,576	$1,498

Operating Environment. During the first quarter of 2019, Investment Management operated in an environment characterized by higher equity and fixed income prices, resulting in appreciation in our client assets. Our long-term assets under supervision also increased from net inflows in fixed income assets. These increases were partially offset by net outflows in liquidity products, which followed net inflows in the fourth quarter of 2018. The mix of our average assets under supervision between long-term assets under supervision and liquidity products was essentially unchanged compared with the fourth quarter of 2018. In the future, if asset prices decline, or investors favor assets that typically generate lower fees or investors continue to withdraw their assets, net revenues in Investment Management would likely be negatively impacted.

Three Months Ended March 2019 versus March 2018. Net revenues in Investment Management were $1.56 billion for the first quarter of 2019, 12% lower than the first quarter of 2018, due to significantly lower incentive fees and lower transaction revenues. Management and other fees were essentially unchanged compared with the first quarter of 2018, reflecting shifts in the mix of client assets and strategies, offset by higher average assets under supervision.

During the quarter, total assets under supervision increased $57 billion to $1.60 trillion. Long-term assets under supervision increased $79 billion, including net market appreciation of $59 billion, primarily in equity assets, and net inflows of $20 billion, reflecting net inflows in fixed income assets. Liquidity products decreased $22 billion.

Operating expenses were $1.32 billion for the first quarter of 2019, 7% lower than the first quarter of 2018, due to decreased compensation and benefits expenses, reflecting a decline in operating performance.Pre-tax earnings were $231 million in the first quarter of 2019, 33% lower than the first quarter of 2018.

Geographic Data

See Note 25 to the consolidated financial statements for a summary of our total net revenues andpre-tax earnings by geographic region.

99 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Balance Sheet and Funding Sources

Balance Sheet Management

One of our risk management disciplines is our ability to manage the size and composition of our balance sheet. While our asset base changes due to client activity, market fluctuations and business opportunities, the size and composition of our balance sheet also reflects factors including (i) our overall risk tolerance, (ii) the amount of equity capital we hold and (iii) our funding profile, among other factors. See “Equity Capital Management and Regulatory Capital — Equity Capital Management” for information about our equity capital management process.

Although our balance sheet fluctuates on aday-to-day basis, our total assets atquarter-end andyear-end dates are generally not materially different from those occurring within our reporting periods.

In order to ensure appropriate risk management, we seek to maintain a sufficiently liquid balance sheet and have processes in place to dynamically manage our assets and liabilities, which include (i) balance sheet planning, (ii) balance sheet limits, (iii) monitoring of key metrics and (iv) scenario analyses.

Balance Sheet Planning. We prepare a balance sheet plan that combines our projected total assets and composition of assets with our expected funding sources over a three-year time horizon. This plan is reviewed quarterly and may be adjusted in response to changing business needs or market conditions. The objectives of this planning process are:

• To develop our balance sheet projections, taking into account the general state of the financial markets and expected business activity levels, as well as regulatory requirements;

• To allow Treasury and our independent risk oversight and control functions to objectively evaluate balance sheet limit requests from our revenue-producing units in the context of our overall balance sheet constraints, including our liability profile and equity capital levels, and key metrics; and

• To inform the target amount, tenor and type of funding to raise, based on our projected assets and contractual maturities.

Treasury and our independent risk oversight and control functions, along with our revenue-producing units, review current and prior period information and expectations for the year to prepare our balance sheet plan. The specific information reviewed includes asset and liability size and composition, limit utilization, risk and performance measures, and capital usage.

Our consolidated balance sheet plan, including our balance sheets by business, funding projections and projected key metrics, is reviewed and approved by the Firmwide Asset Liability Committee and the Risk Governance Committee. See “Risk Management — Overview and Structure of Risk Management” for an overview of our risk management structure.

Balance Sheet Limits. The Firmwide Asset Liability Committee and the Risk Governance Committee have the responsibility of reviewing and approving balance sheet limits. These limits are set at levels which are close to actual operating levels, rather than at levels which reflect our maximum risk appetite, in order to ensure prompt escalation and discussion among our revenue-producing units, Treasury and our independent risk oversight and control functions on a routine basis. The Firmwide Asset Liability Committee and the Risk Governance Committee review and approve balance sheet limits. In addition, the Risk Governance Committee sets aged inventory limits for certain financial instruments as a disincentive to hold inventory over longer periods of time. Requests for changes in limits are evaluated after giving consideration to their impact on our key metrics. Compliance with limits is monitored by our revenue-producing units and Treasury, as well as our independent risk oversight and control functions.

Monitoring of Key Metrics. We monitor key balance sheet metrics both by business and on a consolidated basis, including asset and liability size and composition, limit utilization and risk measures. We allocate assets to businesses and review and analyze movements resulting from new business activity, as well as market fluctuations.

Scenario Analyses. We conduct various scenario analyses including as part of the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) and U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) Stress Tests (DFAST), as well as our resolution and recovery planning. See “Equity Capital Management and Regulatory Capital — Equity Capital Management” for further information about these scenario analyses. These scenarios cover short-term and long-term time horizons using various macroeconomic and firm-specific assumptions, based on a range of economic scenarios. We use these analyses to assist us in developing our longer-term balance sheet management strategy, including the level and composition of assets, funding and equity capital. Additionally, these analyses help us develop approaches for maintaining appropriate funding, liquidity and capital across a variety of situations, including a severely stressed environment.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 100

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Balance Sheet Allocation

In addition to preparing our consolidated statements of financial condition in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we prepare a balance sheet that generally allocates assets to our businesses, which is anon-GAAP presentation and may not be comparable to similarnon-GAAP presentations used by other companies. We believe that presenting our assets on this basis is meaningful because it is consistent with the way management views and manages risks associated with our assets and better enables investors to assess the liquidity of our assets.

The table below presents our balance sheet allocation.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
GCLA, segregated assets and other		$279,241	$313,138
Secured client financing		140,490	145,232
Inventory		241,772	204,584
Secured financing agreements		55,461	61,632
Receivables		40,305	42,006
Institutional Client Services		337,538	308,222
Public equity		1,381	1,445
Private equity		20,491	19,985
Total equity		21,872	21,430
Loans receivable		82,674	80,590
Loans, at fair value		13,302	13,416
Total loans		95,976	94,006
Debt securities		12,509	11,215
Other		5,101	7,913
Investing & Lending		135,458	134,564
Total inventory and related assets		472,996	442,786
Other assets		32,622	30,640
Total assets		$925,349	$931,796

The following is a description of the captions in the table above:

• Global Core Liquid Assets (GCLA), Segregated Assets and Other. We maintain liquidity to meet a broad range of potential cash outflows and collateral needs in a stressed environment. See “Risk Management — Liquidity Risk Management” for information about the composition and sizing of our GCLA. We also segregate cash and securities for regulatory and other purposes related to client activity. Securities are segregated from our own inventory, as well as from collateral obtained through securities borrowed or securities purchased under agreements to resell (resale agreements). In addition, we maintain other unrestricted operating cash balances, primarily for use in specific currencies, entities or jurisdictions where we do not have immediate access to parent company liquidity.

• Secured Client Financing. We provide collateralized financing for client positions, including margin loans secured by client collateral, securities borrowed, and resale agreements primarily collateralized by government obligations. Our secured client financing arrangements, which are generally short-term, are accounted for at fair value or at amounts that approximate fair value, and include daily margin requirements to mitigate counterparty credit risk.

• Institutional Client Services. We maintain inventory positions to facilitate market making in fixed income, equity, currency and commodity products. Additionally, as part of market-making activities, we enter into resale or securities borrowing arrangements to obtain securities or use our own inventory to cover transactions in which we or our clients have sold securities that have not yet been purchased. The receivables in Institutional Client Services primarily relate to securities transactions.

• Investing & Lending. We invest in and originate loans to provide financing to clients. These investments and loans are typically longer-term in nature. We make investments, through our Merchant Banking business and our Special Situations Group, in debt securities, loans and public and private equity. We also originate secured and unsecured loans through our digital platforms. Other Investing & Lending primarily includes customer and other receivables.

Equity. The table below presents our equity investments by type and region.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Equity Type
Corporate		$17,552	$17,262
Real Estate		4,320	4,168
Total		$21,872	$21,430
Region
Americas		53%	53%
Europe, Middle East and Africa		17%	16%
Asia		30%	31%
Total		100%	100%

The table below presents our equity investments by vintage.

$ in millions	As of March 2019
Equity	$21,872
2012 or earlier	33%
2013 - 2015	34%
2016 - thereafter	33%
Total	100%

101 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Loans. The table below presents our loans by type and region.

$ in millions	Loans Receivable			Loans, at Fair Value		Total
As of March 2019
Loan Type
Corporate loans		$40,705			$  2,753		$43,458
PWM loans		17,101			7,329		24,430
Commercial real estate loans		11,867			1,706		13,573
Residential real estate loans		6,158			894		7,052
Consumer loans		4,675			–		4,675
Other loans		3,301			620		3,921
Allowance for loan losses		(1,133	)		–		(1,133	)
Total		$82,674			$13,302		$95,976
Region
Americas		67%			10%		77%
Europe, Middle East and Africa		15%			3%		18%
Asia		4%			1%		5%
Total		86%			14%		100%
As of December 2018
Loan Type
Corporate loans		$37,283			$  2,819		$40,102
PWM loans		17,518			7,250		24,768
Commercial real estate loans		11,441			1,718		13,159
Residential real estate loans		7,284			973		8,257
Consumer loans		4,536			–		4,536
Other loans		3,594			656		4,250
Allowance for loan losses		(1,066	)		–		(1,066	)
Total		$80,590			$13,416		$94,006
Region
Americas		67%			11%		78%
Europe, Middle East and Africa		16%			2%		18%
Asia		3%			1%		4%
Total		86%			14%		100%

The table below presents the concentration of our secured and unsecured loans by an internally determined public rating agency equivalent.

	Investment- Grade		Non-Investment- Grade		Unrated		Total
As of March 2019
Secured		25%		50%		9%		84%
Unsecured		7%		3%		6%		16%
Total		32%		53%		15%		100%
As of December 2018
Secured		26%		49%		9%		84%
Unsecured		7%		3%		6%		16%
Total		33%		52%		15%		100%

In the table above, unrated loans primarily represents consumer loans, certain Private Wealth Management (PWM) loans and Purchased Credit Impaired loans for which other metrics are used to evaluate the credit quality.

The table below presents our corporate loans, and the concentration by industry.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Corporate loans		$43,458	$40,102
Industry
Consumer, Retail & Healthcare		15%	16%
Diversified Industrials		18%	17%
Financial Institutions		10%	10%
Funds		10%	10%
Natural Resources & Utilities		10%	11%
Real Estate		6%	6%
Technology, Media & Telecommunications		17%	18%
Other (including Special Purpose Vehicles)		14%	12%
Total		100%	100%

In the table above, as of both March 2019 and December 2018, corporate loans included 39% of loans related to our relationship lending and investment banking activities, 17% of loans related to collateralized inventory financings and 44% of loans related to other corporate lending activity, including middle market lending.

See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about loans receivable.

• Other Assets. Other assets are generally less liquid, nonfinancial assets, including property, leasehold improvements and equipment, goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, operating leaseright-of-use assets, incometax-related receivables and miscellaneous receivables. Other assets included $14.65 billion as of March 2019 and $13.21 billion as of December 2018, held by consolidated investment entities (CIEs) in connection with our Investing & Lending segment activities. Substantially all of such assets relate to CIEs engaged in real estate investment activities. These entities were funded with liabilities of approximately $8 billion as of March 2019 and $6 billion as of December 2018. Substantially all such liabilities were nonrecourse, thereby reducing our equity at risk.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 102

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The table below presents the reconciliation of our balance sheet allocation to our U.S. GAAP balance sheet.

$ in millions	GCLA, Segregated Assets and Other		Secured Client Financing		Institutional Client Services		Investing & Lending		Other Assets		Total
As of March 2019
Cash and cash equivalents		$  87,884		$           –		$           –		$           –		$         –		$  87,884
Resale agreements		96,333		19,618		16,486		8		–		132,445
Securities borrowed		16,343		92,632		38,975		–		–		147,950
Loans receivable		–		–		–		82,674		–		82,674
Customer and other receivables		–		28,240		40,305		4,893		–		73,438
Financial instruments owned		73,620		–		241,772		47,883		–		363,275
Other assets		5,061		–		–		–		32,622		37,683
Total assets		$279,241		$140,490		$337,538		$135,458		$32,622		$925,349
As of December 2018
Cash and cash equivalents		$130,547		$           –		$           –		$           –		$         –		$130,547
Resale agreements		87,022		32,389		19,808		39		–		139,258
Securities borrowed		10,382		83,079		41,824		–		–		135,285
Loans receivable		–		–		–		80,590		–		80,590
Customer and other receivables		–		29,764		42,006		7,545		–		79,315
Financial instruments owned		85,187		–		204,584		46,390		–		336,161
Other assets		–		–		–		–		30,640		30,640
Total assets		$313,138		$145,232		$308,222		$134,564		$30,640		$931,796

In the table above:

• Total assets for Institutional Client Services and Investing & Lending represent inventory and related assets. These amounts differ from total assets by business segment disclosed in Note 25 to the consolidated financial statements because total assets disclosed in Note 25 include allocations of our GCLA, segregated assets and other, secured client financing and other assets.

• See “Balance Sheet Analysis and Metrics” for explanations on the changes in our balance sheet from December 2018 to March 2019.

Balance Sheet Analysis and Metrics

As of March 2019, total assets in our consolidated statements of financial condition were $925.35 billion, a decrease of $6.45 billion from December 2018, reflecting decreases in cash and cash equivalents of $42.66 billion and customer and other receivables of $5.88 billion, partially offset by increases in financial instruments owned of $27.11 billion, other assets of $7.04 billion and collateralized agreements of $5.85 billion. The decrease in cash and cash equivalents and increase in collateralized agreements reflected the impact of our and clients’ activities. The decrease in customer and other receivables primarily reflected client activity. The increase in financial instruments owned reflected higher client activity in equity securities andnon-U.S. government obligations. The increase in other assets reflected purchases ofheld-to-maturity securities and recognition of operating leaseright-of-use assets upon adoption of ASUNo. 2016-02.

As of March 2019, total liabilities in our consolidated statements of financial condition were $835.08 billion, a decrease of $6.54 billion from December 2018, primarily reflecting decreases in collateralized financings of $9.05 billion and financial instruments sold of $7.95 billion, partially offset by increases in deposits of $5.88 billion and unsecured borrowings of $5.25 billion. The decrease in collateralized financings reflected the impact of our and clients’ activities. The decrease in financial instruments sold primarily reflected lower client activity in corporate debt instruments and government and agency obligations. The increase in deposits primarily reflected an increase in consumer deposits, partially offset by a decrease in institutional deposits. The increase in unsecured borrowings reflected the impact of interest rates and credit spreads on hybrid financial instruments for which we elected the fair value option.

Our total repurchase agreements, accounted for as collateralized financings, were $70.57 billion as of March 2019 and $78.72 billion as of December 2018, which were 8% lower as of March 2019 and 1% higher as of December 2018 than the daily average amount of repurchase agreements over the respective quarters. As of March 2019, the decrease in our repurchase agreements relative to the daily average during the quarter resulted from lower levels of our and clients’ activity at the end of the period.

The level of our repurchase agreements fluctuates between and within periods, primarily due to providing clients with access to highly liquid collateral, such as liquid government and agency obligations, through collateralized financing activities.

103 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The table below presents information about our balance sheet and the leverage ratios.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Total assets		$925,349	$931,796
Unsecured long-term borrowings		$224,473	$224,149
Total shareholders’ equity		$  90,273	$  90,185
Leverage ratio		10.3x	10.3x
Debt to equity ratio		2.5x	2.5x

In the table above:

• The leverage ratio equals total assets divided by total shareholders’ equity and measures the proportion of equity and debt we use to finance assets. This ratio is different from the leverage ratios included in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements.

• The debt to equity ratio equals unsecured long-term borrowings divided by total shareholders’ equity.

The table below presents information about our shareholders’ equity and book value per common share, including the reconciliation of common shareholders’ equity to tangible common shareholders’ equity.

	As of
$ in millions, except per share amounts		March 2019		December 2018
Total shareholders’ equity		$ 90,273		$ 90,185
Preferred stock		(11,203	)	(11,203	)
Common shareholders’ equity		79,070		78,982
Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets		(4,092	)	(4,082	)
Tangible common shareholders’ equity		$ 74,978		$ 74,900
Book value per common share		$ 209.07		$ 207.36
Tangible book value per common share		$ 198.25		$ 196.64

In the table above:

• Tangible common shareholders’ equity is calculated as total shareholders’ equity less preferred stock, goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. We believe that tangible common shareholders’ equity is meaningful because it is a measure that we and investors use to assess capital adequacy. Tangible common shareholders’ equity is anon-GAAP measure and may not be comparable to similarnon-GAAP measures used by other companies.

• Book value per common share and tangible book value per common share are based on common shares outstanding and restricted stock units granted to employees with no future service requirements (collectively, basic shares) of 378.2 million as of March 2019 and 380.9 million as of December 2018. We believe that tangible book value per common share (tangible common shareholders’ equity divided by basic shares) is meaningful because it is a measure that we and investors use to assess capital adequacy. Tangible book value per common share is anon-GAAP measure and may not be comparable to similarnon-GAAP measures used by other companies.

Funding Sources

Our primary sources of funding are deposits, collateralized financings, unsecured short-term and long-term borrowings, and shareholders’ equity. We seek to maintain broad and diversified funding sources globally across products, programs, markets, currencies and creditors to avoid funding concentrations.

The table below presents information about our funding sources.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019		December 2018
Deposits		$164,136	26%	$158,257	25%
Collateralized financings		102,917	17%	111,964	18%
Unsecured short-term borrowings		45,432	7%	40,502	7%
Unsecured long-term borrowings		224,473	36%	224,149	36%
Total shareholders’ equity		90,273	14%	90,185	14%
Total funding sources		$627,231	100%	$625,057	100%

Our funding is primarily raised in U.S. dollar, Euro, British pound and Japanese yen. We generally distribute our funding products through our own sales force and third-party distributors to a large, diverse creditor base in a variety of markets in the Americas, Europe and Asia. We believe that our relationships with our creditors are critical to our liquidity. Our creditors include banks, governments, securities lenders, corporations, pension funds, insurance companies, mutual funds and individuals. We have imposed various internal guidelines to monitor creditor concentration across our funding programs.

Deposits. Our deposits provide us with a diversified source of funding and reduce our reliance on wholesale funding. A growing portion of our deposit base consists of consumer deposits. Deposits are primarily used to finance lending activity, other inventory and a portion of our GCLA. We raise deposits, including savings, demand and time deposits, through internal and third-party broker-dealers, and from consumers and institutional clients, and primarily through Goldman Sachs Bank USA (GS Bank USA) and Goldman Sachs International Bank (GSIB). See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our deposits.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 104

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Secured Funding. We fund a significant amount of inventory on a secured basis. Secured funding includes collateralized financings in the consolidated statements of financial condition. We may also pledge our inventory as collateral for securities borrowed under a securities lending agreement. We also use our own inventory to cover transactions in which we or our clients have sold securities that have not yet been purchased. Secured funding is less sensitive to changes in our credit quality than unsecured funding, due to our posting of collateral to our lenders. Nonetheless, we continually analyze the refinancing risk of our secured funding activities, taking into account trade tenors, maturity profiles, counterparty concentrations, collateral eligibility and counterparty roll over probabilities. We seek to mitigate our refinancing risk by executing term trades with staggered maturities, diversifying counterparties, raising excess secured funding, andpre-funding residual risk through our GCLA.

We seek to raise secured funding with a term appropriate for the liquidity of the assets that are being financed, and we seek longer maturities for secured funding collateralized by asset classes that may be harder to fund on a secured basis, especially during times of market stress. Our secured funding, excluding funding collateralized by liquid government and agency obligations, is primarily executed for tenors of one month or greater and is primarily executed through term repurchase agreements and securities loaned contracts.

The weighted average maturity of our secured funding included in collateralized financings in the consolidated statements of financial condition, excluding funding that can only be collateralized by liquid government and agency obligations, exceeded 120 days as of March 2019.

Assets that may be harder to fund on a secured basis during times of market stress include certain financial instruments in the following categories: mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities,non-investment-grade corporate debt securities, equity securities and emerging market securities. Assets that are classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are generally funded on an unsecured basis. See Notes 5 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about the classification of financial instruments in the fair value hierarchy and “Unsecured Long-Term Borrowings” below for further information about the use of unsecured long-term borrowings as a source of funding.

We also raise financing through other types of collateralized financings, such as secured loans and notes. GS Bank USA has access to funding from the Federal Home Loan Bank. Our outstanding borrowings against the Federal Home Loan Bank were $528 million as of both March 2019 and December 2018.

GS Bank USA also has access to funding through the Federal Reserve Bank discount window. While we do not rely on this funding in our liquidity planning and stress testing, we maintain policies and procedures necessary to access this funding and test discount window borrowing procedures.

Unsecured Short-Term Borrowings. A significant portion of our unsecured short-term borrowings was originally long-term debt that is scheduled to mature within one year of the reporting date. We use unsecured short-term borrowings, including U.S. andnon-U.S. hybrid financial instruments, to finance liquid assets and for other cash management purposes. In light of regulatory developments, Group Inc. no longer issues debt with an original maturity of less than one year, other than to its subsidiaries. See Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our unsecured short-term borrowings.

Unsecured Long-Term Borrowings. We issue unsecured long-term borrowings as a source of funding for inventory and other assets and to finance a portion of our GCLA. Unsecured long-term borrowings, including structured notes, are raised through syndicated U.S. registered offerings, U.S. registered and Rule 144A medium-term note programs, offshore medium-term note offerings and other debt offerings. We issue in different tenors, currencies and products to maximize the diversification of our investor base.

The table below presents our quarterly unsecured long-term borrowings maturity profile as of March 2019.

$ in millions	First Quarter	Second Quarter	Third Quarter	Fourth Quarter	Total
2020	$         –	$10,319	$6,404	$6,464	$  23,187
2021	$  3,363	$  4,147	$7,814	$7,688	23,012
2022	$  6,343	$  6,091	$5,356	$5,767	23,557
2023	$10,611	$  4,907	$8,148	$4,219	27,885
2024	$  6,357	$  3,999	$4,375	$2,112	16,843
2025 - thereafter					109,989
Total					$224,473

105 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The weighted average maturity of our unsecured long-term borrowings as of March 2019 was approximately eight years. To mitigate refinancing risk, we seek to limit the principal amount of debt maturing over the course of any monthly, quarterly or annual time horizon. We enter into interest rate swaps to convert a portion of our unsecured long-term borrowings into floating-rate obligations to manage our exposure to interest rates. See Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our unsecured long-term borrowings.

Shareholders’ Equity. Shareholders’ equity is a stable and perpetual source of funding. See Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our shareholders’ equity.

Equity Capital Management and Regulatory Capital

Capital adequacy is of critical importance to us. We have in place a comprehensive capital management policy that provides a framework, defines objectives and establishes guidelines to assist us in maintaining the appropriate level and composition of capital in bothbusiness-as-usual and stressed conditions.

Equity Capital Management

We determine the appropriate amount and composition of our equity capital by considering multiple factors, including our current and future regulatory capital requirements, the results of our capital planning and stress testing process, the results of resolution capital models and other factors, such as rating agency guidelines, subsidiary capital requirements, the business environment and conditions in the financial markets.

We manage our capital requirements and the levels of our capital usage principally by setting limits on balance sheet assets and/or limits on risk, in each case at both the firmwide and business levels.

We principally manage the level and composition of our equity capital through issuances and repurchases of our common stock. We may also, from time to time, issue or repurchase our preferred stock, junior subordinated debt issued to trusts, and other subordinated debt or other forms of capital as business conditions warrant. Prior to any repurchases, we must receive confirmation that the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB) does not object to such capital action. See Notes 16 and 19 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our preferred stock, junior subordinated debt issued to trusts and other subordinated debt.

Capital Planning and Stress Testing Process. As part of capital planning, we project sources and uses of capital given a range of business environments, including stressed conditions. Our stress testing process is designed to identify and measure material risks associated with our business activities, including market risk, credit risk and operational risk, as well as our ability to generate revenues.

The following is a description of our capital planning and stress testing process:

• Capital Planning. Our capital planning process incorporates an internal capital adequacy assessment with the objective of ensuring that we are appropriately capitalized relative to the risks in our businesses. We incorporate stress scenarios into our capital planning process with a goal of holding sufficient capital to ensure we remain adequately capitalized after experiencing a severe stress event. Our assessment of capital adequacy is viewed in tandem with our assessment of liquidity adequacy and is integrated into our overall risk management structure, governance and policy framework.

Our capital planning process also includes an internal risk-based capital assessment. This assessment incorporates market risk, credit risk and operational risk. Market risk is calculated by usingValue-at-Risk (VaR) calculations supplemented by risk-basedadd-ons which include risks related to rare events (tail risks). Credit risk utilizes assumptions about our counterparties’ probability of default and the size of our losses in the event of a default. Operational risk is calculated based on scenarios incorporating multiple types of operational failures, as well as considering internal and external actual loss experience. Backtesting for market risk and credit risk is used to gauge the effectiveness of models at capturing and measuring relevant risks.

• Stress Testing. Our stress tests incorporate our internally designed stress scenarios, including our internally developed severely adverse scenario, and those required under CCAR and DFAST, and are designed to capture our specific vulnerabilities and risks. We provide further information about our stress test processes and a summary of the results on our website as described in “Available Information” below.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 106

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

As required by the FRB’s annual CCAR rules, we submit a capital plan for review by the FRB. The purpose of the FRB’s review is to ensure that we have a robust, forward-looking capital planning process that accounts for our unique risks and that permits continued operation during times of economic and financial stress.

The FRB evaluates us based, in part, on whether we have the capital necessary to continue operating under the baseline and stress scenarios provided by the FRB and those developed internally. This evaluation also takes into account our process for identifying risk, our controls and governance for capital planning, and our guidelines for making capital planning decisions. In addition, the FRB evaluates our plan to make capital distributions (i.e., dividend payments and repurchases or redemptions of stock, subordinated debt or other capital securities) and issue capital, across the range of macroeconomic scenarios and firm-specific assumptions.

In March 2019, the FRB revised its CCAR rules relating to the qualitative CCAR review. Accordingly, beginning with CCAR 2019, while the FRB will continue to evaluate our capital planning process, our capital plan will no longer be subject to a potential qualitative objection.

In addition, the DFAST rules currently require us to conduct stress tests on a semi-annual basis and publish a summary of results. The FRB also conducts its own annual stress tests and publishes a summary of certain results.

With respect to our 2018 CCAR submission, the FRB informed us that it did not object to our capital plan, conditioned upon us returning not more than $6.30 billion of capital from the third quarter of 2018 through the second quarter of 2019. The capital plan provides for up to $5.00 billion in repurchases of outstanding common stock and $1.30 billion in total common stock dividends, including an increase in our common stock dividend of $0.05 from $0.80 to $0.85 per share in the second quarter of 2019. The amount and timing of our capital actions will be based on, among other things, our current and projected capital position, and capital deployment opportunities. We published a summary of our annual DFAST results in June 2018. See “Available Information” below. We submitted our 2019 CCAR capital plan in April 2019 and expect to publish a summary of our annual DFAST results in June 2019.

In addition, GS Bank USA submitted its 2018 annual DFAST results to the FRB in April 2018 and published a summary of its annual DFAST results in June 2018. GS Bank USA will not be required to conduct the annualcompany-run stress test in 2019. See “Available Information” below.

Goldman Sachs International (GSI) and GSIB also have their own capital planning and stress testing process, which incorporates internally designed stress tests and those required under the Prudential Regulation Authority’s (PRA) Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process.

Contingency Capital Plan.As part of our comprehensive capital management policy, we maintain a contingency capital plan. Our contingency capital plan provides a framework for analyzing and responding to a perceived or actual capital deficiency, including, but not limited to, identification of drivers of a capital deficiency, as well as mitigants and potential actions. It outlines the appropriate communication procedures to follow during a crisis period, including internal dissemination of information, as well as timely communication with external stakeholders.

Capital Attribution.We assess each of our businesses’ capital usage based upon our internal assessment of risks, which incorporates an attribution of all of our relevant regulatory capital requirements. These regulatory capital requirements are allocated using our attributed equity framework, which takes into consideration our most binding capital constraints. Our most binding capital constraint is based on the results of the FRB’s annual stress test scenarios which include the Standardized risk-based capital and leverage ratios.

We also attribute risk-weighted assets (RWAs) to our business segments. As of March 2019, approximately 55% of RWAs calculated in accordance with the Standardized Capital Rules and approximately 50% of RWAs calculated in accordance with the Basel III Advanced Rules, were attributed to our Institutional Client Services segment and substantially all of the remaining RWAs were attributed to our Investing & Lending segment. We manage the levels of our capital usage based upon balance sheet and risk limits, as well as capital return analyses of our businesses based on our capital attribution.

107 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Share Repurchase Program. We use our share repurchase program to help maintain the appropriate level of common equity. The repurchase program is effected primarily through regular open-market purchases (which may include repurchase plans designed to comply withRule 10b5-1), the amounts and timing of which are determined primarily by our current and projected capital position and our capital plan submitted to the FRB as part of CCAR. The amounts and timing of the repurchases may also be influenced by general market conditions and the prevailing price and trading volumes of our common stock.

As of March 2019, the remaining share authorization under our existing repurchase program was 27.3 million shares; however, we are only permitted to make repurchases to the extent that such repurchases have not been objected to by the FRB. See “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds” in Part II, Item 2 of thisForm 10-Q and Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our share repurchase program, and see above for information about our capital planning and stress testing process.

Resolution Capital Models. In connection with our resolution planning efforts, we have established a Resolution Capital Adequacy and Positioning framework, which is designed to ensure that our major subsidiaries (GS Bank USA, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (GS&Co.), GSI, GSIB, Goldman Sachs Japan Co., Ltd. (GSJCL), Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. and Goldman Sachs Asset Management International) have access to sufficient loss-absorbing capacity (in the form of equity, subordinated debt and unsecured senior debt) so that they are able to wind-down following a Group Inc. bankruptcy filing in accordance with our preferred resolution strategy.

In addition, we have established a triggers and alerts framework, which is designed to provide the Board of Directors of Group Inc. (Board) with information needed to make an informed decision on whether and when to commence bankruptcy proceedings for Group Inc.

Rating Agency Guidelines

The credit rating agencies assign credit ratings to the obligations of Group Inc., which directly issues or guarantees substantially all of our senior unsecured debt obligations. GS&Co. and GSI have been assigned long- and short-term issuer ratings by certain credit rating agencies. GS Bank USA and GSIB have also been assigned long- and short-term issuer ratings, as well as ratings on their long- and short-term bank deposits. In addition, credit rating agencies have assigned ratings to debt obligations of certain other subsidiaries of Group Inc.

The level and composition of our equity capital are among the many factors considered in determining our credit ratings. Each agency has its own definition of eligible capital and methodology for evaluating capital adequacy, and assessments are generally based on a combination of factors rather than a single calculation. See “Risk Management — Liquidity Risk Management — Credit Ratings” for further information about credit ratings of Group Inc., GS Bank USA, GSIB, GS&Co. and GSI.

Consolidated Regulatory Capital

We are subject to consolidated regulatory capital requirements which are calculated in accordance with the regulations of the FRB (Capital Framework). Under the Capital Framework, we are an “Advanced approach” banking organization and have been designated as a global systemically important bank(G-SIB).

The capital requirements calculated in accordance with the Capital Framework include the risk-based capital buffers andG-SIB surcharge. The risk-based capital buffers, applicable to us for 2019, include the capital conservation buffer of 2.5% and the countercyclical capital buffer, which the FRB has set to zero percent. In addition, theG-SIB surcharge applicable to us as of January 2019 is 2.5% based on 2017 financial data. Based on financial data for the three months ended March 2019, our current estimate is that we are above the threshold for the 3.0%G-SIB surcharge. The earliest this surcharge could be effective is January 2022. TheG-SIB surcharge and countercyclical buffer in the future may differ due to additional guidance from our regulators and/or positional changes. See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our risk-based capital ratios and leverage ratios, and the Capital Framework.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 108

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Subsidiary Capital Requirements

Many of our subsidiaries, including our bank and broker-dealer subsidiaries, are subject to separate regulation and capital requirements of the jurisdictions in which they operate.

Bank Subsidiaries. GS Bank USA is our primary U.S. banking subsidiary and GSIB is our primarynon-U.S. banking subsidiary. These entities are subject to regulatory capital requirements. See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about the regulatory capital requirements of our bank subsidiaries.

U.S. Regulated Broker-Dealer Subsidiaries.GS&Co. is our primary U.S. regulated broker-dealer subsidiary and is subject to regulatory capital requirements, including those imposed by the SEC and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. In addition, GS&Co. is a registered futures commission merchant and is subject to regulatory capital requirements imposed by the CFTC, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange and the National Futures Association.Rule 15c3-1 of the SEC and Rule 1.17 of the CFTC specify uniform minimum net capital requirements, as defined, for their registrants, and also effectively require that a significant part of the registrants’ assets be kept in relatively liquid form. GS&Co. has elected to calculate its minimum capital requirements in accordance with the “Alternative Net Capital Requirement” as permitted byRule 15c3-1.

GS&Co. had regulatory net capital, as defined byRule 15c3-1, of $17.90 billion as of March 2019 and $17.45 billion as of December 2018, which exceeded the amount required by $15.58 billion as of March 2019 and $15.00 billion as of December 2018. In addition to its alternative minimum net capital requirements, GS&Co. is also required to hold tentative net capital in excess of $1 billion and net capital in excess of $500 million in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E ofRule 15c3-1. GS&Co. is also required to notify the SEC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $5 billion. As of both March 2019 and December 2018, GS&Co. had tentative net capital and net capital in excess of both the minimum and the notification requirements.

Non-U.S. Regulated Broker-Dealer Subsidiaries. Our principalnon-U.S. regulated broker-dealer subsidiaries include GSI and GSJCL.

GSI, our U.K. broker-dealer, is regulated by the PRA and the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA).GSI is subject to the capital framework for E.U.-regulated financial institutions prescribed in the E.U. Fourth Capital Requirements Directive and the E.U. Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR). These capital regulations are largely based on Basel III.

The table below presents GSI’s risk-based capital requirements.

	As of
		March 2019	December 2018
Risk-based capital requirements
CET1 capital ratio		8.7%	8.1%
Tier 1 capital ratio		10.7%	10.1%
Total capital ratio		13.3%	12.7%

In the table above, the risk-based capital requirements incorporate capital guidance received from the PRA and could change in the future. GSI’s future capital requirements may also be impacted by developments such as the introduction of risk-based capital buffers.

The table below presents information about GSI’s risk-based capital ratios.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Risk-based capital and RWAs
CET1 capital		$  24,318	$  23,956
Tier 1 capital		$  32,618	$  32,256
Tier 2 capital		$    5,377	$    5,377
Total capital		$  37,995	$  37,633
RWAs		$198,727	$200,089
Risk-based capital ratios
CET1 capital ratio		12.2%	12.0%
Tier 1 capital ratio		16.4%	16.1%
Total capital ratio		19.1%	18.8%

In the table above, CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital as of March 2019 included amounts which will be finalized upon the issuance of GSI’s 2019 annual audited financial statements and contributed approximately 13 basis points to the risk-based capital ratios.

In November 2016, the European Commission proposed amendments to the CRR to implement a 3% leverage ratio requirement for certain E.U. financial institutions. This leverage ratio compares the CRR’s definition of Tier 1 capital to a measure of leverage exposure, defined as the sum of certain assets plus certainoff-balance-sheet exposures (which include a measure of derivatives, securities financing transactions, commitments and guarantees), less Tier 1 capital deductions. Any required leverage ratio is expected to become effective for GSI no earlier than June 1, 2021. GSI had a leverage ratio of 4.5% as of March 2019 and 4.4% as of December 2018. Tier 1 capital as of March 2019 included amounts which will be finalized upon the issuance of GSI’s 2019 annual audited financial statements and these amounts contributed approximately 4 basis points to the leverage ratio. This leverage ratio is based on our current interpretation and understanding of this rule and may evolve as we discuss the interpretation and application of this rule with GSI’s regulators.

109 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

GSI is also subject to a minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities issued to affiliates. This requirement is subject to a transitional period which began to phase in from January 1, 2019 and will become fully effective on January 1, 2022. As of March 2019, GSI was in compliance with this requirement.

GSJCL, our Japanese broker-dealer, is regulated by Japan’s Financial Services Agency. GSJCL and certain othernon-U.S. subsidiaries are also subject to capital requirements promulgated by authorities of the countries in which they operate. As of both March 2019 and December 2018, these subsidiaries were in compliance with their local capital requirements.

Regulatory Matters and Other Developments

Regulatory Matters

Our businesses are subject to significant and evolving regulation. The Dodd-Frank Act, enacted in July 2010, significantly altered the financial regulatory regime within which we operate. In addition, other reforms have been adopted or are being considered by regulators and policy makers worldwide. Given that many of the new and proposed rules are highly complex, the full impact of regulatory reform will not be known until the rules are implemented and market practices develop under the final regulations.

See “Business — Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 of the 2018Form 10-K for further information about the laws, rules and regulations and proposed laws, rules and regulations that apply to us and our operations.

Resolution and Recovery Plans. We are required by the FRB and the FDIC to submit a periodic plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure (resolution plan). We are also required by the FRB to submit a periodic recovery plan that outlines the steps that management could take to reduce risk, maintain sufficient liquidity, and conserve capital in times of prolonged stress.

The FRB and the FDIC did not identify deficiencies in our most recent resolution plan, which we submitted in 2017. However, they did note one shortcoming that must be addressed in our next resolution plan submission, which is due on July 1, 2019. In December 2018, the FRB and FDIC finalized guidance for Resolution Plan submissions which consolidated or superseded all prior guidance. See “Available Information” below.

In addition, GS Bank USA is required to submit periodic resolution plans to the FDIC. GS Bank USA’s 2018 resolution plan was submitted on June 28, 2018. In August 2018, the FDIC extended the next resolution plan filing deadline to no sooner than July 1, 2020.

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity (TLAC). We are subject to the FRB’s TLAC and related requirements, which became effective in January 2019, with nophase-in period. Failure to comply with the TLAC and related requirements could result in restrictions being imposed by the FRB and could limit our ability to distribute capital, including share repurchases and dividend payments, and to make certain discretionary compensation payments.

The table below presents TLAC and external long-term debt requirements which became effective on January 1, 2019.

	Requirements
TLAC to RWAs	22.0%
TLAC to leverage exposure	9.5%
External long-term debt to RWAs	8.5%
External long-term debt to leverage exposure	4.5%

In the table above:

• The TLAC to RWAs requirement includes (i) the 18% minimum, (ii) the 2.5% buffer, (iii) the 1.5%G-SIB surcharge (Method 1) and (iv) the countercyclical capital buffer, which the FRB has set to zero percent.

• The TLAC to leverage exposure requirement includes (i) the 7.5% minimum and (ii) the 2.0% leverage exposure buffer.

• The external long-term debt to RWAs requirement includes (i) the 6% minimum and (ii) the 2.5%G-SIB surcharge (Method 2).

• The external long-term debt to total leverage exposure is the 4.5% minimum.

The table below presents information about our TLAC and external long-term debt ratios.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
TLAC		$  254,679	$   254,836
External long-term debt		$  159,437	$   160,493
RWAs		$  556,609	$   558,111
Leverage exposure		$1,338,115	$1,342,906
TLAC to RWAs		45.8%	45.7%
TLAC to leverage exposure		19.0%	19.0%
External long-term debt to RWAs		28.6%	28.8%
External long-term debt to leverage exposure		11.9%	12.0%

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 110

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

In the table above:

• TLAC includes common and preferred stock, and eligible long-term debt issued by Group Inc. Eligible long-term debt represents unsecured debt, which has a remaining maturity of at least one year and satisfies additional requirements.

• External long-term debt consists of eligible long-term debt subject to a haircut if it is due to be paid between one and two years.

• RWAs represent Basel III Advanced RWAs. In accordance with the TLAC rules, the higher of Basel III Advanced or Standardized RWAs are used in the calculation of TLAC and external long-term debt ratios and applicable requirements.

• Leverage exposure consists of average adjusted total assets and certainoff-balance-sheet exposures.

See “Business — Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 of the 2018Form 10-K for further information about TLAC.

Other Developments

U.K.’s notification to the European Council of its decision to leave the E.U. (Brexit). In March 2017, the U.K. government commenced the formal proceedings to withdraw from the E.U. This triggered a period of two years during which the terms of the U.K.’s exit from the E.U. were required to be negotiated and the process to be concluded.

The E.U. and the U.K. have agreed to a withdrawal agreement (the Withdrawal Agreement) which requires ratification by both the U.K. and the E.U. Parliaments. The U.K. Parliament has not yet approved the Withdrawal Agreement. As a result, the U.K. government and the E.U. have agreed to a further extension to thetwo-year period, with the current end date being October 31, 2019. Without a successful conclusion to the process by the end date, there is a possibility that the U.K. will leave the E.U. without a clear framework for its relationship with the E.U. or any transitional arrangements in place, in which case firms based in the U.K. will lose their existing access arrangements to the E.U. markets. Such a scenario is referred to as a “hard” Brexit.

We have been preparing for anticipated outcomes, including a hard Brexit, with the goal of ensuring that we maintain access to E.U. markets and are able to continue to provide products and services to our E.U. clients. See “Regulatory Matters and Other Developments — Other Developments” in Part II, Item 7 of the 2018Form 10-K for further information about our plan to manage a hard Brexit scenario.

Replacement of Interbank Offered Rates (IBORs), including LIBOR.Central banks and regulators in a number of major jurisdictions (for example, U.S., U.K., E.U., Switzerland and Japan) have convened working groups to find, and implement the transition to, suitable replacements for IBORs. The U.K. FCA, which regulates LIBOR, has announced that it will not compel panel banks to contribute to LIBOR after 2021. The E.U. Benchmarks Regulation imposed conditions under which only compliant benchmarks may be used in new contracts after 2021. We have created a program that focuses on achieving an orderly transition from IBORs to alternative risk-free reference rates for us and our clients. See “Regulatory Matters and Other Developments — Other Developments” in Part II, Item 7 of the 2018Form 10-K for further information about this program.

111 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into various types ofoff-balance-sheet arrangements. Our involvement in these arrangements can take many different forms, including:

• Purchasing or retaining residual and other interests in special purpose entities such as mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securitization vehicles;

• Holding senior and subordinated debt, interests in limited and general partnerships, and preferred and common stock in other nonconsolidated vehicles;

• Entering into interest rate, foreign currency, equity, commodity and credit derivatives, including total return swaps; and

• Providing guarantees, indemnifications, commitments, letters of credit and representations and warranties.

We enter into these arrangements for a variety of business purposes, including securitizations. The securitization vehicles that purchase mortgages, corporate bonds, and other types of financial assets are critical to the functioning of several significant investor markets, including the mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities markets, since they offer investors access to specific cash flows and risks created through the securitization process.

We also enter into these arrangements to underwrite client securitization transactions; provide secondary market liquidity; make investments in performing and nonperforming debt, distressed loans, power-related assets, equity securities, real estate and other assets; provide investors with credit-linked and asset-repackaged notes; and receive or provide letters of credit to satisfy margin requirements and to facilitate the clearance and settlement process.

The table below presents where information about our variousoff-balance-sheet arrangements may be found in thisForm 10-Q. In addition, see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for information about our consolidation policies.

Type ofOff-Balance-Sheet Arrangement	Disclosure inForm 10-Q
Variable interests and other obligations, including contingent obligations, arising from variable interests in nonconsolidated variable interest entities (VIEs)	See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements.
Guarantees, letters of credit, and lending and other commitments	See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements.
Derivatives	See “Risk Management — Credit Risk Management — Credit Exposures — OTC Derivatives” and Notes 4, 5, 7 and 18 to the consolidated financial statements.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 112

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Contractual Obligations

We have certain contractual obligations which require us to make future cash payments. These contractual obligations include our time deposits, secured long-term financings, unsecured long-term borrowings, interest payments and operating lease payments.

Our obligations to make future cash payments also include our commitments and guarantees related tooff-balance-sheet arrangements, which are excluded from the table below. See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about such commitments and guarantees.

Due to the uncertainty of the timing and amounts that will ultimately be paid, our liability for unrecognized tax benefits has been excluded from the table below. See Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our unrecognized tax benefits.

The table below presents our contractual obligations by type.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Time deposits		$  28,546	$  28,413
Secured long-term financings		$  12,802	$  11,878
Unsecured long-term borrowings		$224,473	$224,149
Interest payments		$  53,103	$  54,594
Operating lease payments		$    4,047	$    2,399

The table below presents our contractual obligations by expiration.

	As of March 2019
$ in millions		Remainder of 2019	2020 - 2021	2022 - 2023	2024 - Thereafter
Time deposits		$       –	$11,032	$11,325	$    6,189
Secured long-term financings		$       –	$  5,513	$  3,742	$    3,547
Unsecured long-term borrowings		$       –	$46,199	$51,442	$126,832
Interest payments		$4,981	$12,054	$  8,678	$  27,390
Operating lease payments		$  318	$    603	$    439	$    2,687

In the table above:

• Obligations maturing within one year of our financial statement date or redeemable within one year of our financial statement date at the option of the holders are excluded as they are treated as short-term obligations. See Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our short-term borrowings.

• Obligations that are repayable prior to maturity at our option are reflected at their contractual maturity dates and obligations that are redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holders are reflected at the earliest dates such options become exercisable.

• As of March 2019, unsecured long-term borrowings had maturities extending through 2067, consisted principally of senior borrowings, and included $5.62 billion of adjustments to the carrying value of certain unsecured long-term borrowings resulting from the application of hedge accounting. See Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our unsecured long-term borrowings.

• As of March 2019, the difference between the aggregate contractual principal amount and the related fair value of long-term other secured financings for which the fair value option was elected was not material.

• As of March 2019, the aggregate contractual principal amount of unsecured long-term borrowings for which the fair value option was elected exceeded the related fair value by $1.96 billion.

• Interest payments represents estimated future contractual interest payments related to unsecured long-term borrowings, secured long-term financings and time deposits based on applicable interest rates as of March 2019, and includes stated coupons, if any, on structured notes.

• Operating lease payments include lease commitments for office space that expire on various dates through 2069. Certain agreements are subject to periodic escalation provisions for increases in real estate taxes and other charges. See Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our operating lease liabilities.

113 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Risk Management

Risks are inherent in our businesses and include liquidity, market, credit, operational, model, legal, compliance, conduct, regulatory and reputational risks. For further information about our risk management processes, see “Overview and Structure of Risk Management.” Our risks include the risks across our risk categories, regions or global businesses, as well as those which have uncertain outcomes and have the potential to materially impact our financial results, our liquidity and our reputation. For further information about our areas of risk, see “Liquidity Risk Management,” “Market Risk Management,” “Credit Risk Management,” “Operational Risk Management” and “Model Risk Management” and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2018Form 10-K.

Overview and Structure of Risk Management

Overview

We believe that effective risk management is critical to our success. Accordingly, we have established an enterprise risk management framework that employs a comprehensive, integrated approach to risk management, and is designed to enable comprehensive risk management processes through which we identify, assess, monitor and manage the risks we assume in conducting our activities. These risks include liquidity, market, credit, operational, model, legal, compliance, conduct, regulatory and reputational risk exposures. Our risk management structure is built around three core components: governance, processes and people.

Governance.Risk management governance starts with the Board, which both directly and through its committees, including its Risk Committee, oversees our risk management policies and practices implemented through the enterprise risk management framework. The Board is also responsible for the annual review and approval of our risk appetite statement. The risk appetite statement describes the levels and types of risk we are willing to accept or to avoid, in order to achieve our strategic business objectives, while remaining in compliance with regulatory requirements.

The Board receives regular briefings on firmwide risks, including liquidity risk, market risk, credit risk, operational risk and model risk from our independent risk oversight and control functions, including the chief risk officer, and on compliance risk and conduct risk from the head of Compliance, on legal and regulatory matters from the general counsel, and on other matters impacting our reputation from the chair of our Firmwide Client and Business Standards Committee and our Firmwide Reputational Risk Committee. The chief risk officer reports to our chief executive officer and to the Risk Committee of the Board. As part of the review of the firmwide risk portfolio, the chief risk officer regularly advises the Risk Committee of the Board of relevant risk metrics and material exposures, including risk limits and thresholds established in our risk appetite statement.

The implementation of our risk governance structure and core risk management processes are overseen by Enterprise Risk, which reports to our chief risk officer, and is responsible for ensuring that our enterprise risk management framework provides the Board, our risk committees and senior management with a consistent and integrated approach to managing our various risks in a manner consistent with our risk appetite.

Our revenue-producing units, as well as Treasury, Operations, Services and Technology, are our first line of defense and are accountable for the outcomes of our risk-generating activities, as well as for assessing and managing those risks within our risk appetite.

Our independent risk oversight and control functions are considered our second line of defense and provide independent assessment, oversight and challenge of the risks taken by our first line of defense, as well as lead and participate in risk committees. Independent risk oversight and control functions include Compliance, Conflicts Resolution, Controllers, Credit Risk, Enterprise Risk, Human Capital Management, Legal, Liquidity Risk, Market Risk, Model Risk, Operational Risk and Tax.

Internal Audit is considered our third line of defense and reports to our chief executive officer and the Audit Committee of the Board. Internal Audit includes professionals with a broad range of audit and industry experience, including risk management expertise. Internal Audit is responsible for independently assessing and validating the effectiveness of key controls, including those within the risk management framework, and providing timely reporting to the Audit Committee of the Board, senior management and regulators.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 114

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The three lines of defense structure promotes the accountability of first line risk takers, provides a framework for effective challenge by the second line and empowers independent review from the third line.

Our governance structure provides the protocol and responsibility fordecision-making on risk management issues and ensures implementation of those decisions. We make extensive use of risk committees that meet regularly and serve as an important means to facilitate and foster ongoing discussions to manage and mitigate risks.

We maintain strong communication about risk and we have a culture of collaboration in decision-making among our first and second lines of defense, committees and senior management. While our first line of defense is responsible for management of their risk, we dedicate extensive resources to our second line of defense in order to ensure a strong oversight structure and an appropriate segregation of duties. We regularly reinforce our strong culture of escalation and accountability across all functions.

Processes.We maintain various processes that are critical components of our risk management framework, including identifying, assessing, monitoring and limiting our risks.

To effectively assess and monitor our risks, we maintain a daily discipline of marking substantially all of our inventory to current market levels. We carry our inventory at fair value, with changes in valuation reflected immediately in our risk management systems and in net revenues. We do so because we believe this discipline is one of the most effective tools for assessing and managing risk and that it provides transparent and realistic insight into our inventory exposures.

We also apply a rigorous framework of limits and thresholds to control and monitor risk across transactions, products, businesses and markets. The Board, directly or indirectly through its Risk Committee, approves limits and thresholds included in our risk appetite statement at firmwide, business and product levels. In addition, the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee is responsible for approving our risk limits framework, subject to the overall limits approved by the Risk Committee of the Board, and monitoring these limits on a daily basis.

The Risk Governance Committee is responsible for approving limits at firmwide, business and product levels. Certain limits may be set at levels that will require periodic adjustment, rather than at levels that reflect our maximum risk appetite. This fosters an ongoing dialogue about risk among our first and second lines of defense, committees and senior management, as well as rapid escalation ofrisk-related matters. See “Liquidity Risk Management,” “Market Risk Management,” “Credit Risk Management” and “Operational Risk Management” for further information.

Active management of our positions is another important process. Proactive mitigation of our market and credit exposures minimizes the risk that we will be required to take outsized actions during periods of stress.

Effective risk reporting and risk decision-making depends on our ability to get the right information to the right people at the right time. As such, we focus on the rigor and effectiveness of our risk systems, with the objective of ensuring that our risk management technology systems are comprehensive, reliable and timely. We devote significant time and resources to our risk management technology to ensure that it consistently provides us with complete, accurate and timely information.

People. Even the best technology serves only as a tool for helping to make informed decisions in real time about the risks we are taking. Ultimately, effective risk management requires our people to interpret our risk data on an ongoing and timely basis and adjust risk positions accordingly. The experience of our professionals, and their understanding of the nuances and limitations of each risk measure, guides us in assessing exposures and maintaining them within prudent levels.

We reinforce a culture of effective risk management, consistent with our risk appetite, in our training and development programs, as well as in the way we evaluate performance, and recognize and reward our people. Our training and development programs, including certain sessions led by our most senior leaders, are focused on the importance of risk management, client relationships and reputational excellence. As part of our annual performance review process, we assess reputational excellence, including how an employee exercises good risk management and reputational judgment, and adheres to our code of conduct and compliance policies. Our review and reward processes are designed to communicate and reinforce to our professionals the link between behavior and how people are recognized, the need to focus on our clients and our reputation, and the need to always act in accordance with our highest standards.

115 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Structure

Ultimate oversight of risk is the responsibility of our Board. The Board oversees risk both directly and through its committees, including its Risk Committee. We have a series of committees with specific risk management mandates that have oversight or decision-making responsibilities for risk management activities. Committee membership generally consists of senior managers from both our first and second lines of defense. We have established procedures for these committees to ensure that appropriate information barriers are in place. Our primary risk committees, most of which also have additionalsub-committees or working groups, are described below. In addition to these committees, we have other risk committees that provide oversight for different businesses, activities, products, regions and entities. All of our committees have responsibility for considering the impact of transactions and activities, which they oversee, on our reputation.

Membership of our risk committees is reviewed regularly and updated to reflect changes in the responsibilities of the committee members. Accordingly, the length of time that members serve on the respective committees varies as determined by the committee chairs and based on the responsibilities of the members.

The chart below presents an overview of our risk management governance structure, our three lines of defense and our reporting relationships.

Management Committee.The Management Committee oversees our global activities. It provides this oversight directly and through authority delegated to committees it has established. This committee consists of our most senior leaders, and is chaired by our chief executive officer. Most members of the Management Committee are also members of other committees. The following are the committees that are principally involved in firmwide risk management.

Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee.The Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee is responsible for overseeing all of our financial and nonfinancial risks. As a part of such oversight, the committee is responsible for the ongoing review, approval and monitoring of our enterprise risk management framework, as well as our risk limits framework. This committee isco-chaired by our chief financial officer and our chief risk officer, who are appointed as chairs by our chief executive officer, and reports to the Management Committee. The following are the primary committees that report to the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee:

• Firmwide Risk Committee. The Firmwide Risk Committee is responsible for the ongoing monitoring of relevant financial risks and related risk limits at the firmwide, business and product levels. This committee isco-chaired by the chairs of the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee.

• Firmwide New Activity Committee. The Firmwide New Activity Committee is responsible for reviewing new activities and for establishing a process to identify and review previously approved activities that are significant and that have changed in complexity and/or structure or present different reputational and suitability concerns over time to consider whether these activities remain appropriate. This committee isco-chaired by the head of regulatory controllers and theco-head of Europe, Middle East and Africa FICC sales, who are appointed as chairs by the chairs of the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee.

• Firmwide Model Risk Control Committee.The Firmwide Model Risk Control Committee is responsible for oversight of the development and implementation of model risk controls, which includes governance, policies and procedures related to our reliance on financial models. This committee is chaired by our deputy chief risk officer, who is appointed as chair by the chairs of the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 116

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

• Firmwide Conduct and Operational Risk Committee.The Firmwide Conduct and Operational Risk Committee is responsible for the ongoing approval and monitoring of the frameworks, policies, parameters and limits which govern our conduct and operational risks. This committee isco-chaired by a managing director in Compliance and our deputy chief risk officer, who are appointed as chairs by the chairs of the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee.

• Firmwide Technology Risk Committee.The Firmwide Technology Risk Committee reviews matters related to the design, development, deployment and use of technology. This committee oversees cyber security matters, as well as technology risk management frameworks and methodologies, and monitors their effectiveness. This committee isco-chaired by ourco-chief information officer and the head of Global Investment Research, who are appointed as chairs by the chairs of the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee.

• Global Business and Operational Resilience Committee. The Global Business and Operational Resilience Committee is responsible for oversight of the activities related to maintaining and developing business and operational resilience across all functions and regions. This committee is chaired by our chief administrative officer, who is appointed as chair by the chairs of the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee.

• Risk Governance Committee.The Risk Governance Committee (through delegated authority from the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee) is responsible for the ongoing approval and monitoring of risk frameworks, policies, parameters and limits, at firmwide, business and product levels. In addition, this committee reviews the results of stress tests and scenario analyses. This committee is chaired by our chief risk officer, who is appointed as chair by the chairs of the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee.

• Firmwide Volcker Oversight Committee. The Firmwide Volcker Oversight Committee is responsible for the oversight and periodic review of the implementation of our Volcker Rule compliance program, as approved by the Board, and other Volcker Rule-related matters. This committee isco-chaired by our chief market risk officer and the deputy head of Compliance, who are appointed as chairs by the chairs of the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee.

Firmwide Client and Business Standards Committee.The Firmwide Client and Business Standards Committee is responsible for overseeing relationships with our clients, client service and experience, and related business standards, as well as client-related reputational matters. This committee is chaired by our president and chief operating officer, who is appointed as chair by the chief executive officer, and reports to the Management Committee. This committee periodically provides updates to, and receives guidance from, the Public Responsibilities Committee of the Board.

The following committees report jointly to the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee and the Firmwide Client and Business Standards Committee:

• Firmwide Reputational Risk Committee. The Firmwide Reputational Risk Committee is responsible for assessing reputational risks arising from transactions that have been identified as having potential heightened reputational risk pursuant to the criteria established by the Firmwide Reputational Risk Committee. This committee is chaired by our president and chief operating officer, and the vice-chairs are the head of Compliance and the head of Conflicts Resolution, who are appointed as vice-chairs by the chair of the Firmwide Reputational Risk Committee. This committee periodically provides updates to, and receives guidance from, the Public Responsibilities Committee of the Board.

• Firmwide Suitability Committee. The Firmwide Suitability Committee is responsible for setting standards and policies for product, transaction and client suitability and providing a forum for consistency across functions, regions and products on suitability assessments. This committee also reviews suitability matters escalated from other committees. This committee isco-chaired by the deputy head of Compliance, and theco-head of Europe, Middle East and Africa FICC sales, who are appointed as chairs by the chair of the Firmwide Client and Business Standards Committee.

• Firmwide Investment Policy Committee. The Firmwide Investment Policy Committee reviews, approves, sets policies, and provides oversight for certain illiquid principal investments, including review of risk management and controls for these types of investments. This committee isco-chaired by the head of our Merchant Banking Division and the head of the Special Situations Group, who are appointed as chairs by our president and chief operating officer and our chief financial officer.

117 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

• Firmwide Capital Committee. The Firmwide Capital Committee provides approval and oversight of debt-related transactions, including principal commitments of our capital. This committee aims to ensure that business, reputational and suitability standards for underwritings and capital commitments are maintained on a global basis. This committee isco-chaired by the head of Credit Risk and aco-head of the Financing Group, who are appointed as chairs by the chairs of the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee.

• Firmwide Commitments Committee. The Firmwide Commitments Committee reviews our underwriting and distribution activities with respect to equity and equity-related product offerings, and sets and maintains policies and procedures designed to ensure that legal, reputational, regulatory and business standards are maintained on a global basis. In addition to reviewing specific transactions, this committee periodically conducts general strategic reviews of sectors and products and establishes policies in connection with transaction practices. This committee isco-chaired by theco-head of the Industrials Group in our Investment Banking Division, an advisory director, and a managing director in Risk Management, who are appointed as chairs by the chair of the Firmwide Client and Business Standards Committee.

Firmwide Asset Liability Committee. The Firmwide Asset Liability Committee reviews and approves the strategic direction for our financial resources, including capital, liquidity, funding and balance sheet. This committee has oversight responsibility for asset liability management, including interest rate and currency risk, funds transfer pricing, capital allocation and incentives, and credit ratings. This committee makes recommendations as to any adjustments to asset liability management and financial resource allocation in light of current events, risks, exposures, and regulatory requirements and approves related policies. This committee isco-chaired by our chief financial officer and our global treasurer, who are appointed as chairs by our chief executive officer, and reports to the Management Committee.

Conflicts Management

Conflicts of interest and our approach to dealing with them are fundamental to our client relationships, our reputation and our long-term success. The term “conflict of interest” does not have a universally accepted meaning, and conflicts can arise in many forms within a business or between businesses. The responsibility for identifying potential conflicts, as well as complying with our policies and procedures, is shared by all of our employees.

We have a multilayered approach to resolving conflicts and addressing reputational risk. Our senior management oversees policies related to conflicts resolution, and, in conjunction with Conflicts Resolution, Legal and Compliance, the Firmwide Client and Business Standards Committee, and other internal committees, formulates policies, standards and principles, and assists in making judgments regarding the appropriate resolution of particular conflicts. Resolving potential conflicts necessarily depends on the facts and circumstances of a particular situation and the application of experienced and informed judgment.

As a general matter, Conflicts Resolution reviews financing and advisory assignments in Investment Banking and certain of our investing, lending and other activities. In addition, we have various transaction oversight committees, such as the Firmwide Capital, Commitments and Suitability Committees and other committees that also review new underwritings, loans, investments and structured products. These groups and committees work with internal and external counsel and Compliance to evaluate and address any actual or potential conflicts. Conflicts Resolution reports to our president and chief operating officer.

We regularly assess our policies and procedures that address conflicts of interest in an effort to conduct our business in accordance with the highest ethical standards and in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 118

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Liquidity Risk Management

Overview

Liquidity risk is the risk that we will be unable to fund ourselves or meet our liquidity needs in the event of firm-specific, broader industry or market liquidity stress events. We have in place a comprehensive and conservative set of liquidity and funding policies. Our principal objective is to be able to fund ourselves and to enable our core businesses to continue to serve clients and generate revenues, even under adverse circumstances.

Treasury, which reports to our chief financial officer, has primary responsibility for developing, managing and executing our liquidity and funding strategy within our risk appetite.

Liquidity Risk, which is independent of our revenue-producing units and Treasury, and reports to our chief risk officer, has primary responsibility for assessing, monitoring and managing our liquidity risk through firmwide oversight across our global businesses and the establishment of stress testing and limits frameworks.

Liquidity Risk Management Principles

We manage liquidity risk according to three principles: (i) hold sufficient excess liquidity in the form of GCLA to cover outflows during a stressed period, (ii) maintain appropriate Asset-Liability Management and (iii) maintain a viable Contingency Funding Plan.

GCLA. GCLA is liquidity that we maintain to meet a broad range of potential cash outflows and collateral needs in a stressed environment. A primary liquidity principle is topre-fund our estimated potential cash and collateral needs during a liquidity crisis and hold this liquidity in the form of unencumbered, highly liquid securities and cash. We believe that the securities held in our GCLA would be readily convertible to cash in a matter of days, through liquidation, by entering into repurchase agreements or from maturities of resale agreements, and that this cash would allow us to meet immediate obligations without needing to sell other assets or depend on additional funding from credit-sensitive markets.

Our GCLA reflects the following principles:

• The first days or weeks of a liquidity crisis are the most critical to a company’s survival;

• Focus must be maintained on all potential cash and collateral outflows, not just disruptions to financing flows. Our businesses are diverse, and our liquidity needs are determined by many factors, including market movements, collateral requirements and client commitments, all of which can change dramatically in a difficult funding environment;

• During a liquidity crisis, credit-sensitive funding, including unsecured debt, certain deposits and some types of secured financing agreements, may be unavailable, and the terms (e.g., interest rates, collateral provisions and tenor) or availability of other types of secured financing may change and certain deposits may be withdrawn; and

• As a result of our policy topre-fund liquidity that we estimate may be needed in a crisis, we hold more unencumbered securities and have larger debt balances than our businesses would otherwise require. We believe that our liquidity is stronger with greater balances of highly liquid unencumbered securities, even though it increases our total assets and our funding costs.

We maintain our GCLA across Group Inc., Goldman Sachs Funding LLC (Funding IHC) and Group Inc.’s major broker-dealer and bank subsidiaries, asset types, and clearing agents to provide us with sufficient operating liquidity to ensure timely settlement in all major markets, even in a difficult funding environment. In addition to the GCLA, we maintain cash balances and securities in several of our other entities, primarily for use in specific currencies, entities or jurisdictions where we do not have immediate access to parent company liquidity.

We believe that our GCLA provides us with a resilient source of funds that would be available in advance of potential cash and collateral outflows and gives us significant flexibility in managing through a difficult funding environment.

Asset-Liability Management. Our liquidity risk management policies are designed to ensure we have a sufficient amount of financing, even when funding markets experience persistent stress. We manage the maturities and diversity of our funding across markets, products and counterparties, and seek to maintain a diversified funding profile with an appropriate tenor, taking into consideration the characteristics and liquidity profile of our assets.

Our approach to asset-liability management includes:

• Conservatively managing the overall characteristics of our funding book, with a focus on maintaining long-term, diversified sources of funding in excess of our current requirements. See “Balance Sheet and Funding Sources — Funding Sources” for further information;

119 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

• Actively managing and monitoring our asset base, with particular focus on the liquidity, holding period and our ability to fund assets on a secured basis. We assess our funding requirements and our ability to liquidate assets in a stressed environment while appropriately managing risk. This enables us to determine the most appropriate funding products and tenors. See “Balance Sheet and Funding Sources — Balance Sheet Management” for further information about our balance sheet management process and “— Funding Sources — Secured Funding” for further information about asset classes that may be harder to fund on a secured basis; and

• Raising secured and unsecured financing that has a long tenor relative to the liquidity profile of our assets. This reduces the risk that our liabilities will come due in advance of our ability to generate liquidity from the sale of our assets. Because we maintain a highly liquid balance sheet, the holding period of certain of our assets may be materially shorter than their contractual maturity dates.

Our goal is to ensure that we maintain sufficient liquidity to fund our assets and meet our contractual and contingent obligations in normal times, as well as during periods of market stress. Through our dynamic balance sheet management process, we use actual and projected asset balances to determine secured and unsecured funding requirements. Funding plans are reviewed and approved by the Firmwide Asset Liability Committee. In addition, our independent risk oversight and control functions analyze, and the Firmwide Asset Liability Committee reviews, our consolidated total capital position (unsecured long-term borrowings plus total shareholders’ equity) so that we maintain a level of long-term funding that is sufficient to meet our long-term financing requirements. In a liquidity crisis, we would first use our GCLA in order to avoid reliance on asset sales (other than our GCLA). However, we recognize that orderly asset sales may be prudent or necessary in a severe or persistent liquidity crisis.

Subsidiary Funding Policies

The majority of our unsecured funding is raised by Group Inc., which lends the necessary funds to Funding IHC and other subsidiaries, some of which are regulated, to meet their asset financing, liquidity and capital requirements. In addition, Group Inc. provides its regulated subsidiaries with the necessary capital to meet their regulatory requirements. The benefits of this approach to subsidiary funding are enhanced control and greater flexibility to meet the funding requirements of our subsidiaries. Funding is also raised at the subsidiary level through a variety of products, including deposits, secured funding and unsecured borrowings.

Our intercompany funding policies assume that a subsidiary’s funds or securities are not freely available to its parent, Funding IHC or other subsidiaries unless (i) legally provided for and (ii) there are no additional regulatory, tax or other restrictions. In particular, many of our subsidiaries are subject to laws that authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce the flow of funds from those subsidiaries to Group Inc. or Funding IHC. Regulatory action of that kind could impede access to funds that Group Inc. needs to make payments on its obligations. Accordingly, we assume that the capital provided to our regulated subsidiaries is not available to Group Inc. or other subsidiaries and any other financing provided to our regulated subsidiaries is not available to Group Inc. or Funding IHC until the maturity of such financing.

Group Inc. has provided substantial amounts of equity and subordinated indebtedness, directly or indirectly, to its regulated subsidiaries. For example, as of March 2019, Group Inc. had $29.72 billion of equity and subordinated indebtedness invested in GS&Co., its principal U.S. registered broker-dealer; $40.22 billion invested in GSI, a regulated U.K. broker-dealer; $2.84 billion invested in GSJCL, a regulated Japanese broker-dealer; $32.40 billion invested in GS Bank USA, a regulated New York State-chartered bank; and $3.94 billion invested in GSIB, a regulated U.K. bank. Group Inc. also provided, directly or indirectly, $113.54 billion of unsubordinated loans (including secured loans of $29.50 billion), and $20.00 billion of collateral and cash deposits to these entities, substantially all of which was to GS&Co., GSI, GSJCL and GS Bank USA, as of March 2019. In addition, as of March 2019, Group Inc. had significant amounts of capital invested in and loans to its other regulated subsidiaries.

Contingency Funding Plan.We maintain a contingency funding plan to provide a framework for analyzing and responding to a liquidity crisis situation or periods of market stress. Our contingency funding plan outlines a list of potential risk factors, key reports and metrics that are reviewed on an ongoing basis to assist in assessing the severity of, and managing through, a liquidity crisis and/or market dislocation. The contingency funding plan also describes in detail our potential responses if our assessments indicate that we have entered a liquidity crisis, which includepre-funding for what we estimate will be our potential cash and collateral needs, as well as utilizing secondary sources of liquidity. Mitigants and action items to address specific risks which may arise are also described and assigned to individuals responsible for execution.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 120

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The contingency funding plan identifies key groups of individuals to foster effective coordination, control and distribution of information, all of which are critical in the management of a crisis or period of market stress. The contingency funding plan also provides information about the responsibilities of these groups and individuals, which include making and disseminating key decisions, coordinating all contingency activities throughout the duration of the crisis or period of market stress, implementing liquidity maintenance activities and managing internal and external communication.

Stress Tests

In order to determine the appropriate size of our GCLA, we use an internal liquidity model, referred to as the Modeled Liquidity Outflow, which captures and quantifies our liquidity risks. We also consider other factors, including, but not limited to, an assessment of our potential intraday liquidity needs through an additional internal liquidity model, referred to as the Intraday Liquidity Model, the results of our long-term stress testing models, our resolution liquidity models and other applicable regulatory requirements and a qualitative assessment of our condition, as well as the financial markets. The results of the Modeled Liquidity Outflow, the Intraday Liquidity Model, the long-term stress testing models and the resolution liquidity models are reported to senior management on a regular basis. We also perform stress tests that are designed to ensure a comprehensive analysis of our vulnerabilities and idiosyncratic risks combining financial and nonfinancial risks, including, but not limited to, credit, market, liquidity and funding, operational and compliance, strategic, systemic and emerging risks into a single combined scenario.

Modeled Liquidity Outflow.Our Modeled Liquidity Outflow is based on conducting multiple scenarios that include combinations of market-wide and firm-specific stress. These scenarios are characterized by the following qualitative elements:

• Severely challenged market environments, including low consumer and corporate confidence, financial and political instability, adverse changes in market values, including potential declines in equity markets and widening of credit spreads; and

• A firm-specific crisis potentially triggered by material losses, reputational damage, litigation, executive departure, and/or a ratings downgrade.

The following are key modeling elements of the Modeled Liquidity Outflow:

• Liquidity needs over a30-day scenario;

• Atwo-notch downgrade of our long-term senior unsecured credit ratings;

• A combination of contractual outflows, such as upcoming maturities of unsecured debt, and contingent outflows (e.g., actions, though not contractually required, we may deem necessary in a crisis). We assume that most contingent outflows will occur within the initial days and weeks of a crisis;

• No issuance of equity or unsecured debt;

• No support from additional government funding facilities. Although we have access to various central bank funding programs, we do not assume reliance on additional sources of funding in a liquidity crisis; and

• No asset liquidation except relating to GCLA or hedging activities.

The potential contractual and contingent cash and collateral outflows covered in our Modeled Liquidity Outflow include:

Unsecured Funding

• Contractual: All upcoming maturities of unsecured long-term debt, commercial paper and other unsecured funding products. We assume that we will be unable to issue new unsecured debt or roll over any maturing debt.

• Contingent: Repurchases of our outstanding long-term debt, commercial paper and hybrid financial instruments in the ordinary course of business as a market maker.

Deposits

• Contractual: All upcoming maturities of term deposits. We assume that we will be unable to raise new term deposits or roll over any maturing term deposits.

• Contingent: Partial withdrawals of deposits that have no contractual maturity. The withdrawal assumptions reflect, among other factors, the type of deposit, whether the deposit is insured or uninsured, and our relationship with the depositor.

Secured Funding

• Contractual: A portion of upcoming contractual maturities of secured funding due to either the inability to refinance or the ability to refinance only at wider haircuts (i.e., on terms which require us to post additional collateral). Our assumptions reflect, among other factors, the quality of the underlying collateral, counterparty roll probabilities (our assessment of the counterparty’s likelihood of continuing to provide funding on a secured basis at the maturity of the trade) and counterparty concentration.

• Contingent: Adverse changes in the value of financial assets pledged as collateral for financing transactions, which would necessitate additional collateral postings under those transactions.

121 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

OTC Derivatives

• Contingent: Collateral postings to counterparties due to adverse changes in the value of our OTC derivatives, excluding those that are cleared and settled through central counterparties(OTC-cleared).

• Contingent: Other outflows of cash or collateral related to OTC derivatives, excludingOTC-cleared, including the impact of trade terminations, collateral substitutions, collateral disputes, loss of rehypothecation rights, collateral calls or termination payments required by atwo-notch downgrade in our credit ratings, and collateral that has not been called by counterparties, but is available to them.

Exchange-Traded andOTC-cleared Derivatives

• Contingent: Variation margin postings required due to adverse changes in the value of our outstanding exchange-traded andOTC-cleared derivatives.

• Contingent: An increase in initial margin and guaranty fund requirements by derivative clearing houses.

Customer Cash and Securities

• Contingent: Liquidity outflows associated with our prime brokerage business, including withdrawals of customer credit balances, and a reduction in customer short positions, which may serve as a funding source for long positions.

Securities

• Contingent: Liquidity outflows associated with a reduction or composition change in our short positions, which may serve as a funding source for long positions.

Unfunded Commitments

• Contingent: Draws on our unfunded commitments. Draw assumptions reflect, among other things, the type of commitment and counterparty.

Other

• Other large cash outflows that could occur in a stressed environment.

Intraday Liquidity Model. Our Intraday Liquidity Model measures our intraday liquidity needs using a scenario analysis characterized by the same qualitative elements as our Modeled Liquidity Outflow. The model assesses the risk of increased intraday liquidity requirements during a scenario where access to sources of intraday liquidity may become constrained.

The following are key modeling elements of the Intraday Liquidity Model:

• Liquidity needs over aone-day settlement period;

• Delays in receipt of counterparty cash payments;

• A reduction in the availability of intraday credit lines at our third-party clearing agents; and

• Higher settlement volumes due to an increase in activity.

Long-Term Stress Testing. We utilize longer-term stress tests to take a forward view on our liquidity position through prolonged stress periods in which we experience a severe liquidity stress and recover in an environment that continues to be challenging. We are focused on ensuring conservative asset-liability management to prepare for a prolonged period of potential stress, seeking to maintain a diversified funding profile with an appropriate tenor, taking into consideration the characteristics and liquidity profile of our assets.

We also perform stress tests on a regular basis as part of our routine risk management processes and conduct tailored stress tests on an ad hoc or product-specific basis in response to market developments.

Resolution Liquidity Models. In connection with our resolution planning efforts, we have established our Resolution Liquidity Adequacy and Positioning framework, which estimates liquidity needs of our major subsidiaries in a stressed environment. The liquidity needs are measured using our Modeled Liquidity Outflow assumptions and include certain additional inter-affiliate exposures. We have also established our Resolution Liquidity Execution Need framework, which measures the liquidity needs of our major subsidiaries to stabilize and wind-down following a Group Inc. bankruptcy filing in accordance with our preferred resolution strategy.

In addition, we have established a triggers and alerts framework, which is designed to provide the Board with information needed to make an informed decision on whether and when to commence bankruptcy proceedings for Group Inc.

Model Review and Validation

We regularly refine our Modeled Liquidity Outflow, Intraday Liquidity Model and our other stress testing models to reflect changes in market or economic conditions and our business mix. Any changes, including model assumptions, are approved by Treasury and Liquidity Risk. Significant changes to these models are also approved by the Risk Governance Committee.

These models are independently reviewed, validated and approved by Model Risk. See “Model Risk Management” for further information.

Limits

We use liquidity risk limits at various levels and across liquidity risk types to manage the size of our liquidity exposures. Limits are measured relative to acceptable levels of risk given our liquidity risk tolerance. The purpose of the firmwide limits is to assist senior management in monitoring and controlling our overall liquidity profile.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 122

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The Risk Committee of the Board and the Risk Governance Committee approve limits at the firmwide level, consistent with our risk appetite statement. Limits are reviewed frequently and amended, with required approvals, on a permanent and temporary basis, as appropriate, to reflect changing market or business conditions.

Limits are monitored by Treasury and Liquidity Risk. Liquidity Risk is responsible for identifying and escalating to senior management and/or the appropriate risk committee, on a timely basis, instances where limits have been exceeded.

GCLA and Unencumbered Metrics

GCLA.Based on the results of our internal liquidity risk models, described above, as well as our consideration of other factors, including, but not limited to, a qualitative assessment of our condition, as well as the financial markets, we believe our liquidity position as of both March 2019 and December 2018 was appropriate. We strictly limit our GCLA to a narrowly defined list of securities and cash because they are highly liquid, even in a difficult funding environment. We do not include other potential sources of excess liquidity in our GCLA, such as less liquid unencumbered securities or committed credit facilities.

The table below presents information about our average GCLA.

	Average for the Three Months Ended
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Denomination
U.S. dollar		$150,370	$151,419
Non-U.S. dollar		83,395	77,631
Total		$233,765	$229,050
Asset Class
Overnight cash deposits		$  82,018	$  97,453
U.S. government obligations		92,802	78,054
U.S. agency obligations		11,754	14,550
Non-U.S. government obligations		47,191	38,993
Total		$233,765	$229,050
Entity Type
Group Inc. and Funding IHC		$  39,557	$  36,745
Major broker-dealer subsidiaries		97,990	99,077
Major bank subsidiaries		96,218	93,228
Total		$233,765	$229,050

In the table above:

• The U.S. dollar-denominated GCLA consists of (i) unencumbered U.S. government and agency obligations (including highly liquid U.S. agency mortgage-backed obligations), all of which are eligible as collateral in Federal Reserve open market operations and (ii) certain overnight U.S. dollar cash deposits.

• Thenon-U.S. dollar-denominated GCLA consists ofnon-U.S. government obligations (only unencumbered German, French, Japanese and U.K. government obligations) and certain overnight cash deposits in highly liquid currencies.

We maintain our GCLA to enable us to meet current and potential liquidity requirements of our parent company, Group Inc., and its subsidiaries. Our Modeled Liquidity Outflow and Intraday Liquidity Model incorporate a consolidated requirement for Group Inc., as well as a standalone requirement for each of our major broker-dealer and bank subsidiaries. Funding IHC is required to provide the necessary liquidity to Group Inc. during the ordinary course of business, and is also obligated to provide capital and liquidity support to major subsidiaries in the event of our material financial distress or failure. Liquidity held directly in each of our major broker-dealer and bank subsidiaries is intended for use only by that subsidiary to meet its liquidity requirements and is assumed not to be available to Group Inc. or Funding IHC unless (i) legally provided for and (ii) there are no additional regulatory, tax or other restrictions. In addition, the Modeled Liquidity Outflow and Intraday Liquidity Model also incorporate a broader assessment of standalone liquidity requirements for other subsidiaries and we hold a portion of our GCLA directly at Group Inc. or Funding IHC to support such requirements.

Other Unencumbered Assets.In addition to our GCLA, we have a significant amount of other unencumbered cash and financial instruments, including other government obligations, high-grade money market securities, corporate obligations, marginable equities, loans and cash deposits not included in our GCLA. The fair value of our unencumbered assets averaged $194.48 billion for the three months ended March 2019 and $191.14 billion for the three months ended December 2018. We do not consider these assets liquid enough to be eligible for our GCLA.

Liquidity Regulatory Framework

As a bank holding company (BHC), we are subject to a minimum Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) under the LCR rule approved by the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies. The LCR rule requires organizations to maintain an adequate ratio of eligible high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) to expected net cash outflows under an acute short-term liquidity stress scenario. Eligible HQLA excludes HQLA held by subsidiaries that is in excess of their minimum requirement and is subject to transfer restrictions. We are required to maintain a minimum LCR of 100%. We expect that fluctuations in client activity, business mix and the market environment will impact our average LCR.

123 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The table below presents information about our average daily LCR.

	Average for the Three Months Ended
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Total HQLA		$232,123	$226,473
Eligible HQLA		$163,598	$160,016
Net cash outflows		$121,894	$126,511
LCR		134%	127%

In addition, the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies have issued a proposed rule that calls for a net stable funding ratio (NSFR) for large U.S. banking organizations. The proposal would require banking organizations to ensure they have access to stable funding over aone-year time horizon. The proposed rule includes quarterly disclosure of the ratio and a description of the banking organization’s stable funding sources. The U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies have not released the final rule. We expect that we will be compliant with the NSFR requirement when it is effective.

The following is information about our subsidiary liquidity regulatory requirements:

• GS Bank USA. GS Bank USA is subject to a minimum LCR of 100% under the LCR rule approved by the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies. As of March 2019, GS Bank USA’s LCR exceeded the minimum requirement. The NSFR requirement described above would also apply to GS Bank USA.

• GSI. GSI is subject to a minimum LCR of 100% under the LCR rule approved by the U.K. regulatory authorities and the European Commission. GSI’s average monthly LCR for the trailing twelve-month period ended March 2019 exceeded the minimum requirement.

• Other Subsidiaries. We monitor local regulatory liquidity requirements of our subsidiaries to ensure compliance. For many of our subsidiaries, these requirements either have changed or are likely to change in the future due to the implementation of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring, as well as other regulatory developments.

The implementation of these rules and any amendments adopted by the regulatory authorities, could impact our liquidity and funding requirements and practices in the future.

Credit Ratings

We rely on the short-term and long-term debt capital markets to fund a significant portion of ourday-to-day operations and the cost and availability of debt financing is influenced by our credit ratings. Credit ratings are also important when we are competing in certain markets, such as OTC derivatives, and when we seek to engage in longer-term transactions. See “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2018Form 10-K for information about the risks associated with a reduction in our credit ratings.

The table below presents the unsecured credit ratings and outlook of Group Inc.

	As of March 2019
		DBRS		Fitch	Moody’s	R&I	S&P
Short-term debt		R-1 (middle	)	F1	P-2	a-1	A-2
Long-term debt		A (high	)	A	A3	A	BBB+
Subordinated debt		A		A-	Baa2	A-	BBB-
Trust preferred		A		BBB-	Baa3	N/A	BB
Preferred stock		BBB (high	)	BB+	Ba1	N/A	BB
Ratings outlook		Stable		Stable	Stable	Stable	Stable

In the table above:

• The ratings and outlook are by DBRS, Inc. (DBRS), Fitch, Inc. (Fitch), Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s), Rating and Investment Information, Inc. (R&I), and Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services (S&P).

• The ratings for trust preferred relate to the guaranteed preferred beneficial interests issued by Goldman Sachs Capital I.

• The DBRS, Fitch, Moody’s and S&P ratings for preferred stock include the APEX issued by Goldman Sachs Capital II and Goldman Sachs Capital III.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 124

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The table below presents the unsecured credit ratings and outlook of GS Bank USA, GSIB, GS&Co. and GSI, by Fitch, Moody’s and S&P.

	As of March 2019
		Fitch	Moody’s	S&P
GS Bank USA
Short-term debt		F1	P-1	A-1
Long-term debt		A+	A1	A+
Short-term bank deposits		F1+	P-1	N/A
Long-term bank deposits		AA-	A1	N/A
Ratings outlook		Stable	Negative	Stable
GSIB
Short-term debt		F1	P-1	A-1
Long-term debt		A	A1	A+
Short-term bank deposits		F1	P-1	N/A
Long-term bank deposits		A	A1	N/A
Ratings outlook		Stable	Negative	Stable
GS&Co.
Short-term debt		F1	N/A	A-1
Long-term debt		A+	N/A	A+
Ratings outlook		Stable	N/A	Stable
GSI
Short-term debt		F1	P-1	A-1
Long-term debt		A	A1	A+
Ratings outlook		Stable	Negative	Stable

We believe our credit ratings are primarily based on the credit rating agencies’ assessment of:

• Our liquidity, market, credit and operational risk management practices;

• The level and variability of our earnings;

• Our capital base;

• Our franchise, reputation and management;

• Our corporate governance; and

• The external operating and economic environment, including, in some cases, the assumed level of government support or other systemic considerations, such as potential resolution.

Certain of our derivatives have been transacted under bilateral agreements with counterparties who may require us to post collateral or terminate the transactions based on changes in our credit ratings. We manage our GCLA to ensure we would, among other potential requirements, be able to make the additional collateral or termination payments that may be required in the event of atwo-notch reduction in our long-term credit ratings, as well as collateral that has not been called by counterparties, but is available to them.

See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about derivatives with credit-related contingent features and the additional collateral or termination payments related to our net derivative liabilities under bilateral agreements that could have been called by counterparties in the event of aone-notch andtwo-notch downgrade in our credit ratings.

Cash Flows

As a global financial institution, our cash flows are complex and bear little relation to our net earnings and net assets. Consequently, we believe that traditional cash flow analysis is less meaningful in evaluating our liquidity position than the liquidity and asset-liability management policies described above. Cash flow analysis may, however, be helpful in highlighting certain macro trends and strategic initiatives in our businesses.

Three Months Ended March 2019. Our cash and cash equivalents decreased by $42.66 billion to $87.88 billion at the end of the first quarter of 2019, primarily due to net cash used for operating activities. The net cash used for operating activities primarily reflected an increase in financial instruments owned and collateralized transactions.

Three Months Ended March 2018. Our cash and cash equivalents increased by $10.45 billion to $120.50 billion at the end of the first quarter of 2018, primarily due to net cash generated from financing activities partially offset by net cash used for investing activities. The net cash generated from financing activities primarily reflected net issuances of unsecured long-term borrowings and increases in institutional and Marcus deposits. The net cash used for investing activities was primarily to fund loans receivable to corporate borrowers and loans backed by commercial real estate, and investments in U.S. government and agency obligations accounted for asavailable-for-sale.

125 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Market Risk Management

Overview

Market risk is the risk of loss in the value of our inventory, as well as certain other financial assets and financial liabilities, due to changes in market conditions. We employ a variety of risk measures, each described in the respective sections below, to monitor market risk. We hold inventory primarily for market making for our clients and for our investing and lending activities. Our inventory, therefore, changes based on client demands and our investment opportunities. Our inventory is accounted for at fair value and therefore fluctuates on a daily basis, with the related gains and losses included in market making and other principal transactions. Categories of market risk include the following:

• Interest rate risk: results from exposures to changes in the level, slope and curvature of yield curves, the volatilities of interest rates, prepayment speeds and credit spreads;

• Equity price risk: results from exposures to changes in prices and volatilities of individual equities, baskets of equities and equity indices;

• Currency rate risk: results from exposures to changes in spot prices, forward prices and volatilities of currency rates; and

• Commodity price risk: results from exposures to changes in spot prices, forward prices and volatilities of commodities, such as crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas, electricity, and precious and base metals.

Market Risk, which is independent of our revenue-producing units and reports to our chief risk officer, has primary responsibility for assessing, monitoring and managing our market risk through firmwide oversight across our global businesses.

Managers in revenue-producing units and Market Risk discuss market information, positions and estimated loss scenarios on an ongoing basis. Managers in revenue-producing units are accountable for managing risk within prescribed limits. These managers havein-depth knowledge of their positions, markets and the instruments available to hedge their exposures.

Market Risk Management Process

Our process for managing market risk includes:

• Collecting complete, accurate and timely information;

• Utilizing a dynamic limit-setting framework;

• Monitoring compliance with established market risk limits and reporting our exposures;

• Diversifying exposures;

• Controlling position sizes;

• Evaluating mitigants, such as economic hedges in related securities or derivatives; and

• Ensuring proactive communication between our revenue-producing units and our independent risk oversight and control functions.

Our market risk management systems enable us to perform an independent calculation of VaR and stress measures, capture risk measures at individual position levels, attribute risk measures to individual risk factors of each position, report many different views of the risk measures (e.g., by desk, business, product type or entity) and produce ad hoc analyses in a timely manner.

Risk Measures

We produce risk measures and monitor them against established market risk limits. These measures reflect an extensive range of scenarios and the results are aggregated at product, business and firmwide levels.

We use a variety of risk measures to estimate the size of potential losses for both moderate and more extreme market moves over both short-term and long-term time horizons. Our primary risk measures are VaR, which is used for shorter-term periods, and stress tests. Our risk reports detail key risks, drivers and changes for each desk and business, and are distributed daily to senior management of both our revenue-producing units and our independent risk oversight and control functions.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 126

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Value-at-Risk. VaR is the potential loss in value due to adverse market movements over a defined time horizon with a specified confidence level. For assets and liabilities included in VaR, see “Financial Statement Linkages to Market Risk Measures.” We typically employ aone-day time horizon with a 95% confidence level. We use a single VaR model, which captures risks including interest rates, equity prices, currency rates and commodity prices. As such, VaR facilitates comparison across portfolios of different risk characteristics. VaR also captures the diversification of aggregated risk at the firmwide level.

We are aware of the inherent limitations to VaR and therefore use a variety of risk measures in our market risk management process. Inherent limitations to VaR include:

• VaR does not estimate potential losses over longer time horizons where moves may be extreme;

• VaR does not take account of the relative liquidity of different risk positions; and

• Previous moves in market risk factors may not produce accurate predictions of all future market moves.

To comprehensively capture our exposures and relevant risks in our VaR calculation, we use historical simulations with full valuation of market factors at the position level by simultaneously shocking the relevant market factors for that position. These market factors include spot prices, credit spreads, funding spreads, yield curves, volatility and correlation, and are updated periodically based on changes in the composition of positions, as well as variations in market conditions. We sample from five years of historical data to generate the scenarios for our VaR calculation. The historical data is weighted so that the relative importance of the data reduces over time. This gives greater importance to more recent observations and reflects current asset volatilities, which improves the accuracy of our estimates of potential loss. As a result, even if our positions included in VaR were unchanged, our VaR would increase with increasing market volatility and vice versa.

Given its reliance on historical data, VaR is most effective in estimating risk exposures in markets in which there are no sudden fundamental changes or shifts in market conditions.

Our VaR measure does not include:

• Positions that are best measured and monitored using sensitivity measures; and

• The impact of changes in counterparty and our own credit spreads on derivatives, as well as changes in our own credit spreads on financial liabilities for which the fair value option was elected.

We perform daily backtesting of our VaR model (i.e., comparing daily net revenues for positions included in VaR to the VaR measure calculated as of the prior business day) at the firmwide level and for each of our businesses and major regulated subsidiaries.

Stress Testing. Stress testing is a method of determining the effect of various hypothetical stress scenarios. We use stress testing to examine risks of specific portfolios, as well as the potential impact of our significant risk exposures. We use a variety of stress testing techniques to calculate the potential loss from a wide range of market moves on our portfolios, including sensitivity analysis, scenario analysis and stress tests. The results of our various stress tests are analyzed together for risk management purposes.

Sensitivity analysis is used to quantify the impact of a market move in a single risk factor across all positions (e.g., equity prices or credit spreads) using a variety of defined market shocks, ranging from those that could be expected over aone-day time horizon up to those that could take many months to occur. We also use sensitivity analysis to quantify the impact of the default of any single entity, which captures the risk of large or concentrated exposures.

Scenario analysis is used to quantify the impact of a specified event, including how the event impacts multiple risk factors simultaneously. For example, for sovereign stress testing we calculate potential direct exposure associated with our sovereign inventory, as well as the corresponding debt, equity and currency exposures associated with ournon-sovereign inventory that may be impacted by the sovereign distress. When conducting scenario analysis, we typically consider a number of possible outcomes for each scenario, ranging from moderate to severely adverse market impacts. In addition, these stress tests are constructed using both historical events and forward-looking hypothetical scenarios.

127 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Stress testing is designed to ensure a comprehensive analysis of our vulnerabilities and idiosyncratic risks combining financial and nonfinancial risks, including, but not limited to, market, credit, liquidity and funding, operational and compliance, strategic, systemic and emerging risks into a single combined scenario. Stress tests are primarily used to assess capital adequacy as part of our capital planning and stress testing process; however, stress testing is also integrated into our risk governance framework. This includes selecting appropriate scenarios to use for our capital planning and stress testing process. See “Equity Capital Management and Regulatory Capital — Equity Capital Management” for further information.

Unlike VaR measures, which have an implied probability because they are calculated at a specified confidence level, there is generally no implied probability that our stress test scenarios will occur. Instead, stress tests are used to model both moderate and more extreme moves in underlying market factors. When estimating potential loss, we generally assume that our positions cannot be reduced or hedged (although experience demonstrates that we are generally able to do so).

Stress test scenarios are conducted on a regular basis as part of our routine risk management process and on an ad hoc basis in response to market events or concerns. Stress testing is an important part of our risk management process because it allows us to quantify our exposure to tail risks, highlight potential loss concentrations, undertake risk/reward analysis, and assess and mitigate our risk positions.

Limits

We use market risk limits andsub-limits at various levels to manage the size of our market exposures. The Risk Committee of the Board and the Risk Governance Committee approve limits andsub-limits at firmwide, business and product levels, consistent with our risk appetite statement. In addition, Market Risk (through delegated authority from the Risk Governance Committee) sets limits andsub-limits at certain product and desk levels. Limits are reviewed regularly and amended on a permanent or temporary basis to reflect changing market conditions, business conditions or tolerance for risk.

Limits are set based on VaR and on a range of stress tests relevant to our exposures.Sub-limits are set below the approved level of limits.Sub-limits set the desired maximum amount of exposure that may be managed by any particular business on aday-to-day basis without additional levels of senior management approval, effectively leavingday-to-day decisions to individual desk managers and traders. Accordingly,sub-limits are a management tool designed to ensure appropriate escalation rather than to establish maximum risk tolerance.Sub-limits also distribute risk among various businesses in a manner that is consistent with their level of activity and client demand, taking into account the relative performance of each area.

Market Risk is responsible for monitoring these limits, and identifying and escalating to senior management and/or the appropriate risk committee, on a timely basis, instances where limits have been exceeded (e.g., due to positional changes or changes in market conditions, such as increased volatilities or changes in correlations). Such instances are remediated by an inventory reduction and/or a temporary or permanent increase to the limit.

Model Review and Validation

Our VaR and stress testing models are regularly reviewed and enhanced in order to incorporate changes in the composition of positions included in our market risk measures, as well as variations in market conditions. Prior to implementing significant changes to our assumptions and/or models, Model Risk performs model validations. Significant changes to our VaR and stress testing models are reviewed with our chief risk officer and chief financial officer, and approved by the Risk Governance Committee.

These models are independently reviewed, validated and approved by Model Risk. See “Model Risk Management” for further information.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 128

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Metrics

We analyze VaR at the firmwide level and a variety of more detailed levels, including by risk category, business and region. Diversification effect in the tables below represents the difference between total VaR and the sum of the VaRs for the four risk categories. This effect arises because the four market risk categories are not perfectly correlated.

The table below presents our average daily VaR by risk category.

	Three Months Ended
$ in millions		March 2019		December 2018		March 2018
Interest rates		$ 43		$ 40		$ 54
Equity prices		29		28		34
Currency rates		12		19		10
Commodity prices		11		12		9
Diversification effect		(40	)	(50	)	(34	)
Total		$ 55		$ 49		$ 73

Our average daily VaR increased to $55 million for the first quarter of 2019 from $49 million for the fourth quarter of 2018, primarily due to a decrease in the diversification effect and an increase in the interest rates category, partially offset by a decrease in the currency rates category. The overall increase was due to higher levels of volatility and changes in exposures.

Our average daily VaR decreased to $55 million for the first quarter of 2019 from $73 million for the first quarter of 2018, reflecting decreases in the interest rates and equity prices categories, and an increase in the diversification effect. The overall decrease was primarily due to reduced exposures.

The table below presents ourperiod-end VaR by risk category.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019		December 2018		March 2018
Interest rates		$ 41		$ 46		$ 59
Equity prices		31		32		37
Currency rates		11		12		9
Commodity prices		12		11		10
Diversification effect		(38	)	(44	)	(36	)
Total		$ 57		$ 57		$ 79

Our daily VaR of $57 million as of March 2019 remained unchanged compared with December 2018.

Our daily VaR decreased to $57 million as of March 2019 from $79 million as of March 2018, primarily due to decreases in the interest rates and equity prices categories. The overall decrease was primarily due to reduced exposures.

During the first quarter of 2019, the firmwide VaR risk limit was not exceeded, raised or reduced.

The table below presents our high and low VaR.

	Three Months Ended
		March 2019		December 2018		March 2018
$ in millions		High	Low	High	Low	High	Low
Categories
Interest rates		$52	$35	$47	$34	$61	$45
Equity prices		$38	$25	$32	$24	$45	$27
Currency rates		$20	$  7	$27	$12	$14	$  7
Commodity prices		$16	$10	$14	$  9	$11	$  8
Firmwide
VaR		$63	$49	$59	$42	$86	$54

The chart below presents our daily VaR for the three months ended March 2019.

The table below presents, by number of days, the frequency distribution of our daily net revenues for positions included in VaR.

	Three Months Ended March
$ in millions		2019	2018
>$100		5	7
$75 - $100		6	10
$50 - $75		10	20
$25 - $50		18	12
$0 - $25		19	10
$(25) - $0		3	2
<$(25)		–	–
Total		61	61

Daily net revenues for positions included in VaR are compared with VaR calculated as of the end of the prior business day. Net losses incurred on a single day for such positions did not exceed our 95%one-day VaR (i.e., a VaR exception) during the first quarter of 2019.

129 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

During periods in which we have significantly more positive net revenue days than net revenue loss days, we expect to have fewer VaR exceptions because, under normal conditions, our business model generally produces positive net revenues. In periods in which our franchise revenues are adversely affected, we generally have more loss days, resulting in more VaR exceptions. The daily net revenues for positions included in VaR used to determine VaR exceptions reflect the impact of any intraday activity, including bid/offer net revenues, which are more likely than not to be positive by their nature.

Sensitivity Measures

Certain portfolios and individual positions are not included in VaR because VaR is not the most appropriate risk measure. Other sensitivity measures we use to analyze market risk are described below.

10% Sensitivity Measures. The table below presents our market risk by asset category for positions accounted for at fair value, that are not included in VaR.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018	March 2018
Equity		$1,939	$1,923	$2,064
Debt		2,031	1,890	1,609
Total		$3,970	$3,813	$3,673

In the table above:

• The market risk of these positions is determined by estimating the potential reduction in net revenues of a 10% decline in the value of these positions.

• Equity positions relate to private and restricted public equity securities, including interests in funds that invest in corporate equities and real estate and interests in hedge funds.

• Debt positions include interests in funds that invest in corporate mezzanine and senior debt instruments, loans backed by commercial and residential real estate, corporate bank loans and other corporate debt, including acquired portfolios of distressed loans.

• Funded equity and debt positions are included in our consolidated statements of financial condition in financial instruments owned. See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about cash instruments.

• These measures do not reflect the diversification effect across asset categories or across other market risk measures.

Credit Spread Sensitivity on Derivatives and Financial Liabilities. VaR excludes the impact of changes in counterparty and our own credit spreads on derivatives, as well as changes in our own credit spreads (debt valuation adjustment) on financial liabilities for which the fair value option was elected. The estimated sensitivity to a one basis point increase in credit spreads (counterparty and our own) on derivatives was a gain of $3 million (including hedges) as of both March 2019 and December 2018. In addition, the estimated sensitivity to a one basis point increase in our own credit spreads on financial liabilities for which the fair value option was elected was a gain of $45 million as of March 2019 and $41 million as of December 2018. However, the actual net impact of a change in our own credit spreads is also affected by the liquidity, duration and convexity (as the sensitivity is not linear to changes in yields) of those financial liabilities for which the fair value option was elected, as well as the relative performance of any hedges undertaken.

Interest Rate Sensitivity. Loans receivable were $82.67 billion as of March 2019 and $80.59 billion as of December 2018, substantially all of which had floating interest rates. The estimated sensitivity to a 100 basis point increase in interest rates on such loans was $640 million as of March 2019 and $607 million as of December 2018 of additional interest income over a twelve-month period, which does not take into account the potential impact of an increase in costs to fund such loans. See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about loans receivable.

Other Market Risk Considerations

As of both March 2019 and December 2018, we had commitments and held loans for which we have obtained credit loss protection from Sumitomo Mitsui Financial Group, Inc. See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about such lending commitments.

In addition, we make investments in securities that are accounted for asavailable-for-sale and included in financial instruments owned in the consolidated statements of financial condition. See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements for further information.

We also make investments accounted for under the equity method and we also make direct investments in real estate, both of which are included in other assets. Direct investments in real estate are accounted for at cost less accumulated depreciation. See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about other assets.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 130

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Financial Statement Linkages to Market Risk Measures

We employ a variety of risk measures, each described in the respective sections above, to monitor market risk across the consolidated statements of financial condition and consolidated statements of earnings. The related gains and losses on these positions are included in market making, other principal transactions, interest income and interest expense in the consolidated statements of earnings, and debt valuation adjustment in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

The table below presents certain categories of assets and liabilities in our consolidated statements of financial condition and the market risk measures used to assess those assets and liabilities.

Categories in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition	Market Risk Measures
Collateralized agreements, at fair value	VaR
Receivables	VaR Interest Rate Sensitivity
Financial instruments owned	VaR 10% Sensitivity Measures Credit Spread Sensitivity — Derivatives
Deposits, at fair value	Credit Spread Sensitivity — Financial Liabilities
Collateralized financings, at fair value	VaR
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased	VaR Credit Spread Sensitivity — Derivatives
Unsecured short-term and long-term borrowings, at fair value	VaR Credit Spread Sensitivity — Financial Liabilities

Credit Risk Management

Overview

Credit risk represents the potential for loss due to the default or deterioration in credit quality of a counterparty (e.g., an OTC derivatives counterparty or a borrower) or an issuer of securities or other instruments we hold. Our exposure to credit risk comes mostly from client transactions in OTC derivatives and loans and lending commitments. Credit risk also comes from cash placed with banks, securities financing transactions (i.e., resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowing and lending activities) and customer and other receivables.

Credit Risk, which is independent of our revenue-producing units and reports to our chief risk officer, has primary responsibility for assessing, monitoring and managing our credit risk through firmwide oversight across our global businesses. The Risk Governance Committee reviews and approves credit policies and parameters. In addition, we hold other positions that give rise to credit risk (e.g., bonds held in our inventory and secondary bank loans). These credit risks are captured as a component of market risk measures, which are monitored and managed by Market Risk, consistent with other inventory positions. We also enter into derivatives to manage market risk exposures. Such derivatives also give rise to credit risk, which is monitored and managed by Credit Risk.

Credit Risk Management Process

Our process for managing credit risk includes:

• Collecting complete, accurate and timely information;

• Approving transactions and setting and communicating credit exposure limits;

• Monitoring compliance with established credit risk limits and reporting our exposure;

• Establishing or approving underwriting standards;

• Assessing the likelihood that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations;

• Measuring our current and potential credit exposure and losses resulting from a counterparty default;

• Using credit risk mitigants, including collateral and hedging;

• Maximizing recovery through active workout and restructuring of claims; and

• Ensuring proactive communication between our revenue-producing units and our independent risk oversight and control functions.

As part of the risk assessment process, we perform credit reviews, which include initial and ongoing analyses of our counterparties. For substantially all of our credit exposures, the core of our process is an annual counterparty credit review. A credit review is an independent analysis of the capacity and willingness of a counterparty to meet its financial obligations, resulting in an internal credit rating. The determination of internal credit ratings also incorporates assumptions with respect to the nature of and outlook for the counterparty’s industry, and the economic environment. Senior personnel, with expertise in specific industries, inspect and approve credit reviews and internal credit ratings.

131 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Our risk assessment process may also include, where applicable, reviewing certain key metrics, including, but not limited to, delinquency status, collateral values, Fair Isaac Corporation credit scores and other risk factors.

Our global credit risk management systems capture credit exposure to individual counterparties and on an aggregate basis to counterparties and their subsidiaries (economic groups). These systems also provide management with comprehensive information about our aggregate credit risk by product, internal credit rating, industry, country and region.

Risk Measures and Limits

We measure our credit risk based on the potential loss in the event ofnon-payment by a counterparty using current and potential exposure. For derivatives and securities financing transactions, current exposure represents the amount presently owed to us after taking into account applicable netting and collateral arrangements, while potential exposure represents our estimate of the future exposure that could arise over the life of a transaction based on market movements within a specified confidence level. Potential exposure also takes into account netting and collateral arrangements. For loans and lending commitments, the primary measure is a function of the notional amount of the position.

We use credit risk limits at various levels, as well as underwriting standards to manage the size and nature of our credit exposures. The Risk Committee of the Board and the Risk Governance Committee approve limits at firmwide, business and product levels, consistent with our risk appetite statement. Credit Risk (through delegated authority from the Risk Governance Committee) sets limits for individual counterparties, economic groups, industries and countries. Limits for counterparties and economic groups are reviewed regularly and revised to reflect changing risk appetites for a given counterparty or group of counterparties. Limits for industries and countries are based on our risk appetite and are designed to allow for regular monitoring, review, escalation and management of credit risk concentrations.

Policies authorized by the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee and the Risk Governance Committee prescribe the level of formal approval required for us to assume credit exposure to a counterparty across all product areas, taking into account any applicable netting provisions, collateral or other credit risk mitigants.

Credit Risk is responsible for monitoring these limits, and identifying and escalating to senior management and/or the appropriate risk committee, on a timely basis, instances where limits have been exceeded.

Stress Tests

We use regular stress tests to calculate the credit exposures, including potential concentrations that would result from applying shocks to counterparty credit ratings or credit risk factors (e.g., currency rates, interest rates, equity prices). These shocks include a wide range of moderate and more extreme market movements. Some of our stress tests include shocks to multiple risk factors, consistent with the occurrence of a severe market or economic event. In the case of sovereign default, we estimate the direct impact of the default on our sovereign credit exposures, changes to our credit exposures arising from potential market moves in response to the default, and the impact of credit market deterioration on corporate borrowers and counterparties that may result from the sovereign default. Unlike potential exposure, which is calculated within a specified confidence level, with a stress test there is generally no assumed probability of these events occurring.

We perform stress tests on a regular basis as part of our routine risk management processes and conduct tailored stress tests on an ad hoc basis in response to market developments. We also perform stress tests that are designed to ensure a comprehensive analysis of our vulnerabilities and idiosyncratic risks combining financial and nonfinancial risks, including, but not limited to, credit, market, liquidity and funding, operational and compliance, strategic, systemic and emerging risks into a single combined scenario.

Model Review and Validation

Our potential credit exposure and stress testing models, and any changes to such models or assumptions, are independently reviewed, validated and approved by Model Risk. See “Model Risk Management” for further information.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 132

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Risk Mitigants

To reduce our credit exposures on derivatives and securities financing transactions, we may enter into netting agreements with counterparties that permit us to offset receivables and payables with such counterparties. We may also reduce credit risk with counterparties by entering into agreements that enable us to obtain collateral from them on an upfront or contingent basis and/or to terminate transactions if the counterparty’s credit rating falls below a specified level. We monitor the fair value of the collateral to ensure that our credit exposures are appropriately collateralized. We seek to minimize exposures where there is a significant positive correlation between the creditworthiness of our counterparties and the market value of collateral we receive.

For loans and lending commitments, depending on the credit quality of the borrower and other characteristics of the transaction, we employ a variety of potential risk mitigants. Risk mitigants include collateral provisions, guarantees, covenants, structural seniority of the bank loan claims and, for certain lending commitments, provisions in the legal documentation that allow us to adjust loan amounts, pricing, structure and other terms as market conditions change. The type and structure of risk mitigants employed can significantly influence the degree of credit risk involved in a loan or lending commitment.

When we do not have sufficient visibility into a counterparty’s financial strength or when we believe a counterparty requires support from its parent, we may obtain third-party guarantees of the counterparty’s obligations. We may also mitigate our credit risk using credit derivatives or participation agreements.

Credit Exposures

As of March 2019, our aggregate credit exposure decreased as compared with December 2018, primarily reflecting a decrease in cash deposits with central banks. The percentage of our credit exposures arising fromnon-investment-grade counterparties (based on our internally determined public rating agency equivalents) increased as compared with December 2018, reflecting a decrease in investment-grade credit exposure related to cash deposits with central banks. Our credit exposure to counterparties that defaulted during the three months ended March 2019 was higher as compared with our credit exposure to counterparties that defaulted during the same prior year period, and substantially all of such exposure was related to loans and lending commitments. Our credit exposure to counterparties that defaulted during the three months ended March 2019 remained low, representing less than 0.5% of our total credit exposure. Estimated losses compared with the same prior year period were higher, but were not material. Our credit exposures are described further below.

Cash and Cash Equivalents.Our credit exposure on cash and cash equivalents arises from our unrestricted cash, and includes both interest-bearing andnon-interest-bearing deposits. To mitigate the risk of credit loss, we place substantially all of our deposits with highly rated banks and central banks.

The table below presents our credit exposure from unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, and the concentration by industry, region and credit quality.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Cash and Cash Equivalents		$66,721	$107,408
Industry
Financial Institutions		20%	16%
Sovereign		80%	84%
Total		100%	100%
Region
Americas		62%	36%
Europe, Middle East and Africa		18%	41%
Asia		20%	23%
Total		100%	100%
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent)
AAA		60%	62%
AA		12%	10%
A		26%	27%
BBB		2%	1%
Total		100%	100%

The table above excludes cash segregated for regulatory and other purposes of $21.16 billion as of March 2019 and $23.14 billion as of December 2018.

OTC Derivatives.Our credit exposure on OTC derivatives arises primarily from our market-making activities. As a market maker, we enter into derivative transactions to provide liquidity to clients and to facilitate the transfer and hedging of their risks. We also enter into derivatives to manage market risk exposures. We manage our credit exposure on OTC derivatives using the credit risk process, measures, limits and risk mitigants described above.

We generally enter into OTC derivatives transactions under bilateral collateral arrangements that require the daily exchange of collateral. As credit risk is an essential component of fair value, we include a credit valuation adjustment (CVA) in the fair value of derivatives to reflect counterparty credit risk, as described in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements. CVA is a function of the present value of expected exposure, the probability of counterparty default and the assumed recovery upon default.

133 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The table below presents our net credit exposure from OTC derivatives and the concentration by industry and region.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019		December 2018
OTC derivative assets		$ 39,285		$ 40,576
Collateral (not netted under U.S. GAAP)		(13,811	)	(14,278	)
Net credit exposure		$ 25,474		$ 26,298
Industry
Consumer, Retail & Healthcare		3%		2%
Diversified Industrials		7%		8%
Financial Institutions		16%		14%
Funds		14%		17%
Municipalities & Nonprofit		8%		7%
Natural Resources & Utilities		13%		13%
Sovereign		26%		25%
Technology, Media & Telecommunications		9%		7%
Other (including Special Purpose Vehicles)		4%		7%
Total		100%		100%
Region
Americas		36%		35%
Europe, Middle East and Africa		55%		55%
Asia		9%		10%
Total		100%		100%

In the table above:

• OTC derivative assets, included in the consolidated statements of financial condition, are reported on anet-by-counterparty basis (i.e., the net receivable for a given counterparty) when a legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable netting agreement (counterparty netting) and are accounted for at fair value, net of cash collateral received under enforceable credit support agreements (cash collateral netting).

• Collateral represents cash collateral and the fair value of securities collateral, primarily U.S. andnon-U.S. government and agency obligations, received under credit support agreements, which management considers when determining credit risk, but such collateral is not eligible for netting under U.S. GAAP.

The table below presents the distribution of our net credit exposure from OTC derivatives by tenor.

$ in millions	Investment- Grade		Non-Investment- Grade / Unrated		Total
As of March 2019
Less than 1 year	$ 15,404		$  4,578		$  19,982
1 - 5 years	19,565		4,868		24,433
Greater than 5 years	51,517		4,989		56,506
Total	86,486		14,435		100,921
Netting	(67,767	)	(7,680	)	(75,447	)
Net credit exposure	$ 18,719		$  6,755		$  25,474
As of December 2018
Less than 1 year	$ 15,697		$  5,427		$  21,124
1 - 5 years	21,300		4,091		25,391
Greater than 5 years	51,737		4,191		55,928
Total	88,734		13,709		102,443
Netting	(68,736	)	(7,409	)	(76,145	)
Net credit exposure	$ 19,998		$  6,300		$  26,298

In the table above:

• Tenor is based on remaining contractual maturity.

• Netting includes counterparty netting across tenor categories and cash and securities collateral that management considers when determining credit risk (including collateral that is not eligible for netting under U.S. GAAP). Counterparty netting within the same tenor category is included within such tenor category.

The tables below present the distribution of our net credit exposure from OTC derivatives by tenor and internally determined public rating agency equivalents.

	Investment-Grade
$ in millions		AAA		AA		A		BBB		Total
As of March 2019
Less than 1 year		$  1,042		$  1,737		$   6,384		$   6,241		$ 15,404
1 - 5 years		698		4,207		9,488		5,172		19,565
Greater than 5 years		10,331		(837	)	22,525		19,498		51,517
Total		12,071		5,107		38,397		30,911		86,486
Netting		(7,122	)	(2,578	)	(33,608	)	(24,459	)	(67,767	)
Net credit exposure		$  4,949		$  2,529		$   4,789		$   6,452		$ 18,719
As of December 2018
Less than 1 year		$  1,262		$  2,506		$   6,473		$   5,456		$ 15,697
1 - 5 years		881		5,192		9,072		6,155		21,300
Greater than 5 years		9,202		3,028		21,415		18,092		51,737
Total		11,345		10,726		36,960		29,703		88,734
Netting		(6,444	)	(7,107	)	(32,390	)	(22,795	)	(68,736	)
Net credit exposure		$  4,901		$  3,619		$   4,570		$   6,908		$ 19,998

	Non-Investment-Grade / Unrated
$ in millions		BB or lower		Unrated		Total
As of March 2019
Less than 1 year		$   4,342		$      236		$   4,578
1 - 5 years		4,841		27		4,868
Greater than 5 years		4,932		57		4,989
Total		14,115		320		14,435
Netting		(7,569	)	(111	)	(7,680	)
Net credit exposure		$   6,546		$      209		$   6,755
As of December 2018
Less than 1 year		$   5,255		$      172		$   5,427
1 - 5 years		4,053		38		4,091
Greater than 5 years		4,138		53		4,191
Total		13,446		263		13,709
Netting		(7,339	)	(70	)	(7,409	)
Net credit exposure		$   6,107		$      193		$   6,300

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 134

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Lending Activities.We manage our lending activities using the credit risk process, measures, limits and risk mitigants described above. Other lending positions, including secondary trading positions, are risk-managed as a component of market risk.

• Commercial Lending. Our commercial lending activities include lending to investment-grade andnon-investment-grade corporate borrowers. Loans and lending commitments associated with these activities are principally used for operating liquidity and general corporate purposes or in connection with contingent acquisitions. Corporate loans may be secured or unsecured, depending on the loan purpose, the risk profile of the borrower and other factors. Our commercial lending activities also include extending loans to borrowers that are secured by commercial and other real estate.

The table below presents our credit exposure from commercial loans and lending commitments, and the concentration by industry, region and credit quality.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Loans and Lending Commitments		$198,519	$200,823
Industry
Consumer, Retail & Healthcare		16%	16%
Diversified Industrials		17%	16%
Financial Institutions		7%	9%
Funds		4%	4%
Natural Resources & Utilities		15%	15%
Real Estate		11%	10%
Technology, Media & Telecommunications		17%	18%
Other (including Special Purpose Vehicles)		13%	12%
Total		100%	100%
Region
Americas		73%	76%
Europe, Middle East and Africa		23%	20%
Asia		4%	4%
Total		100%	100%
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent)
AAA		1%	1%
AA		5%	5%
A		14%	14%
BBB		28%	29%
BB or lower		52%	51%
Total		100%	100%

• PWM, Residential Real Estate and Other Lending. We extend PWM loans and lending commitments through our private bank, substantially all of which are secured by commercial and residential real estate, securities or other assets. The fair value of the collateral received against such loans and lending commitments generally exceeds their carrying value.

We also have residential real estate and other lending exposures, which includes purchased residential real estate and unsecured consumer loans and commitments to purchase such loans (including distressed loans) and securities.

The table below presents our credit exposure from PWM, residential real estate and other lending, and the concentration by region.

$ in millions	PWM	Residential Real Estate and Other
As of March 2019
Credit Exposure	$27,037	$10,973
Americas	91%	71%
Europe, Middle East and Africa	7%	28%
Asia	2%	1%
Total	100%	100%
As of December 2018
Credit Exposure	$26,775	$11,976
Americas	91%	72%
Europe, Middle East and Africa	7%	27%
Asia	2%	1%
Total	100%	100%

• Consumer Lending. We originate unsecured consumer loans.

The table below presents our credit exposure from originated unsecured consumer loans and the concentration for the five most concentrated U.S. states.

$ in millions	Consumer
As of March 2019
Credit Exposure	$4,675
California	12%
Texas	9%
New York	7%
Florida	7%
Illinois	4%
Other	61%
Total	100%
As of December 2018
Credit Exposure	$4,536
California	12%
Texas	9%
New York	7%
Florida	7%
Illinois	4%
Other	61%
Total	100%

See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about the credit quality indicators of consumer loans.

135 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Securities Financing Transactions. We enter into securities financing transactions in order to, among other things, facilitate client activities, invest excess cash, acquire securities to cover short positions and finance certain activities. We bear credit risk related to resale agreements and securities borrowed only to the extent that cash advanced or the value of securities pledged or delivered to the counterparty exceeds the value of the collateral received. We also have credit exposure on repurchase agreements and securities loaned to the extent that the value of securities pledged or delivered to the counterparty for these transactions exceeds the amount of cash or collateral received. Securities collateral obtained for securities financing transactions primarily includes U.S. andnon-U.S. government and agency obligations.

The table below presents our credit exposure from secured financing transactions and the concentration by industry, region and credit quality.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Secured Financing Transactions		$24,855	$20,979
Industry
Financial Institutions		34%	31%
Funds		36%	33%
Municipalities & Nonprofit		5%	7%
Sovereign		24%	28%
Other (including Special Purpose Vehicles)		1%	1%
Total		100%	100%
Region
Americas		34%	33%
Europe, Middle East and Africa		39%	41%
Asia		27%	26%
Total		100%	100%
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent)
AAA		11%	11%
AA		35%	34%
A		37%	35%
BBB		11%	10%
BB or lower		6%	10%
Total		100%	100%

The table above reflects both netting agreements and collateral that management considers when determining credit risk.

Other Credit Exposures. We are exposed to credit risk from our receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations and customers and counterparties. Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations primarily consist of initial margin placed with clearing organizations and receivables related to sales of securities which have traded, but not yet settled. These receivables generally have minimal credit risk due to the low probability of clearing organization default and the short-term nature of receivables related to securities settlements. Receivables from customers and counterparties generally consist of collateralized receivables related to customer securities transactions and generally have minimal credit risk due to both the value of the collateral received and the short-term nature of these receivables.

The table below presents our other credit exposures and the concentration by industry, region and credit quality.

	As of
$ in millions		March 2019	December 2018
Other Credit Exposures		$41,692	$41,649
Industry
Financial Institutions		84%	84%
Funds		9%	7%
Natural Resources & Utilities		3%	4%
Other (including Special Purpose Vehicles)		4%	5%
Total		100%	100%
Region
Americas		40%	44%
Europe, Middle East and Africa		51%	46%
Asia		9%	10%
Total		100%	100%
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent)
AAA		2%	3%
AA		53%	47%
A		23%	26%
BBB		8%	8%
BB or lower		14%	16%
Total		100%	100%

The table above reflects collateral that management considers when determining credit risk.

Selected Exposures

We have credit and market exposures, as described below, that have had heightened focus due to recent events and broad market concerns. Credit exposure represents the potential for loss due to the default or deterioration in credit quality of a counterparty or borrower. Market exposure represents the potential for loss in value of our long and short inventory due to changes in market prices.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 136

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

High inflation in Turkey combined with current account deficits and significant depreciation of the Turkish Lira has led to concerns about its economic stability. As of March 2019, our total credit exposure to Turkey was $1.98 billion, which was substantially all withnon-sovereign counterparties or borrowers. Such exposure consisted of $1.63 billion related to OTC derivatives, $201 million related to secured receivables and $146 million related to loans and lending commitments. After taking into consideration the benefit of Turkish corporate and sovereign collateral and other risk mitigants provided by Turkish counterparties, our net credit exposure was $230 million. In addition, our total market exposure to Turkey as of March 2019 was not material.

Significant depreciation of the Argentine Peso has resulted in higher inflation and has raised concerns about Argentina’s economic stability. As of March 2019, our total credit exposure to Argentina was $599 million, which was primarily with sovereign counterparties or borrowers, and was primarily related to OTC derivatives. After taking into consideration the benefit of Argentine sovereign collateral received, our net credit exposure was $245 million. In addition, our total market exposure to Argentina was $328 million, primarily reflecting debt exposure with sovereign issuers or underliers.

The international sanctions on Russia have led to concerns about its economic stability. As of March 2019, our total credit exposure to Russia was $334 million, which was substantially all withnon-sovereign counterparties or borrowers, and was primarily related to loans and lending commitments. After taking into consideration the benefit of Russian collateral received, our net credit exposure was $234 million. In addition, our total market exposure to Russia as of March 2019 was $706 million, primarily reflecting equity exposure withnon-sovereign issuers or underliers.

The political instability in Ukraine has led to economic concerns. In addition, Venezuela has delayed payments on its sovereign debt and its political situation remains unclear. As of March 2019, our total credit and market exposure for both Ukraine and Venezuela was not material.

We have a comprehensive framework to monitor, measure and assess our country exposures and to determine our risk appetite. We determine the country of risk by the location of the counterparty, issuer or underlier’s assets, where they generate revenue, the country in which they are headquartered, the jurisdiction where a claim against them could be enforced, and/or the government whose policies affect their ability to repay their obligations. We monitor our credit exposure to a specific country both at the individual counterparty level, as well as at the aggregate country level.

We use regular stress tests, described above, to calculate the credit exposures, including potential concentrations that would result from applying shocks to counterparty credit ratings or credit risk factors. To supplement these regular stress tests, we also conduct tailored stress tests on an ad hoc basis in response to specific market events that we deem significant. These stress tests are designed to estimate the direct impact of the event on our credit and market exposures resulting from shocks to risk factors including, but not limited to, currency rates, interest rates, and equity prices. We also utilize these stress tests to estimate the indirect impact of certain hypothetical events on our country exposures, such as the impact of credit market deterioration on corporate borrowers and counterparties along with the shocks to the risk factors described above. The parameters of these shocks vary based on the scenario reflected in each stress test. We review estimated losses produced by the stress tests in order to understand their magnitude, highlight potential loss concentrations, and assess and mitigate our exposures where necessary.

See “Stress Tests” above, “Liquidity Risk Management — Stress Tests” and “Market Risk Management — Risk Measures — Stress Testing” for further information about stress tests.

Operational Risk Management

Overview

Operational risk is the risk of an adverse outcome resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, systems or from external events. Our exposure to operational risk arises from routine processing errors, as well as extraordinary incidents, such as major systems failures or legal and regulatory matters.

137 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Potential types of loss events related to internal and external operational risk include:

• Clients, products and business practices;

• Execution, delivery and process management;

• Business disruption and system failures;

• Employment practices and workplace safety;

• Damage to physical assets;

• Internal fraud; and

• External fraud.

We maintain a comprehensive control framework designed to provide a well-controlled environment to minimize operational risks. The Firmwide Conduct and Operational Risk Committee is responsible for the ongoing approval and monitoring of the frameworks, policies, parameters, limits and thresholds which govern our operational risks.

Operational Risk, which is independent of our revenue-producing units and reports to our chief risk officer, has primary responsibility for developing and implementing a formalized framework for assessing, monitoring and managing operational risk with the goal of maintaining our exposure to operational risk at levels that are within our risk appetite.

Operational Risk Management Process

Our process for managing operational risk includes:

• Collecting complete, accurate and timely information;

• Training, supervision and development of our people;

• Active participation of senior management in identifying and mitigating our key operational risks;

• Independent risk oversight and control functions that monitor operational risk, and implementation of policies, procedures and controls designed to prevent the occurrence of operational risk events; and

• Ensuring proactive communication between our revenue-producing units and our independent risk oversight and control functions.

We combinetop-down andbottom-up approaches to manage and measure operational risk. From atop-down perspective, our senior management assesses firmwide and business-level operational risk profiles. From abottom-up perspective, our first and second lines of defense are responsible for risk identification and risk management on aday-to-day basis, including escalating operational risks to senior management.

Our operational risk management framework is in part designed to comply with the operational risk measurement rules under the Capital Framework and has evolved based on the changing needs of our businesses and regulatory guidance.

Our operational risk management framework consists of the following practices:

• Risk identification and assessment;

• Risk measurement; and

• Risk monitoring and reporting.

Risk Identification and Assessment

The core of our operational risk management framework is risk identification and assessment. We have a comprehensive data collection process, including firmwide policies and procedures, for operational risk events.

We have established policies that require all employees to report and escalate operational risk events. When operational risk events are identified, our policies require that the events be documented and analyzed to determine whether changes are required in our systems and/or processes to further mitigate the risk of future events.

We use operational risk management applications to capture and organize operational risk event data and key metrics. One of our key risk identification and assessment tools is an operational risk and control self-assessment process, which is performed by our managers. This process consists of the identification and rating of operational risks, on a forward-looking basis, and the related controls. The results from this process are analyzed to evaluate operational risk exposures and identify businesses, activities or products with heightened levels of operational risk.

Risk Measurement

We measure our operational risk exposure using both statistical modeling and scenario analyses, which involve qualitative and quantitative assessments of internal and external operational risk event data and internal control factors for each of our businesses. Operational risk measurement also incorporates an assessment of business environment factors, including, but not limited to:

• Evaluations of the complexity of our business activities;

• The degree of automation in our processes;

• New activity information;

• The legal and regulatory environment; and

• Changes in the markets for our products and services, including the diversity and sophistication of our customers and counterparties.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 138

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The results from these scenario analyses are used to monitor changes in operational risk and to determine business lines that may have heightened exposure to operational risk. These analyses are used in the determination of the appropriate level of operational risk capital to hold.

Stress Tests

We perform stress tests on a regular basis as part of our routine risk management processes. We also perform stress tests that are designed to ensure a comprehensive analysis of our vulnerabilities and idiosyncratic risks combining financial and nonfinancial risks, including, but not limited to, credit, market, liquidity and funding, operational and compliance, strategic, systemic and emerging risks into a single combined scenario.

Risk Monitoring and Reporting

We evaluate changes in our operational risk profile and our businesses, including changes in business mix or jurisdictions in which we operate, by monitoring the factors noted above at a firmwide level. We have both preventive and detective internal controls, which are designed to reduce the frequency and severity of operational risk losses and the probability of operational risk events. We monitor the results of assessments and independent internal audits of these internal controls.

We have established operational risk limits and thresholds consistent with our risk appetite statement that are approved by the Risk Committee of the Board and the Risk Governance Committee, as well as escalation protocols. Operational Risk is responsible for monitoring these limits and thresholds, and identifying and escalating to senior management and/or the appropriate risk committee, on a timely basis, instances where limits and thresholds have been exceeded.

Model Review and Validation

The statistical models used to measure operational risk exposure are independently reviewed, validated and approved by Model Risk. See “Model Risk Management” for further information.

Model Risk Management

Overview

Model risk is the potential for adverse consequences from decisions made based on model outputs that may be incorrect or used inappropriately. We rely on quantitative models across our business activities primarily to value certain financial assets and financial liabilities, to monitor and manage our risk, and to measure and monitor our regulatory capital.

Our model risk management framework is managed through a governance structure and risk management controls, which encompass standards designed to ensure we maintain a comprehensive model inventory, including risk assessment and classification, sound model development practices, independent review and model-specific usage controls. The Firmwide Model Risk Control Committee oversees our model risk management framework.

Model Risk, which is independent of our revenue-producing units, model developers, model owners and model users, and reports to our chief risk officer, has primary responsibility for assessing, monitoring and managing our model risk through firmwide oversight across our global businesses, and provides periodic updates to senior management, risk committees and the Risk Committee of the Board.

Model Review and Validation Process

Model Risk consists of quantitative professionals who perform an independent review, validation and approval of our models. This review includes an analysis of the model documentation, independent testing, an assessment of the appropriateness of the methodology used, and verification of compliance with model development and implementation standards. All existing models are reviewed on an annual basis, and new models or significant changes to models are approved prior to implementation.

The model validation process incorporates a review of models and trade and risk parameters across a broad range of scenarios (including extreme conditions) in order to critically evaluate and verify:

• The model’s conceptual soundness, including the reasonableness of model assumptions, and suitability for intended use;

• The testing strategy utilized by the model developers to ensure that the models function as intended;

• The suitability of the calculation techniques incorporated in the model;

• The model’s accuracy in reflecting the characteristics of the related product and its significant risks;

• The model’s consistency with models for similar products; and

• The model’s sensitivity to input parameters and assumptions.

See “Critical Accounting Policies — Fair Value — Review of Valuation Models,” “Liquidity Risk Management,” “Market Risk Management,” “Credit Risk Management” and “Operational Risk Management” for further information about our use of models within these areas.

139 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Available Information

Our internet address iswww.goldmansachs.com and the investor relations section of our website is located atwww.goldmansachs.com/investor-relations. We make available free of charge through the investor relations section of our website, annual reports onForm 10-K, quarterly reports onForm 10-Q and current reports onForm 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act), as well as proxy statements, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

Also posted on our website, and available in print upon request of any shareholder to our Investor Relations Department, are our certificate of incorporation andby-laws, charters for our Audit Committee, Risk Committee, Compensation Committee, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, and Public Responsibilities Committee, our Policy Regarding Director Independence Determinations, our Policy on Reporting of Concerns Regarding Accounting and Other Matters, our Corporate Governance Guidelines and our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics governing our directors, officers and employees. Within the time period required by the SEC, we will post on our website any amendment to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and any waiver applicable to any executive officer, director or senior financial officer.

In addition, our website includes information concerning:

• Purchases and sales of our equity securities by our executive officers and directors;

• Disclosure relating to certainnon-GAAP financial measures (as defined in the SEC’s Regulation G) that we may make public orally, telephonically, by webcast, by broadcast or by other means from time to time;

• DFAST results;

• The public portion of our resolution plan submission;

• Our risk management practices and regulatory capital ratios, as required under the disclosure-related provisions of the Capital Framework, which are based on the third pillar of Basel III; and

• Our average daily LCR for the quarter.

Our Investor Relations Department can be contacted at The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., 200 West Street, 29th Floor, New York, New York 10282, Attn: Investor Relations, telephone:212-902-0300,e-mail:gs-investor-relations@gs.com.

From time to time, we use our website, our Twitter account (twitter.com/GoldmanSachs), our Instagram account (instagram.com/GoldmanSachs) and other social media channels as additional means of disclosing public information to investors, the media and others interested in Goldman Sachs. In addition, our officers may use similar social media channels to disclose public information. It is possible that certain information we or our officers post on our website and on social media could be deemed to be material information, and we encourage investors, the media and others interested in Goldman Sachs to review the business and financial information we or our officers post on our website and on the social media channels identified above. The information on our website and those social media channels is not incorporated by reference into thisForm 10-Q.

Cautionary Statement Pursuant to the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995

We have included or incorporated by reference in thisForm 10-Q, and our management may make, statements that may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The following forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but instead represent only our beliefs regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and outside our control.

These statements include statements other than historical information or statements of current conditions and may relate to our future plans and objectives and results, among other things, and may also include statements about the effect of changes to the capital, leverage, liquidity, long-term debt and TLAC rules applicable to banks and BHCs, the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on us, and various legal proceedings, governmental investigations or mortgage-related contingencies as set forth in Notes 27 and 18 to the consolidated financial statements.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 140

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

These statements may also include statements about the results of our Dodd-Frank Act and our stress tests, statements about the objectives and effectiveness of our business continuity plan, information security program, risk management and liquidity policies, statements about our resolution plan and resolution strategy and their implications for our debtholders and other stakeholders, statements about the design and effectiveness of our resolution capital and liquidity models and our triggers and alerts framework, statements about trends in or growth opportunities for our businesses, statements about our future status, activities or reporting under U.S. ornon-U.S. banking and financial regulation, statements about our NSFR, statements about our investment banking transaction backlog, statements about our expected tax rate, statements about the estimated impact of new accounting standards, including the Current Expected Credit Losses (CECL) model, statements about the level of capital actions, statements about our expected interest income, statements about our credit exposures, statements about our preparations for Brexit, including our plan to manage a hard Brexit scenario, statements about the replacement of LIBOR and other IBORs and the objectives of our program for the transition from IBORs to alternativerisk-free reference rates, statements about the adequacy of our allowance for credit losses, statements about the projected growth of our U.S. and U.K. retail deposit platforms, statements about our engagement in corporate cash management, and statements regarding planned 2019 benchmark issuances.

By identifying these statements for you in this manner, we are alerting you to the possibility that our actual results and financial condition may differ, possibly materially, from the anticipated results and financial condition indicated in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause our actual results and financial condition to differ from those indicated in these forward-looking statements include, among others, those described below and in “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2018Form 10-K.

Statements about our investment banking transaction backlog are subject to the risk that the terms of these transactions may be modified or that they may not be completed at all; therefore, the net revenues, if any, that we actually earn from these transactions may differ, possibly materially, from those currently expected. Important factors that could result in a modification of the terms of a transaction or a transaction not being completed include, in the case of underwriting transactions, a decline or continued weakness in general economic conditions, outbreak of hostilities, volatility in the securities markets generally or an adverse development with respect to the issuer of the securities and, in the case of financial advisory transactions, a decline in the securities markets, an inability to obtain adequate financing, an adverse development with respect to a party to the transaction or a failure to obtain a required regulatory approval. For information about other important factors that could adversely affect our investment banking transactions, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2018Form 10-K.

Statements about our expected 2019 effective income tax rate are subject to the risk that it may differ from the anticipated rate indicated in such statements, possibly materially, due to, among other things, changes in our earnings mix, our profitability and entities in which we generate profits, the assumptions we have made in forecasting our expected tax rate, as well as guidance that may be issued by the IRS.

Statements about our NSFR are based on our current interpretation, expectations and understandings of the relevant proposal, and reflect significant assumptions about the treatment of various assets and liabilities and the manner in which our NSFR is calculated. As a result, the methods used to calculate our NSFR may differ, possibly materially, from those used in calculating our NSFR for any future disclosures. The ultimate methods of calculating our NSFR will depend on, among other things, rulemaking from the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies and the development of market practices and standards.

Statements about the estimated impact of CECL are subject to the risk that the actual impact may differ, possibly materially, from that currently expected due to, among other things, additional guidance from accounting or regulatory agencies, management judgments, changes in the economic environment or the size and type of loan portfolios we hold when we adopt CECL, or changes to our credit loss models in connection with validating data inputs and developing the policies, systems and controls required to implement CECL.

Statements about the projected growth of our U.S. and U.K. retail deposit platforms are subject to the risk that actual growth may differ, possibly materially, from that currently anticipated due to, among other things, changes in interest rates and competition from other similar products.

Statements about corporate cash management are based on our current expectations regarding our ability to implement and effectively conduct this activity. As a result, the timing of our ability to engage in, and the benefits to be received from, corporate cash management may change, possibly materially, from what is currently expected, and we may be unable to generate the revenues or achieve the anticipated expense savings (and operational risk exposure reductions). Corporate cash management is a new business for us and is subject to all the risks associated with new business activities, including the ability to develop new and competitive systems and processes, and hire and retain the personnel needed to run the new business.

Statements about planned 2019 benchmark issuances are subject to the risk that actual issuances may differ, possibly materially, from that currently expected due to changes in market conditions or our funding.

141 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q

Item 3.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk are set forth in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Risk Management” in Part I, Item 2 of thisForm 10-Q.

Item 4.    Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report, an evaluation was carried out by our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined inRule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report. In addition, no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined inRule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) occurred during the quarter ended March 2019 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1.    Legal Proceedings

We are involved in a number of judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of our businesses. Many of these proceedings are in early stages, and many of these cases seek an indeterminate amount of damages. However, we believe, based on currently available information, that the results of such proceedings, in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, but may be material to our operating results in a given period. Given the range of litigation and investigations presently under way, our litigation expenses can be expected to remain high. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Use of Estimates” in Part I, Item 2 of thisForm 10-Q. See Notes 18 and 27 to the consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of thisForm 10-Q for information about certain judicial, regulatory and legal proceedings.

Item 2.    Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

The table below presents purchases made by or on behalf of Group Inc. or any “affiliated purchaser” (as defined inRule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Exchange Act) of our common stock during the three months ended March 2019.

	Total Shares Purchased	Average Price Paid Per Share	Total Shares Purchased as Part of a Publicly Announced Program	Maximum Shares That May Yet Be Purchased Under the Program
2019
January	3,242,715	$198.72	3,240,613	30,438,921
February	3,102,109	$195.35	3,102,109	27,336,812
March	–	–	–	27,336,812
Total	6,344,824		6,342,722

In the table above, total shares purchased during January 2019 included 2,102 shares remitted to satisfy statutory withholding taxes on the delivery of equity-based awards.

Since March 2000, our Board has approved a repurchase program authorizing repurchases of up to 555 million shares of our common stock. The repurchase program is effected primarily through regular open-market purchases (which may include repurchase plans designed to comply withRule 10b5-1), the amounts and timing of which are determined primarily by our current and projected capital position, but which may also be influenced by general market conditions and the prevailing price and trading volumes of our common stock. The repurchase program has no set expiration or termination date. Prior to repurchasing common stock, we must receive confirmation that the FRB does not object to such capital action.

Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q 142

Item 6.    Exhibits

Exhibits

15.1	Letter re: Unaudited Interim Financial Information.
31.1	Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications.
32.1	Section  1350 Certifications (This information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).
101	Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 ofRegulation S-T: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2018, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2018, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2018, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2018, and (vi) the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
By:	/s/	Stephen M. Scherr
Name:		Stephen M. Scherr
Title:		Chief Financial Officer
Date:		May 3, 2019
By:	/s/	Brian J. Lee
Name:		Brian J. Lee
Title:		Principal Accounting Officer
Date:		May 3, 2019

143 Goldman Sachs March 2019 Form 10-Q